r:,r - University of Newcastle · Statistics Subjects (STA11 SUIVeying Subjects (SURV) Schedule of...

~---., . ..-r:,...r:

University o/Newcastle Campus Layout

AE ADB ATC AN A

lecture Drawing Studios ADS AT AV

'>8ehavIourai Sciences Building W BIological Sciences B Bowman Building BB sse Building (Red Square) esc CALT- CALT (Centre for Advanced learning & Teaching) Ceramics CE ChanceU8IY (Central Administration) CH Chemistry Building C Child care Centre - Klntalba CCK Child care Centre - Work Based CCB Child Care Centre - Wonnayba. CCW Commonweafth Bank CB Computing and Information Sciences CT Design Building 0 Drama Studios OS Drama Theatre DT Edwards Hail EH Engineering Administration EA Engineering Bulk Solids EG Engineering Chemical & Materials EB Engineering Civil & Surveying ED Engineering Classrooms EF Engineering Electrical & Computer EE Engineering Mechanical EC Engineering Science (0 W George) ES Evatt House EV General Purpose Building Geology Building Graduate Studios Great Hall Griffith Duncan Theatre Hunter Building Hunter Technology Centre International House

GP G GS GH H H HTC I

Lecture Theatre :8 Lecture Theatre :Basden Lecture Theatre :E Ubrary - Auchmuty Ubrary • Huxley Maintenance Workshop Mathematics Building McMullin Building Medical Sciences Building

B1 BA E L UH

"W V MC

"S

t

Physical Planning & Stores Building Physics Building Radio 2NUR FM Richardson Wing Security Science Building Sculpture Workshop Social Sciences Building Special Education Centre Sports Centre - Auchmuty Sports Gymnasium· Hunter Sports Pavilion Staff House Temporary Office Buildings TUNRA TUNRA Annexa University Union - Hunter University Union - Shonland Visual ArtslMedia Studies Wetlands Pavilion

•

00 ~ <1>

~ ~.

2l ~.

~ ~

~ ~

SER P V RW GH SB SW SIR SE SC GY SP SH TB AV TA UH US VA WP

THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE

New South Wales. AuatralJa

Location Address _ University Drtve. Callaghan

Postal Address

Telephone

Telex

Facsimile

_ The University of Newcastle NSW 2308

_ (0491 21.5000

_ AA28194 - Ubrary

_ AA2861B - Bursar

- AA28784 - TUNRA (The University of Newcastle Research Associates Limited)

_ (0491 21.6922

Hours of Bustness _ Mondays to Fridays excepting public holidays 9amto5pm

The UnlvenJty of Newcastle Calendar consists of the following volumes:

Volume 1 _ Legislation

Volume 2 -Volume 3 -Volume 4 -Volume 5 -Volume 6 -Volume 7 -VolumeS -Volume 9 -

University Bodies and staff

Faculty of Architecture Handbook

Faculty of Art. Design and Communication Handbook

Faculty of Arts Handbook

Faculty of Economics and Commerce Handbook

Faculty of Education Handbook

Faculty of Engineering Handbook

Faculty of Health Sciences Handbook

Volume 10 _ Faculty of Law Handbook

Volume 11 _ Faculty of Medicine Handbook

Volume 12 _ Faculty of Music Handbook

Volume 13 _ Faculty of Nursing Handbook

Volume 14 _ Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook

Volume 15 _ Faculty of Social Science Handbook

Also available are the Undergraduate Guides

1111s Volume Is intended as a reference handbook for students enrolling in courses conducted by the Faculty oj Engneeri.ng.

© The University of Newcastle 1993

ISSN 0159 - 3455

The colour band Lapis Inzwf BCC150 on the cover Is Ihe lining colour of the hood of Bachelors oj Engineering of ~is University.

The infonnation In this Handbook is correct as at 16 September 1993.

Recommended Price _ Flve dollars and ftfty cents plus postage.

Designed by _ Marie-T WlsniowskI. Medical Communication Unit

Typeset by _ Jan Spurr. Office of the University Secretary

Printed by _ The Pot Still Press Pty Ltd. Artannon. Sydney

section one

section two

section three

sectionfour

section five

\

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

Faculty Staff

Faculty Information

Award Rules

Rule. Govemlng Academic Award.

Award Schedule.

Bachelor of Engineering

Bachelor of Surveying

Bachelor of Computer Science

Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours)

Graduate Diploma in Computer Science

Graduate Diploma in Computing

Graduate Diploma in Surveytng

Faculty Policies

General Course Rules and Information

Progress and Performance

Other Faculty Policies

Bachelor Degree Course Programs

Guide to Attendance Patterns

Chemical Engineering

CMI Engineering

Computer Engineering

Computer Science

Computer Science Honours

• .. .. ..

13

16

17

18

18

19

19

20

fa 21

24

28

• 32

34

37

40

44

47

section six

section seven

section eight

Electrical Englneer1ng

Environmental Engineering

Industrial Engineering

Mechanical Engineering

SUIVeytng

48

51

54

57

60

Master & Doctoral Degree Regulations ...

Graduate Coursework Programs .. Graduate Diploma tn Computer Science 73 Graduate Diploma tn Computing 76 Graduate Diploma tn Surveying 77 Master of Computing 78 Master of Engineering Science - Industrial Systems 78

Subject Descriptions ... Biology Subjects (BIOL) 82 Chemical Engineering Subjects (CHEE) 84 Chemistry Subjects (CHEM) 90 CIvil Engineering Subjects (ClVL) 92 Commerce Subjects (COMM) 96 Computer Science Subjects (COMP) 98 Economics Subjects (ECON) 105 Electrical and Computer Engineering Subjects (ELEC) 105 Geography Subjects (GEOG) 112 Geology SuhJects (GEOL) 112 Information Science Subjects ONFO) 112 Law Subjects (LAW) 114 Management Subjects (MNG11 115 Mathematics Subjects (MATH) 115 Mechanical Engineering Subjects (MECH) 118 Philosophy Subjects (PHIL) 127 Physics Subjects (PHYS) 128

I I

section nine

section ten

Psychology Subjects (I'SYC)

Statistics Subjects (STA11

SUIVeying Subjects (SURV)

Schedule of SU"'·""'YC<

131

132

133

Department of Chemical Engineering (CHEE) 138

Department of Civil Engineering and SUIVeytng (CIVL and SURV) 140

Departmentof Computer Science (COMP) 142

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering (ELEC) 144

Department of Mechanical Engineering (MECHl 146

Other Departments of the University (Various codes) 148

General Information

Principal Dates 1994

Advice and Infonnatlon

Enrolment and Re-enrolment

Leave of Absence

Attendance at Classes

General Conduct

Examinations

Statements of Academic Record

Unsatisfactory Progress - Rules

Charges

Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS)

Loans

Refund of Charges

Campus Traffic and Parking

Miscellaneous Services

Banking

Cashier

Chaplaincy Service

Community Programs

Convocation

II

111

v

v

v

v

viII viII x x

xl

xl

xl

xii

xII xii

xII xII

Co-op Bookshop

Lost Property

Noticeboards

Post Office

Public Transport

Student Insurance Cover

University Computing Services

University Libraries

xii

xii

xii

xii

xii

xiii

xiii

xlv

I I

Dean's Foreword

•

On behalf of the staff of the Faculty of Engineering. I wish to extend a welcome to aU students. those who are entering the University and the Faculty for the first time and those who are returning to commence another year of studies.

Having chosen to study in one of the fields of Engineering. Computer Science or Surveying, you are embarking on a professional careerwhtch Is both challenging and stimulating. We are living in an age which Is witnessing a tremendous growth In scientific and technological development and which Is having a marked effect on the modes and characteristics of our society. The future of our society Is very much dependent on the solution of a number of very complex technological problems. While these problems will be many and varied. none will be more important than those associated with food production, the development of alternative forms of energy and the preservation of our living environment. Graduates in the various dtscipltnes of Engineering and of Computer Science and Surveying. will. in their own way. contribute to the solution of these and other Important problems.

The role of universities In modem society has broadened. Not onlyis it necessary to preserve the ideals of leaming and associated fundamental research, it has become of equal Importance for universities to become directly involved in the application of research to the solution of problems associated with industry and the community. For this reason, the role of a university engineering faculty in applied and Industrially orientated research Is an Important one. In this respect It Is noteworthy that this Faculty of Engineering. through Its research and associated projects undertaken on behalf of Australian industry, Is making a major contribution and has attained national and international prominence. The interaction between the research and teaching functions is invaluable to the maintenance of standards and the profeSSional relevance of course curricula.

The opportunity to obtain a well-rounded tertiary educational experience Is embodiedtn theveryconceptofthe university system. The Untversltyenvironment with Its excellent campus and facilities, together with the many extra-curricular activities, creates an opportunity for obtaining a broad experience, indeed a unique experience tn one's lifetime. For this reason I would encourage you to take full advantage of the opportunities available to you and, where time

pennfts, take an active Interest in the various facets ofUnfverstty life. I would also encourage you to take partin thedeclslon-maldngprocessesofth F lty either thro gil e acu •

u membership of the Faculty and Del partmental Boards. or by supporttngthe students e ected to those posttlons.

Th~stsff of the Facultywlll do everything possible to rna e your work both interesting and enjoyable' they are anxious to help you with any problems yo~ may have. Wewould be most grateful forany feedba k of a constructive nature that you may wish to off~r. In concluston, I Wish you welltn your studies at this University. There Is no doubt that a Course leading to a degree in Engineering. Computer Science or SUIVey1ng. requires a great deal of dedication and perseverance, but the task Is certainly a rew rdl one. a ng

Alan W. Roberts

Dean

section one

Faculty Staff

•

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS

Visitor His Excellency, The Governor of New South Wales Chancellor The Honourable Justice E.A. Evatt. AO. LLB. HonLLD(Syd). LLM(Harv). HonLLD(Macq). HonDUnlv Deputy Chancellor P.I.A. Hendty. AO. MB BS(Syd). DCP(Lond). HonMD. FRCPA.FCAP.FAACB Vice-Chancellor Professor RJ. Mortley. BA(Syd). MA(Monasb). Dr3'cycle. oesL(Slras). FAHA(Phtlos) Deputy Vice-Chancellor Professor M.P. Carter. BA(NoU). PhD(Edln)

Pro Vice-Chancellor ODd Dean of Student. Professor K.R Dutton. MA(Syd). DU(Paris). FACE. Officer des Palmes academiques Pro Vlce-Chancenor (Development) L.R Eastcott. BA(NSW). MEd[Syd), PhD(Alta). DtpEd Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research) Professor RJ. MacDonald. BSc. PhD(NSW). FAIP Deputy Preoldent of the Academic Senate Professor F.L. Clarke. BEe. PhD(Syd). FCPA. ACIS. ACIM

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING STAFF

Dean Professor A.W. Roberts. AM. BE. PhD(NSW). ASTC. MIMechE. FIEAust.

ITS

Assistant Deans Associate Professor G.E. Murch. BSc. PhD. DSc(Fltnd). DEng. MACS. MASM.

FIEAust W.G. Field. BE(NSW). PhD. ASTC. FIEAust

Facuity Secretary G.D. Gordon. BA

AdmInistrative Officer J. Norbum. BA. BEdStud

Adminlstrative Assistants - Faculty Office H. E. Jackson. BA. GradDtpEd S.F.M. Pendlebuty. BA

Fac:ultyof Engineering

Faculty Office Staff I. ShelWood

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Professors

Sec:Uon One Fac:ulty Staff

G.J. Jameson, BSc(NSW), PhD(Camb), ASTC, CEng, FIChemE, FIEAust, FRACI, FAuslMM, FTS (Professor of Chemical Englneering) (Head of Department)

T.F. Wall, PhD, FRMIT(ChemEng), CEng, CChem, FIEAust, FAlE, MCombl, FIChemE, MRACI (Professor of Fuels and Combustion Engineering)

Aasoclate Profe .. or RH. Weiland, MSc, PhD(Toronto), MAlChE, MFPSoc, MFSoc Seolor Lecturers

N. Ahmed, BSc(B'desh Engin), PhD, MSME-AlME, MRACI. CChem J. Roberts, BSc(NSW), ME, ASTC, ARACI. MAWWA Lecturers G.E. Evans, BE, PhD, GradlChemE K.P. Galvin, BE, PhD, DIC, GradlEAust J.A. Lucas, BSc, BE, PhD, MCombl A.G. Tate, BE, MCombl, GradlChemE

Professional Officer

J.B. Waanders, BE, MEngSc, MIEAust, GradlChemE, CPEng Technical Officers RB. D'Ombraln T.R Farrugia, BSc, PhD N. Gardner

Senior Laboratory Craftaman J.1.. Richards

Laboratory Craftsman C. Croese Departmental Office Staff G.B. Hensman M. Hughes

Honorary Profe .. or I. McC. Stewart, AM, ME(g'ld), SM(MlTl, CEng, MIChemE, FlnstF, MAuslMM, MCombl, FIEAust

DEPARTMENT OF CML ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING Professors

J.G. Fryer, BSUlV, PhD(NSW), FISAust (Adam-Kawaso Professer of Pbotogrammetry) RE. Melchers, BE, MEngSc(Monash), PhD(Camb), DlpEd(Monash), MICE, FrEAust (Professor of Civil Englneering)

AW. Page, BE(NSW), PhD, ASTC, FIE Aust (CBPI Professcr In Structural Clay Brickwork) (Head of Department)

Aasoclate Professor S.W. Sloan, BE, MEngSc(Monash), MPhIl, PhD(Camb) Senior Lecturers

M.H. Elfick, DlpSUlVSc, DlpT&CP(Syd), LS, FISAust W.G. Field, BE(NSW), PhD, ASTC, FIEAust B.S. Heaton, BE(NSW), ME, ASTC, MIEAust G.A. Kuczera, BE, MEngSc(Melb), PhD( Harv), MIEAust H.L. Mitchell, BSUlV, PhD(NSW), MISAust B.J. WIlliams, BE(Ade]), MEngSc(NSW), PhD(Melb) Lecturers

P. Binning, BSc(Hons) (ANU), MArts (Princeton)

Fac:uMyof. Engineering

Section One

K Bretreger, BSUlV, PhD(UNSW), MISAust R:C. Patterson, BSUlV, 8&, MSUlVSC, MStats(NSW), MISAust D W Smith, BE, PhD(Syd) M' G' Stewart BE(Monash), PhD, MIEAust G'R' WIllgoo~, BE, BSc, SM(MlTl, PhD(MlTl H:S: Yu, BSc(Eng), MSc(London), DIC, DPhIl(Oxij

Professional Officers K.M. Corrigan, BSc(Clv Eng) H.T. Knlest, BSUlV, PhD S. Manning, BE G Simundlc, BE(SaraJ, Yug)

~mputer Programmer A. Shanks, BSc(Well.NZl, Dlp.Ors(NZ)

Technical Officers J. Noonan P. Moffat

Laboratory Assistant I. Jeans

Laboratory Craftsmen S.Gay M. Goodwin

Departmental Office Staff I.Z. de Souza J. Bowen (on leave) C.E. PIlgrim J.Tang

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

Fac:ulty Staff

Pro, P D Eades BA PhD(ANU) (Professor of Computer Science) (Head of Department) aessor . . .. GI MIEE

Aasoclate Profe .. or G. Wrightson, BE, MCompSc, PhD (Karlsruhe/. MACM, M ,

SeDior Lecturers B Beresford-Smith, BSc, PhD(ANU) H: Elglndy, BE, 8&, MSc(McGIll), PhD(McGIll) M R Hannaford, BA, BE, DlpCompSc, PhD M: MIller, BA(Sydney), MLltI(UNE/. MA(UNE), PhD(NSW)

~;.~o~:n, BA(Brandels), MCompSc(Boston), MCompSc(Brown/.PhD(Brown) M. Houle, BSc, PhD(McGill) Simon, BSc, BA(James Cook), DipCompSc, MMath

Senior Tutor K. Wallace, BMath

Profeaslonal Officer D.M. Koch, BTech(EE) (SAlTl

Technical Officer G. Martin

Computer Systems Officers C. Lance, BA, BSc(London/. PhD(ANU) D.Montgomery. BCompSc

Departmental Office Staff D.C. Edwards D.A. Hatherell

Faculty of Englnearlng

Section 0.,.

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING Professors

Faculty Staff

G.C. Goodwin. SSe. BE. PhD(NSW). FIEEE. FTS. FIEAust (Profe08Ol' of Electrical Engineering) Pacific Power Professor of Power EDgineerin, - position vacant H. SchrOder. DIpMath. PhD(CAU Kell) (AWA Profe08Ol' of Microelectronics) Associate Professors RH. Middleton. BE. SSe. PhD. MIEEE P.J. Moylan. BE(Melb). ME. PhD. MlEEE. MACS

Senior Lecturers RE. Betz. BE. ME. PhD. MlEEE (Head of Department) B.J. Cook. HND(Elect)(Plymouth Polytechnic). PhD(Brtst). CEng C.E. de Souza. BE(Pemambuco. Brazil). Dr-lng(plerre & Marte Curte). MlEEE M. Fu. BA(Hefel). MA. PhD(Wlsconsln) l. Hiskens. BE(Cg). BAppSc(Cg). PhD. MlEEE. SMIEAust B. Penfold. DIpEE(Swinbume). MEngSc. DlpFlnMgt(NE). PhD. MIEAust Lecturers S.W. Chan. BE. PhD. MlEEE B. Nlnness, BE. ME. M.J. Sculley. BAppiScl. MApplyScl(Melb), PhD(llSc) ASpray. BSc. PhD(Wales). MIEEE, AMlEE H.Villanueva. DlpElecEng(UfE Chile). MSc, PhD(Manch. UK) l. Webster. BE. ME. PhD

Professional Officers F. Martinez, BE T. Wylie. BE

Senior Technical Officers AM. Arms P. Hardy P.C. McLauchlan I. Powell

Technical Officers RR Hicks W. Lis D.J. Murray

Administrative Assistants V. Lucky A Spicer. BSc(Hons)(Bradford)

Departmental Office Staff M.J. Conn D.Taft RK. Thrtft. BSc

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Professors

RA Antonia, BE. MEngSc. PhD(Syd). FlEAust. FRMS (Professor of Mechsnlcal Engineering) Professor of Industrial Engineering - position vacant A.W. Roberts. AM. BE, PhD(NSW), ASTC. MIMechE. FIEAust. FTS (Mertz/TUNRAProfessor ofBuJl< Solid. Handling and Conveying)

_late Profe08Ol'o

FacultytOf Engineering

L.W.B. Browne. BE(Syd). PhD

Section 0.,. •

A J Chambers. BE(NSW). ME. PhD(Stan). FlEAust C.E. Murch. SSe. PhD. DSc(Flind). DEng. MACS. MASM. FlEAus D.H. Wood. BE. MEngSc(Syd). PhD. DlC(Lond)

SenIor Lecturers R G D Butler BE(NSW). MSc(Cranln. ASTC. MlEAust. MORS. MASO J.'w: Hayes: BE. MEngSc(Syd). MlEAust, MllE. MORSA (Head of Department) K.L- Hltz. BE(NSW). PhD R D. Parbery. BSc. BE. ME. PhD. FIEAust s. RaJagopalan. BE(Madras). ME. PhD(IlSc). MlEAust O.J. Scott. ME

Lecturer. P.D. Clausen. BE. PhD. GradlEAust B.J. Hill. SSe(Eng). MEngSc. PhD. GradlEAust H.S. Kim. SSe. MScEng(Inha). PhD(Syd) E. Kisi. BMet. PhD

Professional Officers S. Keys. BE J.A. Lewis. BSc(NSW). ME. PhD. ASTC RJ. Scobie. ASTC

SenIor Technical Officers B. Cooper B.K. Marsden l.S. Miller J.D. Walton

Technical Officers P.J. Garfoot J. Lewis K.M. McLellan RJ. Reece

Senior Laboratory Craftsmen N.J. Allwood RK. Hicks

Laboratory Craftsmen D.W. Ferry P. Peady

Departmental Office Staff P. Falkiner. ATCL C.A. Watkins

Honorary Professors G.R Belton. SSe(Eng). PhD. DlC(Lond) A. Hamson. BA(Macq), BE(NSwrn. PhD

Honorary .Associates E. Betz. ME. PhD(NSW), ASTC, FlEAust, MASME J.D. Browne. BSc(Lond). MSc(NSW), PhD(Monash). MAlP J.A. Grahame. ASTC N.A. Molloy. BE(g'ld). MIEAust M. Ooms. BE

Faculty Staff

\

Faculty of Engineering

CENTRE FOR INDUSTRIAL CONTROL SCIENCE

Section One

DIrector G.C. Goodwin. BSc. BE. PhD(NSW). FIEEE. FTS. FIEAust

Aasoclate DIrector R.H. Middleton. BE.SSc. PhD. MIEEE

Assistant Directors R.E. Betz. BE. ME. PhD. MIEEE B.J. Cook. HND(Elect)(Plymouth Polytechnic). PhD(Brtst). CEng M. Fu. BA(Herei). MA. PhD(Wisconsin) S.F. Graebe. SSe. MSc(San Diego). PhD(Stockholm) B.M. Ninness. BE(Hons), ME P. Stepien. BE

AdmlnIstrative Assistant D.E. Piefke

Professional Officers A. Bastiani. BEIHons) A. Pemberton. BE(Hons) M. West. BE

Research Fellows Y. Shrtvastava. BTech(Kanpur). PhD(Iowa City) S.R. Weller. BE(Hons). ME

Faculty Staff

section two

Faculty Information

•

About This Section

This section contains general informatton aJx,ut the Faculty oJEngineering and the courses which are offered within that Faculty. Relevant University Rules and Course Programs are giuen in separate sections oj this Handbook.

Advice and Information

Students are assumed to be familiar with the InfonnaUon contained in this Handbook which relates to their own course of study and to general University and Faculty requirements.

Additional infonnation will be posted on Notice Boards throughout the academic year. It is each student's responsibiltty to ensure that they keep themselves aware of the contents of relevant Notice Boards.

As course and University requirements do not remain static. students are advised to purchase a copy of the Faculty Handbook annually in order to become aware of changes and to retain those Handbooks so as to provide a record of the content studied.

COURSE AND ENROLMENT ENQUIRIES

Enquiries regarding course reqUirements and general matters such as University Rules and procedures. Faculty poliCies, admission. enrolment and re-enrolment. variations of program and course transfer may be directed to the Faculty Office - call at Room EA206 or telephone (049) 21 6065.

ACADEMIC ADVICE

Academic advice and general enqUiries regarding the content of particular courses may be obtained from the relevant Head of Department or from the Course Coordinator of the relevant course.

PERSONALCOUNSELUNG

Students may wish to discuss matters relating to course difficulties or options with the Faculty Secretary. other Faculty Office staff or the relevant Course Coordinator.

II I


Members of the University CounselHng Setvice are also available for entirely confidential personal consultation on any matter. particularly matters of academic sk!lls and personal growth. The CounsellIng Service Is situated on the courtyard level of the Ubrary BuUding. An appoIntment Is usually reqUIred.

STlIDENTS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS

Students with disabUlties may wish to consult the Faculty's Adviser for Students with SpecIal Needs, Dr D.H. Wood of the Department of Mechanical Engineering. top Floor, D.W. George BUilding. Telephone 216200 for an appointment.

The Faculty

The Faculty of Engineering Is constituted by the Council of the University and conSists of the Department of Chemical EngineerIng. the Department of Clv!l EngIneering and Surveying, the Department of Computer Science, the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering and the Department of MechanIcal Engineering.

The Faculty Board, FacultyofEngineering, Is charged with condUcting the academic affairs of the Faculty. MembershIp ofthe Faculty Board Includes the VlceChancellor (ex officIo), the DIrector of the School of EngIneering, the Dean of the Faculty, the members of the full-time academic staff of the departments comprising the Faculty. representattvesofa number of other facultlesand departments of the University. and four student members. The Dean Is Chairman and executive officer of the Faculty Board.

DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS

The awards which may be currently made by the University to persons presented by the Faculty of Engineering are listed below.

Bachelor Degrees

Bachelor of Computer Science (BCompSc)

Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) (BCompSc(Hons)

Bachelor of Engineering (BE), which may be awarded as a pass or honours degree, is awarded in the speclalisations of:


CMI EngIneering

Computer Engtneering

Electrical Engineering


Section Two

Industrlal Engineering

Faculty Information

(no new admissions will be accepted from 1995)

MechanIcal Engineering

BachelorofSurvey!ng (BSurv), whIch may beawanied as a pass or honours degree.

Graduate Diplomas

Graduate Diploma In Computer Science (GradDlpCompSc)

Graduate DIploma In Computing (GradDlpComp) (no new enrolments from 1994)

Graduate DIploma In Surveying (GradDlpSurv)

Wgber Degrees by Coursework

Master of Computing (MComp)

Master of Engineering Science (MEngSc)

Wgber Degrees by Research

Master of Computer Science (MCompSc)

Master of Engineering (ME)

Master of &Ience (MSc)

Doctor of EngIneering (DEng)

Doctor of Ph!losophy (PhD)

Doctor of ScIence (DSe)

Bachelor Degree Courses

Generallnformatton regarding the bachelor degree programs offered in the Faculty Is provided below. The detailed Course Programs appear tn Section 5 of the Handbook.

COMPUTER SCIENCE

The BachelorofComputer Science (BCompSc) degree course has been designed to equip students With an excellent background for a professional career in the computer industry or as a programmer or systems analyst In industry or commerce.

The course program Is accredited by the Australian Computer SocIety (ACS) and meets the hIghest academic reqUirements for membership of the SocIety.

The BCompSc program may be completed by three years of full-time study or part-time eqUivalent. Combined degree programs are also available (see below).

Honours in Computer Science

The Bachelor of Compu ter Science (Honours) degree Is a separate degree program which may be taken


•

full-time over one year or part-time over two years. candidates for this degree have normally completed theBCompSc program with a creditable performance, however. graduates in other dlscipUnes wtth a substantial background and a credttable perfonnance in computer science may be considered for admission.

ENGINEERING

Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree courses are offered in the following specialisaUons:


CMI Engineering


Eleclrtcal Engineering


Industrial Engineering


Each engineering degree program may be completed by four years offull-Ume study or equivalent. Parttime attendance Is permitted. however. students intending to undertake part-time study should note that many classes are held during the day. Students may choose to combine years of full-time study With years of part-time study as their commitments permit. I t Is also possIble to follow a 'thIck sandwich' pattern of attendance by which full-time study and full-time Industrial experience are undertaken in alternate years. It is recommended that at least the final year of study be taken on a full-time basis.

Engineering courses are highly structured and. although each follows a slmtlar pattern. the content of the courses naturally differs according to the needs of the speciality concerned.

In Year I students study mathematics and the basic sciences as well as commencing studies In the engineering sciences. Year II programs continue stucUes In mathematics and, where applicable. bastc sciences. The scope of engineering studies is also widened. Year III consists of major engineering subjects and Is generally regarded as the core of the program. In the final year these studies are extended by the Inclusion of more highly specialised topics. The programs also make provision for nonengineering elective subjects to be Included In the degree program. The final year project, In which students may undertake extensive studies In an area of special interest, is a particular feature of engineering programs at Newcastle.

hctJonTwo Faculty Information

EngIneering programs are regularly reviewed In order to incorporate the latest technological and professional developments relevant to each specialisation. The current Course Programs are set out In Section 5 of this Handbook.

In addItion to the full degree programs olTered In the Faculty. students may commence studies 10 Mining Engineering and Naval ArchItecture by completing the first two years of the full time programs In eMl EngIneering or Mechanical EngIneering respectively, Students chOOSing to follow these programs may complete their stucUes at the University of New south Wales.

Honours

Awards of honours are made on the basis of perfonnance during the entire course program (see Faculty Policies In Section 4). There Is no separate 'honours year'.

Accreditation

Each engineering program (other than the new Environmental Engineering program) Is accredited as meeting the full academic reqUirements for corporate membership of the Institution ofEngtneers. Australia (IEAust) and recognised by a number of overseas profeSSional bodies. The Environmental Engineering program has received preliminary accrecUtation and It Is confidently expected to be fully accredited in accordance with the nonnal accrecUtation process.

The Computer Engineering Program Is alsoaccred!ted by the Australian Computer Society (ACS) as satisfying that organisation's highest level of academic requirements.

The Chemical EngineerIng program also meets requirements for membership of the Institution of ChemIcal Engineers (Great Brilaln) and Is recognIsed by the Royal Australian Chemical Institute and the Australian Institute of Energy.

SURVEYING

The Bachelor ofSUlveylng (BSurv) program Is olTered as a four year full- time or eqUivalent study course on a similar basis to that of engineering programs. In addition to Mathematics and Physics, the course also deals With aspects of Civil Engineertng. Economics and Law as well as the technical aspects which Include: cadastral surveying. engineering surveying. topographical surveying, geodetiC surveying and hydrographic surveying.

I Faculty of Engineering

The course meets the academic prerequisites for an application for registration under the SUIveyorsAct, 1929 (as amended), In order to become a Registered Surveyor in NSW It Is necessary for a graduate to meet other requirements of the Board of Smveyors of NSW. Enquiries on this aspect should be directed to the Registrar of the Board of Surveyors of NSW. Registration Is required only If practice as a land surveyor Is intended; many surveying careers do not require registration.

The combined BE (Civil EnglneerlngJ / BSurv degree program, which Is understood to be unique to the University of Newcastle. allows completion of the two professional qualifications by 5 years of fulltime study. The program Is entered after completion of the first year of either course wtth a WAM of 55 or more.

COMBINED DEGREE PROGRAMS

Anumber of combined degree programs are avatlable which lead to the award of a two degrees by a total of five years of full-time study for programs which include BE and four years of full· time study for BCompSc/BMath and BCompSc/BSc programs. The progmms Itsted below have been either approved or have been submitted for approval by the relevant Faculty Boards. Other combined programs may be approved to meet the needs of individual cases. Information on the aVailabtltty of combined programs may be obtained from the Combined Degree Coordinator or from the Faculty Office.

BA/BCompSc

BCompSc/BMath

BCompSc/BSc (Chemistry Major)

BCompSc/BSc (Physics Major)

BCompSc/BSc (Psychology Major)

BE(Chemlcal EnglneerlngJ/BSc (Chemistry Major)

BE(Chemlcal EnglneerlngJ/BMath

BE(Clvtl EngineerlngJ/BSurv

BE (Computer EngineerlngJ/BCompSc

BE(Computer EngineerlngJ/BMath

BE(Computer EngineerlngJ/BSc (Physics Major)

BE(Eleclrlcal EngineerlngJ/BMath

BE(Electrical EnglneerlngJ/BSc (Physics Major)

BE(Environmentai EnglneerlngJ/BSc (Biological Sciences Major)

Section Two Faculty Information

BE(Environmentai Englneer)/BSc (ChemiStry Major)

BE (Industrial EngineerlngJ/BCompSc

BE(Mechanlcal EnglneerlngJ/BMath

Direct admission to most of the above programs may be gained through UAC by persons who achieve highly at the NSW HSC examination (or eqUivalent academic perfonnance).

Combined degree programs may also be entered after completion of the first year of the relevant engineering or computer science program with an average of credit or weighted average mark rw AM) of 70. In the case of the BE (Civil EngineerlngJ/BSurv program. a W AM of 55 after completion of the first year of either of the associated programs Is sufficient for admission to the program. Students Intending to transfer to a combined program must contact the Faculty Office to obtain application forms for lodgment by the date required for lodgement of reenrolment applicatlons.

UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS

The scholarships listed below are expected to be offered In 1994. Information regarding the scholarships available to students enrolling In the Faculty of Engtneerlng and the relevant application detatls and closing dates may be obtained from the Scholarships Office from November. telephone (049) 216537.

BHP SeholarshlpB In Computer Engineering

A number of scholarships are awarded annually to .. students enrolled in the Computer Engineering ': program. The scholarships provide a living allowance : of apprOximately $7.000 per annum and a book -, allowance.

Frank Henderson Scholarships in Civil Engineering

Four scholarships are awarded annually to first year students enrolled In the CIvil Engineering program. The awards are based on HSC performance but preference is given to applicants from country areas. The value of each scholarship Is $500 for one year only. No application Is necessary.

institution of Surveyoro Sebolarsbip

One scholarship of $500 for one year awarded to a student enrolling in the Bachelor ofSUIveying course. Selection is largely based on HSC performance. No application Is necessary.


• Section Two Faculty Information

Department of Mechanical Enalneerlna Seholarsbips

Four scholarships are awarded annually to first year students enrolled In the Mechanical Engineering program. The value of each scholarship Is $500 for one year only. Selectlon Is based on academic merit. No application is necessary.

Shortland Electricity Seholarsbips In Electrical Engineering

Two scholarships are awarded annually to students enroll1ng in the Electrical Engineering or combined degree program.

Selection is based on the HSC performance of appltcants offered a place through UAC and Interview. Each scholarship provides a living allowance of approximately $5.000 and the opportunity to undertake vacation employment With the sponsoring organisation.

University IIECS Scholarsbip.

Ten undergraduate scholarships are awarded annually to students enrolltng in any undergraduate program in the University after completing their HSC in the previous year. Selection is on the basis ofHSC performance. A substantial number of these scholarships are usually awarded to students enrolling in the Faculty of Engineering. The scholarships provide coverage of the HECS charge to the value of$2.000 per annum and are continued for the nonnal duration of the course subject to satlsfactory academic perfonnance.

Graciuate Coursework Programs

General information regarding the graduate coursework programs offered In the Faculty is provided below. The detailed Course Programs appear In Section 7 of the Handbook.

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE

The Graduate Diploma In Computer Science meets the highest academic requirements for membership of the Australtan Computer Society (ACS).

Students enter the program from a variety of first degree backgrounds. While the diploma Is Intended as a part· time course. candidates with a strong background In at least one programming language (Pascal or C are preferred) may be able to complete requirements in a single full-time year of study although. in this case. subject chOice may be restricted.

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING

The Graduate Diploma InSurveying Isa postgraduate coursedestgned to broaden and furthertheed.ucatlon of the practising sUiveyor. It may also be suitable to enable persons holding overseas qualifications in sUlVeying not presently recognised as sufficient to meet the academic requirements for professional recognition inAustralla to meet thoserequtrements.

Recent technological changes have Significantly altered the role and operatlonal techniques of surveyors. Many items of eqUipment and computational methods now in use were unknown ten to fifteen years ago. The course has a twofold objective. PrImarIly. It has been deslgnedasa bridging course for surveyors with the professional qualification of the Reciprocating SUlVeyors Boards of Australia and New Zealand. University degree courses tn sUlVeytng were not available when these sUlVeyors passed the examinations set by those Boards. The Graduate Diploma in SUlVeytng Is seen as broadening and updating the profeSSional training with a choice of subjects deSigned to complement the profeSSional experience of candidates. For those sUlVeyors who already have had a comprehensive training In the modem developments in sUlVeytng. the course has a secondary objective. In this case, the aim is to broaden the candidate's basic training with the offer of study in a wider range of diSCiplines which have Important applications In some fields of sUlVeytng.

The Diploma program 15 normally completed by at least two years of part-time study. although In special cases approved by the Faculty Board. the program may be completed in one year on a fuIl·Ume basis.

MASTER OF COMPUTING

This post·graduate coursework masters degree program requires two years of full- time (or the eqUivalent part·Ume) study. In addltton to coursework at 400 level. candidates complete a very substantial one-year research related project which Is usuallyassoctated With one of the research projects being carried out In the Department Computer Science.

Applications will be considered from graduates who have completed the Bachelor of Computer Science or Its eqUivalent (including the Graduate Diploma in Computer Science).

-----rrwl'I" ,


MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE _ INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS

The Master of Engineering Science Is coursework program with major project. A speclallst program In Industrial Systems Is currently available on a part_ time, condensed teaching basis. The program is intended to provide graduate engineers with the opportunity to update their knowledge In areas relevant to their professional responsibility. Please refer to the course outline In Section Seven of this Handbook.

Higher Degrees by Research MASTER OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

The MasterofComputer Science Is a research degree by thesis. requiring an OIigfnal contrlbution to knowledge In the area of computer science. Applicants for admission are expected to hold a BCompSc(Hons} degree or an equivalent honours degree with at least second class honours. Candidates who enrol tnttlally in the MCompSc may later transfer Into the PhD program if thefr work Is of an exceptional qualtty. The area of research is usually associated with one of the research projects being carried out In the Department of Computer Science.

MASTER OF ENGINEERING

The Master of Engineering is a research degree by thesis. Relevant coursework may be undertaken in aSSOCiation with the research program. The quality and standard of work required in the thesis Is substantially higher level than that expected of an Bachelor of Engineering honours graduate. Candidates who enrol initially in the ME program may later transfer into the PhD program If their work is of an exceptional quality.

MASTER OF SCIENCE

This degree Is similar to the Master of Engineering degree but Is usually taken by students with a nonengineertngbackground or students who arecanytng out research In science areas related to engineering.

MASTER OF SURVEYING

The Master of Surveying Is a research degree by thesis. Coursework will not normally be Included In the program. The quality and standard of work required In the thesis will be at a substan tlally higher level than that expected of an Bachelor of Surveying honours graduate. Candidates who enrol Inltlally in the MSurv program may later transfer tnto the PhD program if thelrwork Is of an exceptional quality.

SKtionTwo Faculty Information

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

Doctoral research programs are avatlable within each of the Departments of the Faculty. Initial enqUiries regarding these programs and areas of specialised research activity currently undertaken within Departments may be addressed to the Head of the relevant department. Enqulrtes regarding scholarships. the formal reqUirements for the degree and admission procedures should be addressed to:

The Academic Registrar. University of Newcastle. Callaghan. NSW AUSTRALIA 2308

Centre for Industrial Control Science

The Centre for Industrlal Control Science (CICS) was established In 1988 under the Special Research Centre scheme of the Australian Government and is closely linked to the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering. Additional support is provided by the University and Industry.

The work of the Centre Is conducted on two parallel streams. One dealing with theoretical Issues In systems science and the other with the design of

'Industrial control and signal processing systems. The aim of the Centre Is to establish a true synergism between theoretical work and practical applications of control science. particularly In the areas of process control and automation.

The area of control systems design brings basic theoretical Ideas In the understanding of nonlinear systems. estimation and information theory together with the associated technologies of com pu tlng. communications and Industrial electronics.

In addition to the staff of the Centre. a numberofthe , members of the academic staff of the Department of ; Electrlcal and Computer Engtneenng are involved ' with the work of the Centre. as are some 30 postgraduate students. Visiting academics and ': postdoctoral fellows also contribute to the work of : the Centre.

Further Information regarding the work of the Centre j

may be obtained from:

The Director. Centre for Industrial Control Science. Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering. University of Newcastle. Callaghan, NSW AUSTRALIA 2308

section three

Award Rules

•

About This Section This section contains the University Rules regarding the Bachelor Degrees and Graduate Diplomas offered In the Faculty oj Engineering. 'The approved Course Programs referred to fn the Degree schedtdes appear in Sectfons 5 and 7 of this handbook.

Rules Governing Academic Awards

Application of Rule.

1. These Rules shall apply to all the academic awards of the University other than the degrees of Doctor and Master.

interpretation

2. (1) In these Rules. unless the context or subject matter otherwise Indicates or requires:

"award" means the degree. diploma (Including graduate diploma and associate diploma) or graduate certificate for which a candidate is enrolled;

"course" means the total reqUirements of the program of study approved by the Academic Senate to qualify a candidate for the award as set out In the schedule;

"Dean" means the Dean of a Faculty;

"department .. means the department offering a particular subject and Includes any other body so doing;

"Faculty" means the Faculty responsible for the course;

"Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty;

"schedule" means the schedule to these Rules relevant to the award listed under the name of the Faculty;

"subject" means any part of a course for which a result may be recorded.


(2) A reference in these Rules to a Head of Deparbnent shall be read not only as a reference to the person appointed to that office but also. where a subject is not offered by a department as such. to the person approved by the Academic Senate to undertake the responsibilities of a Head of Department for the purpose of these Rules.

AdmIssion

3. An applicant for admission to candidature for an award shall satisfy the requirements of the University governing admission to and enrolment in a course and any other additional requirements as may be prescrlbed In the schedule for that award.

Subjects

4. (1) For the purposes of a course. a subject may be classified at a level determined by the Faculty Board.

(2) Each subject shall be allotted a credit point value by the Academic Senate after considering the advice of the Faculty Board of the Faculty In which the deparlment Is located.

(3) The Academic Senate. after considering a request from a Faculty Board. may determine that a subject be not offered durlng a particular academic year.

(4) The Faculty Board shall approve the subjects for the award. Any change In the list of approved subjects which will have effect In the followlngyear shall be approved by a date determined by the Academic Senate.

(5) Where there is any change In the list of approved subjects. the Faculty Board shall make all reasonable provision to permit students already enrolled in the course to progress normally.

Enrolment

5. (1) A candidate may not enrol In any year In a comb~natton of subjects which Is IncoJl1patible with the reqUirements of the timetable for that year.

(2) Except with the permission of the Dean and sUb.fect to any contrary provision In the scredule:

SecUon Thr .. Award Rules

(a) a candidate may not enrol In subjects totalling more than theequlvalentof 40 credit potnts in any semester;

(b) a candidate shall not enrol In a subject which does not count towards the award; and

(c) a candidate shall not be permitted to enrol tn any subject which is substantially eqUivalent to one which that candidate has previously counted towards a degree or diploma.

(3) A candidate for an award shall not enrol in a course or part of a course for another award tn this Unlverstty unless consent has first been obtained from the Dean and if another Faculty Is responsible for th~ course leading to that other award. the Dean ofthat Faculty. provided that a student may enrol In a combined course approved by the Academic Senate leading to two awards.

Prerequisites and COrequlsltes

6. (I) The Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head ofthe Department may prescribe prerequisites and/or corequlsites for any subject offered by that Department.

(2) Except with the permission of the Dean granted after considering any recommendation made by the Head of the Department. no candidate may enrol In a subject unless that candidate has passed any subjects prescrlbedas its prerequisites at any grade which may be speCified and has already passed or concurrently enrols In or Is already enrolled In any subjects prescribed as Its co-requisites.

(3) Except with the permission of the Dean. a candidate will not have satisfied a prerequisite If the prerequisite subject has not been completed In the preceding eight calendar years.

(4) A candidate attaining a Terminating Pass in a subject shall be deemed not to have passed that subject for pre-requisite purposes.

Credit

7. (1) A Faculty Board may grant credit to a candidate In specified and unspecified

Faculty of Engineering •

subjects. on such conditions as It may determine. tn recognitionofworkcompieted In the University or another Institution approved by the Faculty Board for this purpose or additionally as may be provided In the schedule.

(2) Except as may be otherwise provided In the schedule. a candidate shall not be given credit for more than sixty-five percent of the total number of credit points required to complete the course.

subject Requirements

8. (I) The subjects which may be completed In the course for the Award shall be those approved by the Faculty Board and published annually as the Approved Subjects section of the schedule.

(2) A candidate enrolled In a subject shall comply with such academic and practical requirements and submit such written or other work as the Department shall specify.

(3) Except as otherwise permitted by the Head of Department. any material presented by a candidate for assessment must be the work of the candidate and not have been previously submitted for assessment.

(4) To complete a subject a candidate shall satisfy published departmental requirements and gain a satisfactory result In such assessments and examinations as the Faculty Board shall require.

Withdrawal 9. (I) A candidate may withdraw from a subject

or the course only by informing the Academic Registrar in writing and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.

(2) A student shall be deemed not to have enrolled In a subject if that student withdraws from the subject:

(a) In the case of a semester length subject. before the Higher Education Contribution Scheme census date for that semester; or

(b) In the caseofa full year subject. before the firstHlgherEducatton Contrtbutlon Scheme census date for that academic year.

SectJonThr .. Award Rules

(3) Except with the permission of the Dean:

(a) a candidate shall not be permitted to withdraw from a subject after the relevant date which shall be:

(I) In the case of a semester length subject. the last day of that semester; or

(II) In the case of a full year subject. the last day of second semester; and

(b) a candidate shall not be permitted to withdraw from a subject on more than two occasions.

Leave of Absence 10. (1) Subject to any provision In the schedule. a

candidate In good academic standing tn the course:

(a) may take leave of absence of one year from the course; or

(b) with the permission of the Dean. may take leave of absence of two consecuttve years from the coursewtthout prejudice to any right of the candidate to re-enrol in the course follOWing such absence and with full credit In all subjects successfully completed prlor to the period ofleave.

(2) For the purposes of sub-rule (1). unless otherwise specified In the schedule. a candidate eligible to re-enrol shall be deemed to be In good academic standing.

Qualification [or the Award

11. (I) To qualify for the award a candidate shall satisfactorily complete the requirements governing the course prescrlbed in the schedule.

(2) A subject which has been counted towards a completed award may not be counted towards another award. except to such extent as the Faculty Board may approve.

COmbined Degree Programs

12. (I) Where so prescribed fora particular course. a candidate may complete the requirements for one Bachelor degree in conjunction with another Bachelor degree by completing a combined degree program approved by the Academic Senate on the advice of the Faculty


Boardand, where theother Bachelordegree Is offered In another Faculty, the Faculty Board of that Faculty.

(2) Admission to a combtned degree program shall be restricted to candidates who have achieved a standard of perfonnance deemed satisfactory for the purposes of admlsston to the specific combined degree course by the Faculty Board(s).

(3) The work undertaken by a candidate In a combined degree program shall be no less tn quantity and quaUty than If the two courses were taken separately.

(4) To quaUIY for admission to the two degrees a candidate shall satisfy the requirements for both degrees. except as may be otherwise provided.

Relulng Provision

13. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arlstngtn a particular case. the Academic Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board may relax any provision of these Rules.

SCHEDULE I - BACHELOROFENGINEERING

Specialisation.

1. The Degree may be offered In one ofthe following speclalisatlons:


CMI Engineering

Computer Engineertng

Electrical Engineering

Environmental Englneertng

Industrtal Engineering


2. ForthepurposesofthlsSchedule. thedeslgnated Department with respect to each specialisation shall be:

Department of Chemical Engineertng

Chemical Engineering;

Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying

eMI Engineering and

Environmental Engineering;

Department of Electrtcal and Computer Engineering

Computer Englneertng and

Section Thr .. Award Rule.

Electrical Engmeerlng; and

Department of Mechanical Engineering

Industrial Engineering and

Mechanical Engineering.

Quallfication for the A .... d

3. (1) To quaitfY for admission to the degree a cand!date shall:

(a) complete the reqUirements of the course program for that specialisation; and

(b) complete the Industrial experience reqUirements as detennlned by the Faculty Board; to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board.


requtrementsofRule 6(2) of the Rules Governing Academic Awards by achieving a mark of 45 or more In all subjects specified as pre-requisites or co-requisites.

Credit

6. Cred!t may be granted for up to 160 credit points except that a candidate may be granted such credit as the Faculty Board determines for subjects completed In the University which have not already been counted towards an award.

Tl'anafer Between Specialisation.

•

7. The Faculty Board may make conditions with respect to the transfer of candidature from one specialisation in the degree to another. (2) The course program for each specialisation

shall consist of subjects totalling not less than 320 credit points approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of 8. the Head of the deSignated department and include:

Additional Specialisation.

A person who has satisfied the requirements for admission to the degree In one specialisation may be admitted to candidature In any other specialisation on such conditions as the Faculty Board may prescribe. Upon completing the requirements for admission to the degree In that other specialisation the candidate shall be Issued with a statement to that effect by the Academic Registrar.

(a) at least 80 credit points from \00 level,: subjects;

(h) at least 60 cred!t points from 200 level, subjects; ,

(cl at least 100 credit points from 300 or . 400 level subjects of which at least 40 credit points must be from 400 level. subjects.

Grading of the Degree

3. (1) The degree shall be conferred asan ord!nary degree except that. where the pe"fc.rnlallc., d of a candidate has reached a sllmclard iI determined by the Faculty Board to be sufficient merit. the degree shall be conferred with Honours.

(2) There shall be two classes of Honours, ' namely Class I and Class II. Class II shall have two divisions. namely DIvision 1 and. Division 2. .

Enrolment

4. A candidate may not enrol In any year in a combination of subjects which is Incompatible with the reqUirements of the Faculty Board for the particular specialisation.

Pre-requisite. and Co-requisites

5. Where the result for a subject is expressed as mark. a candidate shall have met

Leave of Absence

9. (I) For the purposes of Rule 10 of the Rules Governing Academic Awards. candidates shall be deemed to be In good academic standing If at the conclusion of the year of last enrolment in the course they:

(a) had achieved a passing grade or a result of 45 or more In at least one subject; and

(b) were eligible to re-enrol.

(2) Leave of Absence of one year from the course may be taken on more than one occasion but not in consecutive years.

SCHEDULE 2 - BACHELOR OF SURVEYING

Quallfication for the Award

1. To qualify for admission for the degree a candidate shall complete. to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board. a course program consisting of subjects totalling not less than 320 credit points approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying, Including:

Section Thr .. Award Rule •

(a) at least 80 credit points from \00 level subjects;

(h) at least 60 cred!t points from 200 level subjects;

(c) at least 100 credit points from 300 or 400 level subjects of which at least 40 credit points must be from 400 level subjects.

Grading of the Degree 2. (1) The degree shall be conferred as anord!nary

degree except that. where the perfonnance of a candidate has reached a standard determined by the Faculty Board to be of sufficient merit, the degree may beconferred with Honours.

(2) There shall be two classes of Honours. namely Class I and Class II. Class II shall have two divisions. namely DIvision 1 and DMslon 2.

Enrolment

3. A candidate may not enrol In any year In a combination of subjects which Is Incompatible with the requirements of the Faculty Board.

Prerequisites and Corequlsltes

4. Where the result for a subject is expressed as a mark. a candidate shall have met the requirements of Rule 6(2) of the Rules Governing Academic Awards by achieving a mark of 45 or more in all subjects specified as pre-requisites or co-requisites.

Credit 5. Credit may be granted for up to 160 credit

points except that a candidate may be granted such credit as the Faculty Board detennlnes for subjects completed in the University which have not already been counted towards an award.

Leave of Absence

6. (1) For the purposes of Rule \0 of the Rules Governing Academic Awards. candidates shall be deemed to be in good academic standing If at the conclusion of the year of last enrolment in the course they:




(2) Leave of Absence of one year from the course may be taken on more than one occasion but not tn consecutive years.

SCHEDULE 3 - BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

QuaBfleation for the Award

1. To qualtfy for admission for the degree a candidate shall complete, to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board. a course program consisting of subjects totalling not less than 240 credit points approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation ofthe Head of the Department of Computer Science, including:

(a) at least 80 credit points from 100 level subjects;

(h) at least 60 credit points from 200 level subjects; and

(c) at least 40 credit points from 300 level subjects.

Enrolment

2. A candidate may not enrol in any year In a combination of subjects which is Incompatible With the reqUirements of the Faculty Board.

Pre-requisites and Co-requisites

3. Where the result for a subject is expressed as a mark, a candidate shall have met the reqUirements of Rule 6(2) of the Rules Governing Academic Awards by achieving a mark of 45 or more tn all subjects speCified as pre-requisites or co-requisites.

Credit

4. Credit may be granted for up to 160 credit points except that a candidate may be granted such credit as the Faculty Board determines for subjects completed In the University which have not already been coun ted towards an award.

Leave of Absence

5. (1) For the purposes of Rule 10 of the Rules Governing Academic Awards, candidates shall be deemed to be In good academic standing If at the conclusion of the year of last enrolment In the course they:


SecUonThr .. Award Rules



Leave of Absence of one year from the course may be taken on more than one occasion but not in consecutive years.

SCHEDULE 4 - BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE (HONOURS)

Adm1aaIon to Candidature

the Faculty Board on the recommendation of theHeadoftheDepartmentofComputerSctence totalling not less than 80 credit potnts and including at least 60 credit potnts from 400 level subjects.

Credit Credit for previous studies shall not be granted. 4.

I. (1) An applicant for admission to candidature:i Leave of Absence shall have satisfied the requirements for 'i 5. candidates shall not be entitled to take Leave of admission to: Absence from the course.

(a) the degree of Bachelor of Computer' TIme Requirement

Science; or candidature for the award shall not extend 6. (b) a degree of Bachelor In the University, beyond two calendar years. except that in

or another university approved for this: exceptional circumstances arising in a particular purpose by the Faculty Board. . case the Faculty Board may grant permission to

extend the term of candidature on such (2) The Head of the Department of Computer. Science shall. after considering conditions as it considers appropriate. applicanfspreviousacademicperfonnancel SCHEDULE 5 - GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN

inrelevantstudies'~;,~~~~%:~~i~~~~~:1 COMPUTER SCIENCE to the Faculty Board as to the Admloslon to Candidature

suitability for admission to 1. In order to be admitted to candidature for the (3) The Faculty Board af ter taklng into account award. the applicant shall:

the recommendation of the Head of the (a) have completed the reqUirements for Department of Computer Science shall

admission to a degree in the University; or either:

(a) approve admission to candidature; or

(h) approve admission to candlda.tmre subject to the applicant completing. the satisfaction of the Faculty Board, such prerequisite and/or cOlrequi'lIteJ studies as It may prescribe; or

(c) reject the application.

(b) have completed the requirements for admission to a degree at any other institution recognised by the Faculty Board; and hold such other qual1flcattonsapproved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of admission to candidature.

QuaUfieation for the Diploma

Grading of the Degree 2. Toqualifyforadmlssion to the degree a candtdate

shall pass the program of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Headofthe Departmentof Compu ter Science totalling not less than 80 credit poin ts.

2. (I) The Faculty Board shall, on recommendation of the Head Department of Campu ter

determine the grade of ';:)~::~~~i~~t ~~I awarded to a candidate upon admission to the degree.

(2) There shall be three classes of H(mo.urs,. namely Class I, Class 11 and Class Ill. II shall have two divisions, namely Diov!s:ionl I and Division 2.

QuaUfication for the Award

3. pass the

Grading nf the Diploma

3. The diploma shall be awarded as an ordinary diploma except that, where the performance of acandidate has reached a standard determined by the Faculty Board to be sufficient, the diploma may be conferred with Merit.

Credit

4. (I) Credit shall not be granted for studies which have been counted towards a completed award.

• Section Three Award

Rules

(2) Credit granted for studies completed at another institution which did not qualify a candidate for an award shall be limited to 40 credit points.

(3) Credit may be granted for all subjects completed in this University which have not already been counted towards a completed award.

Leave of Absence

5. Candidates shall not be entitled to take Leave of Absence from the course.

Time Requirement

6. Exceptwlth the pennission of the Faculty Board, a candidate shall complete the requirements for the award of the Diploma in not less than one and not more than five calendar years from the date of first enrolment In the course.

SCHEDULE 6 - GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING

Admlssion to Candidature

1. In order to be admitted to candidature for the award. the applicant shall:

(a) have completed the reqUirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle; or

(b) have completed the requirements for admission to a degree at any other Institution recognised by the Faculty Board; and hold such otherqualificattons approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of admission to candidature.

QuaUfication for the Diploma

2. Toquallfyforadmisslon to thedegreeacandidate shall pass the program of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the DepartmentofComputerSclence totalling not less than 80 credit points.

Grading of the Diploma

3. The Diploma shall be awarded as an ordinary diploma except that, where the performance of a candidate has reached a standard determined by the Faculty Board to be sufficient, the diploma may be conferred with Merit.

Credit

4. (1) Credit shall not be granted for studies completed which qualified the candidate for an award.


(2) Credit granted for studies completed at another !nsUtu tion which did not quallfy a candidate for an award shall be limited to 40 credit points.

(3) Credit may be granted for all subjects completed in this University which have not already been counted towards a completed award.

Leave of Absence


Time Requirement

6. Exceptwith the permission of the FacultyBoard. a candidate shall complete the requirements for the award of the Diploma in not less than one and not more than five calendar years from the date of first enrolment in the course.

SCHEDULE 7 - GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING

Admlsslon to Candidature

1. In order to be admitted to candidature for the award. the applicant shall:

fa) have completed the reqUirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle; or

(b) have completed the reqUirements for admission to a degree at any other institution recognised by the Faculty Board; or

(c) have registration as a Land Surveyor or hold a Certificate of Competency issued by any ofthe Boards of Surveyors of Australia or New Zealand; or

(d) hold such other qualiflcattons approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of admission to candidature.

Course Program 2. The course program for the diploma shall

comprise subjects totalling not less than 80 credit points approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of CMl Engineering and Smveying.

QuaUfication for the Diploma 3. To qualify for admiSSion to the diploma a

candidate shall complete the reqUirements of the course program to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board.

SectionThrM Award Rules

Gradln, of the Diploma

4. The Diploma shall be awarded as an ordinary diploma except that. where the performance 0/ a candidate has reached a standard determined by the Facully Board to be sufficient. the diploma may be conferred with Merit.

Credit

5. (1) Credit shall not be granted for studies completed which qualifled the candidate for an award. section four

(2) Credit granted for studies completed a\ another institutton which did not qualify .,: Fa cu Ity candidate for an award shall be limited to: 40 credit points. . Policies

(3) Credit may be granted for all subjects. completed in this University which have not already been counted towards a completed award.

Leave of Absence


•

About This Section

This section contafns Faculty Polides which are relevant to aU students enrolled in coursework programs within the Faculty and are to be read in CoryWlCtton wU:h the relevant Course Programs and Award Rules.

Students should note that Faculty Policies do not remnln static. Students are expected to consult Faculty and Departmental notice boards regularly In order 00 make themselves aware of any proposals or decisions which may affect them. Enquiries regarding Faculty Policy mny be directed to the Faculty O.Iflce.

General Course Policies and Infonnatlon

The information given below should be read in conjunction with the Rules Governing Academic Awards and the relevant Schedule to those Rules together with other University reqUirements and Faculty policies.

It Is the responsibiltty of students to ensure that they enrol In a program which meets currently applicable course requirements. Where approval of a Head of Department or Course Coordinator is required, this should be gained prior to submitting a Variation of Program Form and be attached to that form.

Advice on course requirements and procedures is available from the staff of the Faculty Office - Enquiries to Room EA206, or from the relevant Course Coordinator.

Credit Polnta

1. The credit point value of a subject is intended to give a general Indication of the total time required of a student undertaking that subject. The normal annual workload of 80 credit points may be taken to indicate that the total workload of an average student working at pass level Is approximately 48 hours per week. Thus a 5 credit point subject offered over one semester may be taken to indicate a minimum average workload requirement of 6 hours per week which includes course contact hours plus time spent by the student on assignments and other set work as well as general study of subject content. The raUo between contact hours and private studywlll vary between subjects according to the nature of the content studied.

Fecultyof Engineering

2. The number of hours per week required by Individual students will val)' according to many factors including: academic background, personal ability. work/study techniques and the level of perfonnance the student wishes to attain in a particular subject. The general indication of 6 hours per week for each 5 credit points in a semester subject is a guide to the minimum expectations of the Faculty - students will need to monitor and evaluate their own performance in the ltghtofthts expectation and the results they obtain in particular subjects.

Timetable

3. Course programs are specified and timetabled by year.

4. EveI)' effort will be made to provide for single day release attendance patterns in the first two part-time stages of each course. Timetable reqUirements may restrict selection of subjects in non-standard programs.

5. Students are not to enrol in subjects which clash in the timetable.

Prerequisites and Corequlsltes

6. In addition to the subject prerequisite and corequisite requirements oftndivtdual subjects. a general understanding of the material in previous years of the course is assumed.

7. Students must satisfy the relevant prereqUisite and corequisite reqUirements of each subject unless granted a written waiver of these reqUirements by the Head of the Department responSible for offering the subject. Students wishing to obtain such a waiver should make application at the scheduled Re-enrolment Approval Sessions in February. If requesting a variation of enrolment at another time, the relevant form should be obtained from the Faculty Office before making an appointment to see the Head of Department to discuss the proposed waiver.

8. Only in exceptional circumstances wtll prerequisite and corequtsite reqUirements be Waived for students who have a WAM of 54 or less.

A<ijusting Second Semester Enrolment

9. Enrolment In second semester subjects which require completion offirst semester subjects to meet prerequisite. corequisite or assumed

Section Four Feculty PoliCies


knowledge requirements Is contingent upon_15. Addition or substitution of first semester and successful completion of the relevant fil1ll rull year subjects after 31 March and second semester subjects. semester subjects after 31 August will only be

10. It Is the responsibility of students to appll; permitted by the Dean In exceptional circumstances and where the total semester to withdraw from any second semest .. ,

eubJect for which they do Dot ' workload of the student Is not increased.

prerequisite or COrequlslte,~~!,~:.::~e~:~~~d1.~~~I:~ Progr ..... unless a fonnal watver of such T A non-standard program is one which includes received from the Head of Department subjects from more than one Year of the course the subject concerned within the first 2 program. While progression tn each course of second semester. offered in the Faculty of Engineering is by

11. A student who remains offiCially enrolled in subject. the followi.ng rules apply to students subject w1ll receive a result in that subject. wishing to enrol in a non-standard program.

student ceases to attend classes but does Students are expected to complete subjects in offiCially withdraw. the result will be Fail the order given In the course program. A student

12. Students wishing to add a second undertaking a non-standard program should subject tn place of a withdrawn subject therefore Include all subjects yet to be completed do so by 5 p.m. on Monday of the third from the lower year of the course. If a student second semester otherwise the withdraws from a subject, that subject is Department may refuse to permtt the expected to be chosen from the htgheryear. The

Late Addition or Substitution of Subjects approval of the Course Coordt!l-ator Is requtred for any departure from these expectations.

13. Applications to add subjects after the 5 p.m. Monday of the third week of the semester Applications forenrolmenttn thefollowtngnon-

hi h th b l t dwlll be slandard programs will be approved without w c e su ~ec commence by the Dean only when submitted with special permission being required. written permiSSion of the Head of • An annual program of subjects prescribed Department offering the subject. for a combined degree program in which a considering a request for late addition of student is enrolled.

subject. the Head of Department will take • Inclusion ofIndustrial Experience subjects account of: by part-time students.

• the ability of the student to catch up work already completed in the subject;

• the effect that a late addition to the may have on the work of students allreadyl enrolled in the subject; and

• where a student has been attending subject without being enrolled. the

why the student did not enrol in th",e:~~~~1 Within the first two weeks of the 91

14. Note that dates are prescribed after which semester workload may not be increased. requirement prevents approval of the ad,dlllon I a subject after those dates where total workload would be increased, even permlsslonoftheHeadofDepartmentls Students in doubt as to the requirements consult the staff of the Faculty Office approaching the Head of Department.

• An annual program which follows prescribed Year by Year transition arrangements.

• An annual program or subjects forwhlchall of the follOwing apply:

•

•

•

•

all prerequisite and corequisite reqUirements are met or written relaxation of the relevant requirements Is submitted;

subjects extend over only two Years of the course;

all subjects yet to be completed in the lower Year of the course program are included;

when undertaken by a student with a WAM of 55 or more, has a total credit point value not exceeding 85 with no

Section Four •

Feculty Policies

more than 50 credtt points in a semester; and

• when undertaken by a student With a WAM of 54 or less, has a total credit point value not exceeding 60 with no more than 40 credit potnts in a semester.

19. All other applicattons for enrolment tn a nonstandard program must be approved by the Course Coordinator responSible for the course tn which the student is enrolled.

20. Discussions with the Course Coordinator nonnaUy take place at the scheduled Reenrolment Approval Sessions. At other times, an appointment should be made at the Office of the Department concerned.

Sub.tltutlon of Subject.

21. The Head of Department responsible for the course program or the Course Coordinator may approve limited substttution of another subject for a subject listed in the course program where such a substttution is considered to be to the academic benefit of the student concerned. Approval will only be given where:

• the replacement subject is of the same credit point value as the subject(s} it replaces;

• the reqUirements of the Regulations governing the degree program conttnue to be met; and

• the overall program of study to be laken by the student is suited to the award of the degree involved.

Enrolment in Extraneous Subjects

22. Enrolment in subjects extraneous to the reqUirements of the course in which the student is en rolled wnt nonnally only be approved where the student is otherwise enrolled in all subjects reqUired to complete degree reqUirements and has a W AM of at least 55. The total annual program attempted by such a student. including extraneous subjects. shall not exceed 80 credit points. The approval of the Dean Is required for any application to undertake extraneous subjects while a student is enrolled in any course offered in the Faculty of Engineering. The Dean may decUne to approve any such application.


23. Note that the University charges a fee for enrolment In subjects which do not count towards degree requirements.

AppeoJa

24. A written appeal regarding any decision made under these rules may be made to the Dean who shall decide the matter.

Course Coordinators

Undergraduate Programs

Chemical Engineering - Associate Professor R.H. Weiland

Civil Engineering - Dr W.G. Field

Combined Degree Programs - Dr W.O. Field

Computer Engineering - Associate Professor P.J. Moylan

Computer Science - Dr M. Houle

Electrical Engineerlng - Dr I. Webster

EnVironmental Engineering - Dr B.J. Williams

Industrial Engineering - Mr J.W. Hayes


SUIveying

- MrJ.W. Hayes

- Professor J.G. Fryer

Postgraduate Coursework Programs

BCompSc(Hons) - Dr H. EIglndy

GradDlpCompSc - Dr H. EIglndy

GradDipSurv

MComp - Professor J.G. Fryer

- Dr H. EIglndy

MEngSc - Associate Professor A.J. Chambers

Undergraduate Performance and Progress

These policies apply to students enrol1ed In the Bachelor of Computer Science, Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Surveying programs.

1. General

(1) The followingpoltcies are made under the powers vested in the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engtneering, by the Rules of the University.

(2) In these Policies, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or reqUires:

s.cUon Four Faculty Policies

-annual W'AM" means the weighted average mark of the results of subjects taken In • particular calendar year.

-courae" means the total requirements as prescribed in these Pollcles and the Regulatlo", Governing Bachelor Degrees offered in the FacultyofEngineerlngwhlch. when completed, qualify a candidate for the award of the of Bachelor of Computer Science. Bachelor Engineering or Bachelor of Surveying;

"Course Coordinator" means Head of designated Department or the Head Department's nominee;

"Dean" means the Dean of the Engineering;

-Degree Regulation." means the R~~~~I,~,~:::~:I Governing Bachelor Degrees in the Engineering;

"Department" means a department Faculty of Engineering;

"Faculty Board" means the Faculty H<)ard.1 Faculty of Engineering.;

"designated department" means deparlment Identified as such in the rel'eva,nll Schedule of the Degree Regulations;

-student" means a person enrol1ed in undergraduate course offered in the Facul ty Engineering;

"Sub-dean" means a Sub-dean of the '''''0,,1 ... of Engineering;

"W'~"meansth"cl1m,u~.lli,el~elgtltedAyer~~1 Mark calculated in accordance With poltcies.

2. Reservation

Faculty Board reserves Its right to cOloslde'. each case on its merits and to amend its pol.lcl,,,,1 Without notice as it judges to be maintain appropriate standards ofaUail1mlenLjl

3. Assessment

(I) Assessment within each subject offered by Department may take Into account work assignments. reports. laboratory exert,I,. .. tutorials, class tests and fonnal exanllnatl,on'

(2) Students will be Informed of the assessment to be adopte,ilr. fElchl sllbjeclt b1,for the end of the week of lectures in


subject. This information will Include an indication of the type of tasks comprising the assessment and the proportion each task will contribute to the final result in the subject concerned.

It should be noted that the final result in a subject Is not necessarily determined simply by the addition of marks awarded for assessment tasks although the weighting of each task and class ranking will be maintained except where an application for special consideration is granted.

In the case of subjects offered to students enrolled in any undergraduate course in the Faculty by Departments of the Faculty (and any department of another faculty willing to take part In this procedure). the result In each subject will be reported as follows:

Result Reported as

Marks in the range of 45% to 100% inclusive

Marks less than 45%

Other non -passing grades for specific purposes

- Percentage Mark

- FF (Fa!!)

- Grades approved by Senate

A mark of 50% is considered to be the notional pass/fail level of perfonnance. however it is recognised that no matter how careful the assessment, an area of doubt may exist within 5% of that mark. Therefore. while a mark below 45% Is a clear fail and a mark of55% is a clear pass. percentage marks in the range of 45 to 54 are regarded as indicating that a student. wWlst not perfonning clearly at a satisfactory level In the subject concerned. had nevertheless demonstrated sufficient understanding of the subject to proceed. provided other progress reqUirements are met, without repeating the material contained in that subject (see PoHcy 5 below).

Students should note that while results of 45 to 49 are (barely) acceptable in the context of the full reqUirements of a particular course in the Faculty of Engineering. they are unHkely to beconslderedadequate for full standing outside the Faculty of Engineering. For example: a

,result of 48 awarded to a student enrolled In an engineering course in a firstyearphystcs subject may be considered for standing In the Faculty

• Section Four Faculty

Pollcl ••

of Science and Mathematics at a Tenntnatlng Pass level but would not be acceptable for full standing.

(5) In the case of subjects offered by deparlments of other faculties. results may be awarded as grades (rather than percentage marks) in accordance with University By-laws and Regulattons and the Policies of the Faculty Board.

4. Academic Performance

(1) The academic perfonnance of each student enrolled In an undergraduate course offered in the Faculty shall be measured by a cumulative Weighted Average Mark(WAM).

(2) The W AM Is calculated from the results of all subjects taken towards the satisfaction of Degree ReqUirements. except as provided in Policy 4(5) below. in the follOwing manner:

WAM = l:(mvw)

l:(vw)

Where:

m = The Mark as defined In PoHcy 4(3) below.

v = The credit point value of the subject concerned.

w = TheWelghtingofthesubjectconcemed as detennlned under Poltcy 4(4) below.

(3) The Mark ("m') will be calculated as follows:

• Where the result In a subject Is given In the range of 45 to 100 Inclustve,'m' is equal to that percentage mark.

• Where the result In a subject Is a Failtng grade. 'm' Is equal to 44.

• Where the result in a subject Is a passing grade (rather than a percentage mark). the Mark ('m') will be deemed to be the relevant number listed below:

Grode 'm'

HD = 93 D = 80 C = 70 P = 58 UP = 58 1P = 49

• Where grades of 'I' are awarded the W AM will not be calculated until a mark or a final grade shall be awarded In that subject.


(4) Each subJect shall bavea weightlng of!, 2, 3 or 4 as set out below.

Level at which the subject Is offered

100

200

300

Weighting

2

3

400 and over 4

Note The level at which asubject Is offered Is indicated by the first number in the subject code; Jor example, MECH 10 I Is offered at 100 level and MECH342 Is offered at 300 level.

(5) The following will be taken into account when calculating the WAM:

• Subjects taken 1n satisfaction of course Elective requirements will be considered to satisfy those requirements In the order In which they are taken durtng the course.

• Subjects taken extraneous to degree requirements will not be Included In the calculation of a student's WAM.

• Students re-admltted to a course after an absence for the previous academic year. will retain their prevtous W AM as the basis of future calculations.

• Students permitted to transfer from one course offered In the Faculty to another shall, provtded the credit point value ofthe credit granted tn the new course equals the credit point value of all subjects previously completed In the original course, retain the W AM achieved In the original course as the basis for future WAM calculations In the new course.

• In all other cases, students admitted to a course shall commence calculation of their W AM from the year of their admission or readmission. whether they be granted credit or not.

(6) At the conclusion of second semester, each student's W AM shall be included in the schedule of recommended results presented to Faculty Board, Included on each student's notification of results and placed on the student's academic record; except that should a grade of 'Incompiete'(I) be awarded to a student, the W AM will remain uncalculated until final marks or grades are awarded.

Section Four Faculty Policies

(7) Students may elect to repeat any subject 111

wWch they were awarded a result in the ran~ of 45 to 54 or a grade of TP, or to enrol1n • subJectwhlch repJaceda subject tn thatcategoq: in the course program of the course in which; they are enrolled. In such a case: '

• the subject originally taken remains the student's academic re,co,rd continues to be included in th'e c,.Jcul"tio,~1 of the student's WAM as before.

• the repeated subject is included In WAM calculations of the year In which It taken.

• if the student is awarded a failing grade the repeated BU bject. the failure is in the same way as if the subject attempted for the ftrst time and the sUlbJe"'l must be repeated.

Note Students wUl not normally be pennltted repeat subjects in which they were awarded result of 55 or more, or a passing grade.

5, Academic Progression

0) A student who achieves a W AM of 55 ormo,re i" considered to be clearly progressing at satisfactory level In the course as a whole.

(2) A student who has a WAM of 54 or less at conclusion of any year Is considered to be probation for the next year of enrolment In

course and In jeopardy of possible ~~~!~:::I from the Facultyunless performance Is I sufficiently (see 'lJ",,,,UisfalCt<JlY Pn)gres,,' belo·w).1

(3) If a student withdraws without penalty from subjects in which they are enrolled whilst probation. the term of their probation shall deemed to be extended to the follm.nr,g ,~e,lJ' "II enrolment.

(4) Except as otherwise approved by the Coordinator. to follow a non-standard program shall

permitted to enrol In an annn~~u~a;l" ~:.~~~~ ~3 study of more than 60 credit p more than 40 credit points may be either semester [also see the General Ce,urstl Policies and Information above].

8. Unsatisfactory Progre ..

(I) Students on probation who fail to attain of 55 or more at the end of their prob,.tic)na year and also fail to achieve an Annual WAM


55 or more in that year shall be deemed not to have maintained a rate of progress considered satlsfactory to the Faculty Board under Rule 4 of the Rules Governing Unsatisfactory Progress. The progress of such students will be reviewed by the Dean or Sub· Dean on behalf of the Faculty Board.

(2) Students subject to review shall be advised of their rights to make representations either In writing or In person prtor to decisions under Rule 4 being taken.

(3) The Dean or Sub· Dean shall determine the tlme and place at which students may make representations In person.

(4) The Dean or Sub·Dean shall, after considering any representations made by any student subject to review and the recommendation of the Head of the deSignated Department. determine the action to be taken under Rule4 of the Rules Governing Unsatisfactory Progress which include:

• Exclusion for a pertod of at least 1 year:

• Permission to continue enrolment on specified conditions; or

• Permission to continue

(5) A student subject to revtew who Is permitted to contlnuestudieswlthtn the Facultylsconsldered to remain on probation and continues to be subject to the provisions of the Policies of Faculty Board as would a student placed on probation under the provisions of Poltcy 5.2.

7. Satisfaction of Degree Requirements

(1) Students are considered to have passed the program of subjects approved by Faculty Board in accordance with the relevant schedule of the Regulations GovemlngBachelor Degrees Offered in the Faculty of Engineertng when they have both:

• attained a result of 45 or more (or a passing grade) in each of the subjects comprising the relevant program of subjects approved

" by Faculty Board; and

• attained a WAM of 55 or more at the completion of that program

If a student completes the relevant program of subjects but has not achieved a WAM of 55 or more, the student Is not regarded as havtng


passed the program of subjects to the satlsfaction Faculty Board and is therefore tnellgible for the award of the degree.

(3) A student who Is tnellg1ble for the award of a bachelors degree under the terms of Polley 7.2 may repeat any subject in wWch they were awarded a result in the range of 45 to 54 (in which case the conditlons ofPollcy 4.7 apply) or enrol 1n such other subjects not prevtously attempted as the Dean. on the recommendation of the Head of the designated Department, may approve until such time as he or she attains a W AM of 55 or is excluded under the provisions of sectlon 5 of these policies.

8. Award. of Honours • Engineering and 8urveylng

0) Honours grades In the Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Surveytng programs wtll normally be awarded by Faculty Board on the basis of a graduating student's performance In the course as a whole as measured by the WAM according to the follOwing schedule:

M(nlmum WAM Honours

77

72

67

Class I

Class II Division I

Class II Division 2

(2) If a student was granted credit at the tlme of his or her admission or re-admission to a course offered within the Faculty, the record of that student upon which the credit was based may be considered by Faculty Board in connection with the determination of the award of honours.

(3) A Head of Department may recommend to Faculty Board that a grade of honours be awarded other than that Indicated by the WAM of the student concerned. or that no honours be awarded to a particular student. In such a case Faculty Board may either make an award of honours In accordance with the recommendatlonofthe Headofthe Department concerned or in accordance with the schedule contained in Policy 80)·

(4) Faculty Board will normally recommend BE and BSurv graduands who achieve a WAM tn the order of 85 or more for the award of a University Medal.

1 Faculty of Engineering

Other Faculty PoUciea

HODours in Computer Science

The level of honours to be awarded to candidates completing the requirements of the Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) degree shall be determlned by Facult)' Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Computer Sc!ence.

Progre .. Requirement. for Combioed Degree candidate.

Students admitted to the BE/BMath. BE/BSc. BMath/BCompSc and BSc/BCompSc combined degree programs after 1990 and the BE/BCompSc program after 1991. shall be required to maintain a WAM of at least 65 or otherwise show cause as to why the Faculty Board should not refer their case to the Admissions and Progress Committee under the Rules Governing Unsatisfactory Progress wtth a recommendation that they be excluded from continued enrolment in the combined degree program for a specified period.

Missiog an El:am.ioation

Failure to attend a fonnal written examination is a vel}' serious matter. Students are expected to attend examinations unless prevented from doing so by circumstances beyond their control - in which case an application for Special ConSideration should be lodged at the Faculty Office within the reqUired time period (see below).

Special Consideration

It Is recognised that during the course of their studies, students may suffer from tIlness or other serious circumstances beyond their control which affect their preparation for or performance at an examination. University Rules provide for students who believe that their performance in a subject has been adversely affected by such circumstances to apply for Special Consideration (also refer to the General University Information section of this Handbook).

Applications for Special ConSideration MUST be made on the prescribed form and should be lodged at the Faculty Office. Forms are available from the Facult)' Office - Room EA206 (telephone (049) 216065).

As decisions can only be made on the basis of the Information presented by the stUdent. all available evidence should accompany each application. The medical certificate given on the prescribed fonn

Section Four Faculty Pollcle.

must be completed where an application Is made on medical grounds unless a more extensive medical report Is presented which Includes the information required on the form. Where a request for SpectaI ConSideration Is made on the grounds misadventure. all avallable supporting should be attached to the application. In cases, particularly where no written evidence available. the submission of a statu tory declaration

will be appropriate. Statutory declara,ntl~o~n,~~~~~~1 available from most newsagentsor the F

Applications for Special Consideration should made as soon as possible after th.e OCCl,noen,ce ofth" I circumstances leading to the request bu t not than 3 days after the final examination In a slubject When considering requests for Special it is the intention of the Faculty to take circumstances which adversely affect such that the performance ofthe student does not reflect his or her true competence subject. In doing so. the Facult)' will be cor,scllouos'. that any Special Consideration given should disadvantage other students.

Enquiries regarding Special Consideration may directed to the Faculty Office.

Further Assessment

A department may grant further assessment it considers it appropriate to do so afiter consld"ri11di a request for Special Consideration or to doubt as to the appropriate result In a subj,,,,tl Further assessment will normally occur after the final eXamination in the subj"ctconcenled

• In the case offirst semester subjects, before end of the fifth week of the mid-year recess;

• in the case of full-year and second selme,st,," subjects, before the end of the first week December.

Students who have requested Special C<m"ld.er.;,tiOi which may lea.d t.o fiurl.he·r as"""'menlt sllotlld. enlsur< that they are available to attend assessmentrequtred during these periods. to do so because of serious circumstances their control, they should advise the relevant of Department as soon as possible.

In view of the provision for further assessment departments. the Faculty Board does not n<,rnlall award results ofIncomplete (I); however. It so if it deems it appropriate to allow a further period for further assessment. A student in

J

Faculty of Englne.rlng

of a result ofIncomplete should lmmedJateiycontact the Head of the Department offering the subject concemed to arrange a time to undertake further assessment. All further assessment for full-year or second semester subjects should be completed by the second week of January.

Failure by • Potential Graduate

Where a student fails a Single subject other than the final year project and is thereby prevented from qualifYing to graduate. the Facult)' Board may award a result of Incomplete (I) in that subject. Such a decision will not be taken until the results of all other subjects required to meet degree requirements are known. Thus a fallure in a single first semester subject wfll be recorded as an FF unless the student has been enrolled in a program which was potentially sufficient to complete degree requirements In first semester. A result of FF given in a first semester subject may be reviewed at the conclusion of second semester In the Itght of results obtained In the other subjects In that year and may be amended to 'I' if it Is then the only subject reqUired to meet degree requirements. All such further assessments should be completed by the second week of January.

Review of Results

Students may apply through the University Examinations Office for a review of final results in ftubJects (see the General Information section of this Handbook for details of the procedure and the fee tJ).volved). All requests for review must he made by this procedure.

A review of a result Includes a check:

• that all required parts of the assessment have been Included tn the final result;

• that the content of examination scripts has been fairly considered. including, where

.~ possible, a review of marks awarded by the -h- examiners; and

that all marks contributing to the final result have been correctly weighted and their total accurately obtained

shall not include any review of earHer

~:.:~:n':~!'i~: have been made available to the ~ on a continuing basis throughout the

"'::::~~~;~ necessary. students may attach a ! the official request for a review detailing believed to point to an error or omission

• Section Four Faculty

Pollcl ••

havtng been made. Students may also discuss aspects of perfonnance in examinations with the lecturer concerned within a short perlod after final results have been published In order to gain feedback for educational purposes.

SubmlulOD of Fioal Year Project Reports

Meeting the deadUne for submission of final year project reports is considered to be an important element of the subjects concerned. Departments within the Facult)' have been requested by Facult)' Board to adopt the follOwing poliCies regarding the submission of final year project reports.

• The time for submission of final year project report will be set at 5.00 pm on a date (to be specified by the Department concerned) before or during the November examination pertod. This date Is regarded In the same way as a final fonnal examination. That is, fallure to submit the report at or before the due time Is regarded in the same way as failure to attend a formal written examination. The result will be failure. subject to any other decision which may be taken as a result of a request for Special Consideration.

• An extension of time fora submission. byway of an temporary grade ofSpecfal Consideration (SC) being awarded In December. may only be granted in response to a formal request for Special Consideration made through the Facult)' Office (see Special Consideration policy above). As students are expected to anticipate some delay or difficulties during the course of their project. Special Consideration will not nonnally be granted forctrcumstances involving less than 4 weeks loss of working time for the student. In such cases, it is expected that final result recommendations will be submitted by departments before the endofthe second week inJanuary forconslderation at the next meeting of the Facult)' Board.

• Submissions presented by the due date but not up to final presentation standard, or which require an acceptably small amount of additional work. may be granted a result of Incomplete (I). Final submission of the report will then be required on a date (to be speCified by the Departmentconcemed) before the second week of January. The Project will then not be awarded a result higher than 64.

1 .'Z

(

Yeu/8t"lle ClualflcatiOD


full-time students are classltled by year. Part-time students are classified by stage. Classification Is detennlned by the number of credit points passed In accordsnce with the following table.

Full-time Part-time Credit Year Points

o-so 81-ISO 2

161-240 3

240-320 4

Credit Points

0-40

41-SO

81-120

121-160

161-200

201-240

241-280

281-320

Stage

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Students enrolled for the final year of any combined course will be classified as Year 5.

INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE - ENGINEERING

General

Students enrolled 1n Bachelor of Engineering programs are required to complete a total of at least 12 weeks of practical work of a nature acceptable to the Faculty Board. This practical experience may be either gained during long vacations or as part of an Industrial Experlence elective. The University can accept no responstbiltty for finding employment for students wishing to enrol for Industrial Experience subjects or to find employment in order to satisfy Industrial experience requirements. Students experiencing difficulty In obtaining suitable employment should contact the University's Careers and Student Employment Office.

FuB-Tlme Student.

Full-time students will nonnally gain their practical experience during vacation employment. Students should obtain a statement from thefr employer certifying the nature and per10d of the employment undertaken and retain the statement so as to be in a position to provide It when called upon to do so.

Part-Time and Saudwich Pattern Students

Students enrolled in the degree of Bachelor of Engtneer1ng on a part -time basts may choose to take Industrial Experience elective subjects as provided In the relevant course program. To be eligible for enrolment In an Industrial Experience subject, the

Section Four Faculty Pollcl ••


student must be In approved employment on the '. one subject in the previous academic year and are November preceding the year In which the SUI'j<>ctl:,1 entitled to re-enrol (Ie. not excluded) In the year In to be taken. This approved employment which they take leave. Leave may not be taken In continue for one calendar year, that is, consecutive years. This provision thus allows 31 October of the year In which thesubjectls students to follow a 'thick sandwich' attendsnce Students enrolled In Industrlal Experience pattern of alternate years In Industry and full-time must attend such lectures and semlnars, and studywhUe malntalning their right to return to the such reports, as the relevant Head of course. As the requirements are specified In the may require. Normally enrolment in an Award Rules there Is DO need to apply for leave of Exper1ence subject will not be allowed in the UHDce. year of enrolment. Students attending on a It is important to note that students taking leave sandwich pattern should consult with the 1lU8Tre-apply to return to the course through UAC Coordinator before enrolltng in an including a preference for the course from which Exper1ence subject. The successful completion leave was taken. If the student qualified for leave of one Industrial Experience subject satisfies absence and the course is the highest avallable reqUirement that students complete 12 preference, an offer will be made to return to the practical expeI1ence. coursevta normal UAC procedures. UACappltcatton Credit for Previous Studies materials are available from the Faculty Office in Students entering courses who believe that late August and should be lodged at UAC before the may be eligible for credit on the basis of end of September. tertiary study should consult the Students holding scholarships should ensure that Evidence in the form oforigtnal academic they consult the Scholarships Office regarding the and handbook descriptlons of the content of effect leave may have on scholarship entitlements subjects studied should be prOvided. before taking leave of absence.

Credit for TAFE Auoclate DiplOllUUl Leave from Graduate Courseworlr. Programs

Faculty Board has approved the granltng n.e Schedules of the Award Rules provide that no students enrolltngln courses who hold leave of absence may be taken. However, In practice Associate Diplomas landTAFE students who must discontinue their studies may before the Introduction of later be readmitted to the course provided they can programs). tneetanytlme requirements on completlon. Students to the TAFE qualification obtained, the dlscontlnulng studies but Intending to apply for program In which the candidate is enrolled and readmission at a later date should consult the current reqUirements of that program. Office prlor to discontinuing studies. Information may be obtained from the from Research Degrees SecretaI)'.

enrolled In research degree programs Leave of Absence consult the Postgraduate Studies Office The fonnal requirements regarding any inten tlon to apply for leave of absence. are Included the relevant schedules to the Rules. The provisions are summarised Enquiries regarding Leave of Absence

undergraduate courses and gradua.tt,e~~~l~~~~:' programs should be directed to the F EnqulI1es regarding leave from research should be directed to the Postgraduate Office.

Leave frOJl1 Bachelor Degree Courses

Students enrolled In bachelor degree programs entitled to take leave of absence for one academ year provided they successfully completed at


section five


About This Section

This section contains the detailed bachelor degree course programs aD.orov.,d I the Faculty Board which Incorporate the list of Approved Subjects Schedules of the Rules Governing Academic Awards.

A guide is also prOvided to the various patterns of attendance by which may be completed.

Students are expected to be aware of all aspects of the Course Program associated requirements of the course In which they are enrolled. Atltenltion particularly drawn to the General Course Policies and other policies of Faculty Board set out in the prevtous section of this Handbook.

Enquiries regarding course requirements may be directed to the Faculty or the Course Coordinator Indicated In the course entry concerned.

Guide to Course Attendance Patterns

Course Programs are given In this Section for all bachelor degree courses. students must complete the requirements of the relevant Course regardless of their attendance pattern.

The Faculty of Engtneertng offers a flexible array of attendance patterns are designed to suit the Individual needs of students. Each ~~~e~:,:;';.;~~::;; a pattern of attendance each year which suits them provided that progress Is satisfactory and other course rules and requirements are met. attendance patterns available are summarised below. Further enIGUllrtesm,,y1 directed to the Faculty Office.

Fun-time Attendance

The great majority of students enrolled In the Faculty of Englneertng full-time students. full-time attendance allows full concentration on requirements during the academic year and is therefore the rec,o"om,en< pattern of attendance. Each engtneerlng course may be completed of 4 years offuB-tlme study. The Computer Science program may be' c()mplel In 3 years full-time study.

r


Ipan:_ddleAttendance n,oal~ o,'ea.,h 'COllrse Pro~:ram may be completed

I:.!~~~~~~~a~tt~e;n~da~~nce. Part-time students will for each equivalent full-tlme

Although a 6 year pattern of attendance. of I.,hlc:h the last year Is full-time. Is possible In the

Chemical Engtneertng program.

1be first two part-time stages of all courses are hlm"talbled to pennlt a single day work release 1"tb,nclru1ce pattern with some evening lectures. In

latter years of each course, attendance will be required at vartous times durtng the day depending upon the subjects tn which the student Is enrolled and the reqUirements of the timetable. full-time study Is recommended after Stage 2.

While each student enrolled tn less than 60 credit points Is regarded as a part-time student. there is no minimum number of subjects tn which part-time students must enrol in each year. Part -time students may also choose to enrol in Industrtal Expertence sUbjects and count these units as Elective units as pennttted by the Elective Requirements of the relevant

cOurse.

$Udwlch Programs &hcourse may be undertaken on a 'thick' sandwich ;tiendance pattern In which fu1l-time attendance at

'JJllllve""lty 15 alternated with full-time employment basis. This allows work experience to

f'ulod"rb.ke,n In 15 month pertods between Years II. Years II and III and Years III and N. Such a

would require a minimum of 7 years to degree requirements. The number of years

wo.rkex':>erler,ce undertaken may vary according needs of the student. As this attendance does not require attendance at University

~~:~~:~work experience, employment may be IF tn areas remote from the University

adding to the diversity of the expertence Fh""'Yl>e !t"~"eciand!n,,reaslln~: th, opportunities

work experience employment.

following this pattern should contact the Office In August of each year of full-time

~IOJrmoent for information on the appropriate to apply for re-enrolment In their course

following year.

!1'rliln'!e.:hlp Pattern

t~~::~~I~~~ ~~~ continue to be offered on the ~(l attendance pattern, however the

program Is recommended as the most

$ecUon Five Bachelor Degree Course Programs

suitable method of combining academic course requirements with work expertence.

Year 1 Stage 1 Part-time attendance at University plus vacation work

Year 2 Stage 2 Part-time attendance at University plus vacation work

Year 3 Year II Full-time attendance at University plus vacation work

Year 4 Year III Full-time attendance at University

YearS Full·tlme work experience - 15 months (approx.J

Year 6 Year N Full-time attendance at University - completion of studies.

A further 15 month pertod of work expertence could be Included between Years II and III resulting in a 7

year minimum program.

This attendance pattern allows both the employer and employee a period of assessment in Stages 1 and 2. Mter completing first year studies, trainees are in a position to give their full attention to their academic studies In Years II. III and IV of their course and to gain valuable practical expertence during the 15 month period(s) of work experience. The length of the major work expertence pertod(sJ makes it possible for the trainee to experience a full annual cycle of the operation of his or her employer's organisation and to give full attention to participating In the work of that organisation. The length of the major period(s) of work experience also enables trainees to gain practical expertence in locations outside Newcastle.

Finding Employment While the Careers and Student Employment Office of the University will assist students to find employment to complement their chosen attendance pattern, the University cannot accept any responsibility for finding appropriate positions for students.

Chemical Euglneering


Degree Bachelor of Engineering (BE) awarded In the specialtsatlon of Chemical Engineering

Designated Department Department of Chemical Engineering

Course Coordinator Associate Professor R H. Wetland

Course Code 10063

eourse Program

Subjects Credit Points

YEAR I

Semester 1 CHEEI13 Chemtcal and Manufacturing

Processes 10

CHEMIOI Chemistry 10 I 10

MATH 11 I Mathematics III • 10 PHYSIII Physics 11 1 • 10

Semester 2

CHEEIII Industrtal Process Principles 5

CHEEI12 Introduction to Chemical Engineering 10

CHEM102 Chemistry 102 10 MATH 112 Mathematics 112· 10

MECH102 Introduction to Engineering Computing ~

80

• Approved option. 1. MATHI02 and MATH103 may replace MATH111

and MATH112

2. PHYS 113 may replace PHYS 111.

YEAR II Semester 1 CHEE241 Design Principles 10 CHEE265 Transfer Processes 1 5 CHEE266 Energy and Extractive Processes 5 CHEE268 Transfer Processes 3 5 CHEE281 Laboratory I 5 MATH20 I Multtvariable Calculus 5 Semester 2 CHEE267 Transfer Processes 2 5 CHEE282 Laboratory 2 10 CHEM241 Physical Chemistry 10 MATH202 Partial Differential Equations 1 5 MATH203 Ordinary Differential Equations I 5 Both Semesters CHEE242 Chemical Engineering

Compu tations 1Q 80

Seetlon Rve

YEARm Semester 1



Analysis of Pollutton Environmental Planning and Pollutton Control

5

10 CHEE32I Modelltng of Processes CHEE332 Thermodynamlcs CHEE34 I Project Engineering CHEE382 Laboratory 3

IIjIell,era1 Elective. .... r~.'eral elective subjects may be chosen from any

which may normally be counted towards award of the degrees of BA. BCom. BCompSc. BEe. BMath or BSe provided that prerequisites

(or written pennission is obtained from the

Technical Electives Semester 2 CHEE342 Safety and Environment CHEE372 Separation Processes CHEE381 Engineering Appltcattons La'bm'at()IY! CHEE383 Laboratory 4

YEAR IV Semester 1

Technical Electives

CHEE421 Process Control and Instrumentation

CHEE432 Kinetics and Reaction Engineering

Semester 2 General Electives

Both Semesters CHEE49I Seminar CHEE495 Design Project CHEE497 Research Project

General Course Policies

The attention of students Is drawn to the Course Pol1cies of the Faculty pubUshed Faculty Poltcy Section of this Handbook. poliCies are particularly important for intending to enrol In a non-standard program.

Technical Electives

Technical Elective subjects must selected from list below. Not all Technical Electtve su'bJect" willi offered In anyone year. The subjects to will be displayed on the Department Nottce September of the previous year.

Technical Elective Subjects

CHEE351 ElectrochemtsUy and Corrosion CHEE352 Transport Phenomena CHEE353 Surface Chemistry 1 CHEE354 Biotechnology CHEE356 Process Synthesis CHEE357 Fuel Technology I CHEE358 Process Metallurgy I CHEE365 Introductton to Mineral Pr,oe.,ssiog' CHEE366 Waste Management

of the Department offering the subject).

exceptional circumstances the Dean. on the

fe;::::;:t~:~~:;~ of the relevant Heads of b may approve selection of other elective

~~~~~:~~~General Electives are listed below. ~ level subjects may be offered in any

Credit PoCnts

Industrial Experience· 5 Industrial Experience· 5 Industrial Experience· 5 Industrial Experience· 5 Surface Chemistry 2 5 Mineral Processing 2 5 Process Optimization 5 Fuel Technology 2 5 Heat Transfer 5 Process Metallurgy 2 5 Environmental Process Technology 10 Principles of Wastewater Treatment 10 Advanced Design Project 10 Advanced Research Project 10 Air Pollution Management 5 Technology and Human Values 1 10 Environmental Impact Assessment Techniques 10 Engineering Statlsttcs 5

by part-time students after Stage 1. and Corequlsite Requirements

~"Iu,lsllte and corequtstte requirements of subjects are listed tn the schedule Section 9 ofthts Handbook. Enrolment

~I~;;~:;~to the provisions of this schedule b without the written penntsslon

of the Department offering the subject

Seetlon Rve

Part-time Attendance

Bachelor Degr .. COurse Programs

All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by parttlme attendance. As far as resources allow. the first two stages of the course are timetabled to pennlt a single-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

Subjects

STAGE 1

Credit Points

Semester 1 CHEEI13 Chemical and Manufacturing

Processes 10 CHEM 10 I Chemistry 10 I 10 Semester 2 CHEElll Industrial Process Principles 5 CHEM102 Chemistry 102 10 MECH102 Introductton to Engineering

Computing li.

STAGE 2 Semester 1 MATH III Mathemattcs III • PHYS III Physics III • Semester 2 CHEEl12 Introduction to Chemical

Engineering MATH 112 Mathemattcs 112 • Both Semesters CHEE 191 Industrial Experience

40

10 10

10 10

~ 45

• Approved OptlOD8 1. MATH 102 and MATI-l103 may replace MATH 111

and MATHl12.

2. PHYS 113 may replace PHYS111.

In the latter years of the course. attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects tn which the candidate Is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. full-time study Is recommended by the Faculty Board after Stage 2 (see the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this section of the Handbook). However. students in Chemical Engineering may follow a program enabling the requtrements of the Course Program to be met in a mtntmumof7 years of parttime study. Details of this program are available from the Course Coordinator.

Faculty of Englnearlng

Tranaltion Arrangements The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1994 academic year. All students enrolled In this course or any combined degree program of which it fonns part, are required to meet the requirementsofthe new Course Program.

Subject by Subject Transition

For the purposes of transition to the new Course Program. the following equivalence between previously completed subjects and new subjects will apply.

Previous sul?Ject

PHYSIOI

PHYSI02

CHEE263

CHEE264

MECHI02

New Subject

PHYSlll

PHYS1l2

CHEE266 and CHEE268

CHEE265 and CHEE267

MECH102

In exceptional circumstances the Dean may determine the transition pattern to be followed.

Combined Degree Programs

Combined degree programs are available which allow completion of the reqUirements forthe Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree in the specialisation of Chemical Engineering togetherwtth the requirements for a degree of Bachelor of Mathema tics (BMath) and Bachelor of Science (BSc) (Chemistry Major). The subjects undertaken in the first year of study of each program are identical to those reqUired in the Chemical Engineering program except that the inclusion of MATH 102 and MATH 103 is required. Combined degree programs each require a minimum of 5 years full·tIme study.

Note that students undertaking a combined degree program are attempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment reqUired by such a program may exceed the normal annual load of 80 credit points. Also note that HECS will be calculated on the basis of the proportion which each individual subject counts in the program ofthe separate degree of which it forms part and not on the proportion it contributes to any combined degree program. Ttmetabling constraints may Itmtt the choice of-optional subjects.

Direct entry to combined programs may be gained via UAC by applicants who achieve high marks in the NSW HSC (or eqUivalent). Students may also enter combined degree programs at the conclusion

Section Five eachelor Degr .. Course Programs

of Year I if they have achieved a WAM of Engineering


AppUcation should be made in conjunction submission of the re-enrolme"n::t~~a~p~p~I,~ic,=a~ti~o;~n~., .~~~~!B~a~c.~h~elor ofEngineering (BE) awarded tn the Faculty Of!lce maybe consulted ro of Civil Engineering

forms and course requirements. t:~:~~I~~ Department Department of CtvU ] and Surveying

1::<""'''' Coordinator Dr W. G. Field

bUTS" Code 10 100

i:o,URIIE PROGRAM Credit Points

I

Mechanics and Structures 5

Mathematics III • 10

Materials 1 5

Physics III • 10

11 Surveying 1 10

2 Fluid Mechanics 1 5

Environmental Engineering 1 5

Mathematics 112· 10

Introduction to Engineering Computing 5

Engineering Drawing 5

Surveying 2 10 80

~:~ll~o:~Ptlon. .~ and MATH103 may replace MATHIl1

MATH 112. 113 may replace PHYSl11.

Mechanics of Solids 5

Materials 2 5

Geotechnical Investigation 1 5

Geotechnical Investigation 2 5

Fluid Mechanics 2 5 Introduction to Legal Studies 5

Multtvariable Calculus 5

2 Theory of Structures 1 5

Materials 3 5

Fluid Mechanics 3 5

Environmental Engineering 2 5

Systems 5

Ordinary Differential Equations 1 5

Engineering Computations 5

Transportation Engineertng .lQ 80

Section Flva

YEARm Semester 1 CIVL314 CIVL315 CIVL317 CIVL325 CIVL334 CIVL381 Semester 2 CIVL316 CIVL326 CIVL327 CIVL342 CIVL352 CIVL382

Bachelor Degr .. Course Programs

Theory of Structures 2 Stress Analysis Steel Design SoU Mechanics 1 Open Channel Hydraulics Statistical Methods

Reinforced Concrete Design Soil Mechanics 2 Concrete and Metals Technology Hydrology Management Finite Element Methods

Both Semesters PHIL391 Technology and Human Values 1

YEAR IV

5 5

10 5 5 5

10 5 5 5 5 5

.lQ 80

Semester 1 CIVlA 18 Theory of Structures 3 5 ClVIA20 Geotechnical Engineering 10 CIVIA43 Water Resources Engineerlng 5 ClVIA53 Civil Engineering Design 1 15 Semester 2 CIVIA54 Civil Engineering Design 2 15

Electives 15 Both Semesters ClVIA55 Project 1Ji

80

General Course poUcies The attention of students is drawn to the General Course Policies of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These policies are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non-standard program.

Elective Requirements General elective subjects may be chosen from any subjects which may nonnally be counted towards the award of the degrees of BA. BCom. BCompSc, BE. BEe. BMath or sSe provided that prerequisites are met (or written permission is obtained from the Head of the Department offering the subject).

In exceptional circumstances the Dean. on the recommendation of the relevant Heads of Department. may approve selection of othere1ective

subjects. Students will be advised tn September of the precedingyearwhtch CIVIAOO level elective subjects

w!ll be available.

! I

i

Recommended


Elective Subjects Credit Points

CHEE342 Safety and Environment 10

CIVLl9l Industrial Experience· 5

CIVLl92 Industrial Experience· 5



CfVL343 Environmental ModelUng 1 5 CIVL344 Environmental Modelltng 2 5 CIVL345 Environmental Modelltng 3 5 CfVL346 Environmental Modelling 4 5 CIVL4l9 Masonry and Timber Design 5 CIVL410 Dynamics and Stability of

Structures •• 5 CIVL429 Rock Mechanics 5 CIVL435 River and Coastal Engineering 5 CIVL458 Engineering Risk Assessment 5 CIVL472 Highway Engineering 5 CIVL491 SpeCial Topic 5 CIVL492 SpeCial Topic 5 ECON37I PrinCiples of Economics 10 MATH202 Partial Differential Equations 1 5 SURV213 Surveying 3 10 SURV214 Optics and Mining Surveytng 5 SURV215 Electronic Distance Measurement 5 SURV36I Photogrammetry 1 10 SURV473 Town Planning 10 • May be taken by part -time students after Stage 1. •• Not offered In 1994.

Prerequisite and Corequisite Requirement.

The prerequisite and corequlslte reqUirements of Individual subjects are listed in the schedule presented In Section 9 of this Handbook. Enrolment In a subjectcontratyto the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written permission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

Part·time Attendance

All candidates for the degree must complete the requtrementsofthe Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by parttime attendance. Part-time students wtll normally take two years for each eqUivalent full-time year. As far as resources allow. the first two stages of the course are tlmetabled to pennlt a Single-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

$ecUon Five Bachelor DegrH Cour .. Programs

Subjects

STAGE 1 Semester 1 MATH III Mathematics III • SURVIII Surveying I Semester 2 MATHII2 Mathematics 112' SURVI12 Surveying 2

STAGE 2 Semester 1

CredU

CIVLll1 Mechanics and Structures MECHI21 Materials I PHYSIII Physics III • Semester 2 CIVLI31 Fluid Mechanics I CIVL14 I Environmental Engineering 1 MECH 1 02 Introduction to Engineering

Computing MECH III Engineering Drawing

• Approyed OpUOD8 1. MATI-l102 and MATH103 may replace MATI-ll11

MATH 112. 2. PHYS 113 may replace PHYS Ill. After completlon of the above program atterlW will be required at various times during depending upon the subjects In which the Is enrolled and the reqUirements of the Full·tlme study Is recommended after Students considering part·tlme study are consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns beginning of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangement.

The Course Program has been amended with from the commencement of the 1994 acaderr,lc J All students enrolled In this course or any degree program of which it forms part. to meet the requirements of the new CoursePr<.1Il


For the purposes of transition to the new Program. the follOWing eqUivalence previously completed subjects and new apply.

previoUS subject

PHYSlOI

PHYSlO2

cIVL224


New Subject

PHYSllI

PHYSII2

CIVL225 and CIVL226

exceptional circumstances the Dean may II ,deterrnlt1<e the transition pattern to be followed.

ColDblned Degree Programs lPIICt.:I1 EngineeringJ/BSurv

A program which allows completion of the ;equlrements of the BE(CIvII Engineering) and BSurv

also available. The subjects undertaken In the year of study of each program are Identical to .ba. r<"Iulre,d In the Civil Engineering program. The

E/lliSurv degree program requires a minimum of5 .... sftlll-tinle study. Admission to the program will ,granted after satisfactory completion of Year I of

program (that Is a WAM of 55 or more).

that students undertaking a combined degree are attempting two distinct programs

turr<,ntly and therefore the apnual enrolment a program may exceed the normal

of 80 credlt points. Also note that HECS calculated on the basis of the proportion

Individual subject counts In the program e "'palcate degree'ofwhlch It forms part and not

proportion It contributes to any combined program. Ttmetabltng constraints may limit

of optional subJects.

is summarised In the Surveytng Handbook.

should be made In conjunction with of the re-enrolment application. The

)OInb:in.,d Degree Programs

degree programs may also be available completion of the reqUirements for the

Engineering (BE) degree In the of Civil Engineering together with the

for another degree. for example Mathematics (BMath) and Bachelor of

The development of an individual meet with the approval of the Deans

iull~e"cc'ncenlecl will be required. Students apply to enter combined degree programs

Section Five Bachelor DegrH Course Programs

at the conclusion of Year I. These combined degree programs require a WAM of70 for entry.



Degree: Bachelor ofEngtneertng (BE) awarded in the specialisation of Computer Engineering

Designated Department Department of Electrtcal and Computer Engineering

COlUse Coordfnator Associate Professor P.J. Moylan

Course Code 10475

COURSE PROGRAM

Subjects

YEAR I Semester 1 ELECI0l Introduction to Electrical

Credit Points

and Computer Engineering 5 MATH 102 Mathematics 102 • 10 MECH 121 Matertals I 5 PHYS 113 Physics 113 10 Semester 2 CIVLlll . Mechanics and Structures 5 MATH 103 Mathematics 103 • 10 MECH III Engineertng Drawing 5 PHYS 114 Physics 114 10 Both Semesters ELEC 130 Electrtcal Engtneering I 10 ELECI70 Computer Engtneerlng I 10

• Approved Option MATI! III and MATH 112 may be taken In lieu of MATIII02 and MATH103

See note on Year I Mathematics Option below YEAR II Semester 1 COMPIII Introduction to Computer Science MATH201 Multivariable Calculus MATH206 Complex Analysis MATH218 Linear Algebra 2 •• PHYS201 Quantum Mechanics and

Electromagnetics Semester 2 COMPI12 Discrete Structures ELEC220 Electronics 1 ELEC23I Electrical Circutts MATH203 Ordinary Differential Equations 1 Both Semesters ELEC210 Introduction to Energy Systems

•• Approved Option

MATII217 may be taken in !Jeu of MATH218

80

10 5 5 5

10

10 10 10 5

10 80

Section Five

YEARm Semester 1

Bachelor Dear" Course Programs

COMP223 Analysis of Algortthms ELEC34 I Digital Signal Processing Semester 2 MATH215 Operations Research or MATH216 Numerical Analysis ELEC322 Switching Electronics ELEC351 Telecommunications Both Semesters ELEC321 Linear Electronics ELEC352 Analogue and Digital

Communications ELEC371 Microprocessor Systems ELEC372 Computer Architecture MECH361 Automatic Control

YEAR IV Semester 1 / Semester 2 Computer Engineering Electives 400 level··· Computer Engineering Electives 300 or 400 level··· General Electives ... Both Semesters ELEC485 Computer Engineering Project

••• See Elective Requirements listed below. General Course PoUcies

The attention of students Is drawn to the Course Policies of the Faculty published Faculty PoUcy Section of this Handbook. poltcies are particularly important for intending to enrol in a non-standard program ..

Year I Mathematic. Option

MATH 1 02 assumes attainment of a mark of [20/150 in 3 unit Mathematics at the NSW examination. It Is expected that st,"dents ,Nf"hln prepare for an honours degree and/or for any combined degree program. will take and MATH 1 03. It is also recommended that who successfully complete MATH 1 02 and MATI-I undertake MATH218 in Year II.

Students underprepared for entry to take MATH III and MATH 112 in Ueu of and MATH 103. Those students who su"c .. !S1 complete MATH III and MATH 112 must MATH217 in lieu ofMA1H218in Year II.

hlloclive Requirements


lo"""ulJer Engineering Electives (Year IV)

total of 30 credit points is to be chosen from the below and for which the student can

EI,<:!lve. must include at least IOcp of 400 level Not all Computer Engtneering Electives

offered tn anyone year. Students will be in September of the preceding year which

level elective subjects will be available.

VLS[ Design Electronics Design Advanced Control

Credit Points

10 10 10

Control System Design and Management 10 Advanced Signal Processing 5 Engtneering Electromagnettcs 5 Advanced Communications 5 Advanced Computer Architectures 10 Compu ter Software 10 Software Engineering 20 Computer Vision and Robotics 10 Computational Logic 10 Parallel Processing 10 Database Systems 10 Data Securtty 10 Operating Systems 10 Compu ter Networks 10 Compiler Design 10 Graphic User Interfaces 10 Geometric Data Structures 10 Computer Graphtcs 10

F1>osslb[e that elective subjects which have that do not occur as core subjects In the BE

course may only be available to students the course in more than four years.

Electives (Year IV)

subjects may be chosen from any may nonnally be counted towards

of the degrees of BA, BCom, BCompSc, BMath or BSe prOvided that prerequisites

written permission is obtained from the Department oITertng the subJect),

circumstances the Dean. on the

selection of other elective subjects.

Section Five Bachelor Degr" Cour .. Programs

Recommended General Electives are ltsted below.


ELEC 192 Industrial Experience •• 5 ELEC 193 Industrial Expertence .. 5 ELEC 194 Industrial Expertence •• 5 ELEC 195 Industrta1 Expertence •• 5 MATH202 ParUal DiITerential Equations 5 MATH205 Analysts - Metric Spaces 5 MATH211 Group Themy 5 MATH213 Mathematical Modelling 5 MATH214 Mechanics 5 MA11i215 Operations Research 5 MATH216 Numertcal Analysis 5 MECH382 Englneertng Administration· 5 MECH482 Englneerlng Economics 1- 5 PHILIOI Introduction to Phtlosophy 20 PHIL391 Technology and Human Values 1* 10 • Preferred General Elective choices. •• Industrial Experience subjects may be taken by part-

time students after Stage 1.

Prerequlalte and Corequi.ite Requirements

The prerequisite and corequislte requirements of individual subjects are Hsted in the schedule presented tn Section 9 ofthts Handbook. Enrolment In a subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written permission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.


All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by parttime attendance. Part-time students will normally take two years for each eqUivalent full-time year. As far as resources allow. the first two stages of the course are timetabled to permit a stngle-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:


STAGE 1 Semester 1 MATH 102 Mathematics 102 • 10 Semester 2 MATH 103 Mathematics 103 • 10 Both Semesters ELEC 130 Electrtcal Engtneering I 10 ELECI70 Computer Engtneerlng I !Q

40


• Appro .... Option See note on Year I Mathematics Option above.

STAGE 2 Semester 1 EIECIOI Introduction to Electrical and Computer Engineering 5

5 10

MECH I I I Englneertng Drawing PHYS113 Physics 113 Semester 2 CIVLlll Mechanics and Structures MECH 121 Materials I PHYS 114 PhYSiCS 114

5 5

1Q 40

After completion of the above program attendance wt1l be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects In which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part -time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Pattems at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangement. The Course Program has been amended with effect from thecommencementofthe 1994 academic year. All students enrolled In this course or any combined degree program of which it forms part. are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.

Subject by Subject Transition Students who complete all subjects in which they were enrolled on 30 August 1993 without failure should re-enrol in accordance with the tranSition statement Issued to them. Students who do not successfully complete all said subjects must clartfy their position in the new Course Program before finaliSing their re-enrolment for 1994

For the purposes of transition to the new Course Program. the follOWing equivalence between previously completed subjects and new subjects will apply.

Preuwus SuliJect

PHYS102

New Subject

PHYSI13

PHYS 103 PHYS 114

COMPIOI COMPI I I and COMPl12

MATI-I212. 5cp general elective

COMP20 I and 5cp

200·· level COMP

COMP205··

COMP223

5cp general elective

Section Rve

COMP204"

COMP206"

EIEC322

EIEC453




ELEC322

ELEC455

• Students who had completed COMPIOI but had completed MATH212 must take MATIl212 Mathematics counting it as 5 cp of General

•• Subject credit points can only be counted

tranSition. Students who have completed ELEC350 will required to complete ELEC341 but should EIEC360 In Semester 2 of 1994 and sue,ce,ssr. complete the subject In order to be exempt

ELEC352. Any student who believes tru,t th~,al" c!~",tdvanta by the programme set down on the Statement may. after consulting the course ordlnator. apply In writing to the Dean consideration of their case. In order to provide: exceptional cases In transttlon the detennine the transition program to be

Combined Dejp"ee Programs Combined degree programs are available

allowcompletton o~~;;~;'::~7,~~~t::~tl~'I::: of Englneertng (BE) degree In the Computer Engineering together requirements for a degree of Bachelor of Science (BCompSc). Bachelor of M"th,elll. (BMath) and Bachelor of Selence (BSe) Major). The subjects undertaken In the first study of each prelgrarrl ar·e 1c1erltie,alto I:hose ·requ In the Computer Englneertng program the Inclusion of MATH 102 and MATH 103

of 5 years full-time study.

Note that students undertaking a combined program are attempting two distinct concurrently and therefore the annual required by such a program may exceed annual load of 60 credit points. Also nnte thAt will be calculated on the basis of the which each individual subjectcountsln of the separate degree ofwhtch It [orm,' p,art aJ1

on the proportion it contrtbutes to any degree program. Timetabltng constraints the choice of optional subjects.


Direct entry to combined programs may be gained vta UAC by appUcants who achieve high marks In the NSW HSC (or equivalent). Students may also enter combined degree programs at the conclusion ofYear I tfthey have achleveda WAM of70. Application should be made In conjunction with submission of the re_enrolment application. The Faculty Office DUlY be consulted regarding application forms and

course requirements.

Section Five Bachelor Degr .. COur .. Programs

"

I

!i

Computer Science


Degree Bachelor of Computer Sctence (BCompSc)

Designated Department Department of Computer

Science Course Coordinator Dr. M. Houle

Course Code 10177

COURSE PROGRAM

Subjects

YEAR I

Credit Points

Semester 1 COMPIIl Introduction to Computer Science 10 MATH III Mathematics III • 10

100.level General Electives 10

Semester 2 COMPl12 Discrete Structures 10 MATH 112 Mathematics 112 • 10

1 OO~ level General Electives •• 10

Both Semesters COMPl13 Introduction to Artificial

IntelUgence 10 ELEC 170 ComputeT Engineering 1 •• 10

80

• Approved Option. MATH 102 and MATH 103 may replace MATIllll and

MATH 112. •• Students wishing to take an additional lOcp of 100-

level General Electives in thetr first year maypostpose ELEC170 WltU their second year. The extra lOcp would then count towards the second-year General

Elective requirement.

YEARIl Semester 1 COMP221 Comparative Programming

Languages 10 COMP223 Analysis of Algortthms 10 Semester 1 or Semester 2

200-1evel Directed Electives 30 100/200/300-level General Electives 20

Semester 2 COMP222 Theory of Computatton 10

80

YEAR III Semester 1 or Semester 2

300-level Directed Electives 40 300-level General Electives 20

Both Semesters COMP32I Software Engineering 2Q

80


Section Five Bachelor Degr .. Cour .. Programa

Section Flv. aachelor Degree Course Programs

1"""20 I Human Context of Information

General Coune PoUcle. '" ~ systems 10 10 The attention of students Is drawn to the Foundations for Psychology

Course Pollcies of the Faculty published in Developmental and Social Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. Processes !O pollcies are particularly Important for stcldentl STAT202 Regression Analysis 10 intending to enrol in a non-standard program. aoo-level Subjects Elective RequiremeDt. EIEC371 Microprocessor Systems !O

A total of 60 credit points of General Electives INF03Q2 Information Systems Methods and Technologies 10

be taken. comprlsing at least at 20 credit points rs,1Il"n303 Information Systems and the 100 level and at least 20 credit points at 300 ,or~ Technologtes 10 A total of70 credt! points of Directed Knowledge Systems 10

Technology & Human Values I 10 be taken consisting of 30 credit points at 200 and 40 credit points at 300 level. Advanced Foundations for

GeDeral Elective. Psychology 10 General elective subjects may be chosen from Topics in Neural Science 10

subjects which may normally be counted the award of the degrees of BA. BCom. BC:o"npS BE. BEc. BMath or BSe provided that prcorequisll

are met (or written permission Is obtained from Head of the Department offertng the subject).

In exceptional circumstances the Dean.

may approve selection of other elective sulbjects.

Recommended General Electives are listed

IOO·level Subjects ELEC 130 Electrtcal Engtneering I INF0101 Introduction to Information

Systems· INFOI02 Information Storage and

Management· PHILIOI Introduction to Philosophy PSYC 10 I Psychology Introduction I" PSYC 102 Psychology Introduction 2" STATIO I Introductory Statistics

Students intending to take INF0202 Information Systems. INF0203 Information Design or INF0204 Com'nel·ct'~ Pro!P"am""lng as'

II Electives should select INFO 1 Oland Year I Elective subjects.

•• Students Intending to take PSYC20 1 Foun.datiOl Psychology. PSYC202 Basic Processes. or Developmental and Social Processes should pSYlOl and PSYCI02 as Year I Elective

200·level Subjects

Electives must be chosen from the

~Dr<)prliate lists given below.

Credit Points

Subjects The Unix Operating System 10 Artifictal Intelltgence 10 Analysis of Information Systems 10 Information Systems Design 10 Commercial Programming 10 Operations Research 5 Numertcal Analysis 5 Linear Algebra 1 • 5 Linear Algebra 2 • 5 Basic Processes •• 10 Mathematical Statistics 10

one of MATH217 and MATH218 may be not both.

(Foundations for Psychology) lco,re'luislt., fe,r F'S~'Cl!02 IfPSYC202 is to be

should be taken as a

Computer Vision and Robotics 10 Compu tatlonal Logic 10 Parallel Processing 10 Database Systems 10 Data Securtty 10 Operating Systems 10 Computer Networks 10 Compiler Design 10 Graphic User Interfaces 10

COMP331 Geometrtc Data Structures 10 COMP332 Computer Graphics !O ELEC372 Computer Architecture 10 ••• Under special circumstances the Head of Department may approve enrolment in COMP400 subjects in lieu of 3OO-1evel Directed Elective subjects.

Prerequisite _d Corequi8lte RequiremeDte

The prerequisite and corequtstte requirements of Indtvldual subjects are listed in the schedule presented in Section 9 of this Handbook. Enrolment in a subject contrary to the provlslonsofthls schedule will not be approved without thewrltten penntssion of the Head of the Department offertng the subject

concerned.

Part-time Attendance All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by parttime attendance. Part-time students will normally take two years for each equivalent full-ttmeyear. As far as resources allow. the first two stages of the course are tlmetabled to permit a single-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

Subjects

STAGE 1

Credit Points

Semester 1 COMP111 Introduction to Computer Science 10 MATIlIll Mathematics III • 10 Semester 2 COMPl12 Discrete Structures MATIlll2 Mathematics 112'

10 10 40

• Approved option MATI-ll02 and MATH 103 may replace MATHlll and

MATH 112.

STAGE 2 Both Semesters COMPIl3 Introduction to Artificial

Intelligence ELECl70 Computer Engtneering I

Year I Electives

10 10 ~ 40

After completion of the above program attendance will be required at vartous times durtng the day depending upon the subjects In which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study Is recommended after Stage 2.


Students considering part -time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the begtnnlng of this Section of the Handbook.

TrllDsition Arraniement.

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1994 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree program of which It fonns part. are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program. Appropriate exemptions in the new Course Program will be granted for work previously completed by continuing students.

200 level Computer Science (CaMP) subjects completed prior to 1994 may be considered as 300 level General Electives in order to facilitate transition to the new Bachelor of Computer Science course program.

As a result of having been given credit for certain Computer Science (COMP) subjects which have been discontinued as of 1994. candidates who have enrolled In the BCompSc program before 1994 may be restricted in their choice of subjects. For a complete description of these restrictions refer to section eight of the handbook.

Year by Year Transition

Students who were In phase with the previous Course Program should proceed as follows.

Year Completed Required to Complete by end of 1993

Year I

Year III

Year I and Year II

Year II less IOcp 100 level General Elective plus MATH212 and PHIL242

Year III less IOcp 300 level General Elective plus COMP223


Students who complete all subjects in which they were enrolled on 30 August 1993 without fanure should re-enrol In accordance with the tranSition statement Issued to them. Students who do not successfully complete all said subjects must clarify their position in the new Course Program before finaliSing their re-enrolment for 1994.

For details of subject equivalence refer to section eight of the handbook.

Section Five Bachelor Degr .. Course Programs


Any student who bel!evesU::~!~:=~~S::~~:I:~~11 ~:~~L: Science Honour. by the program setdown on the Transition [')efJffl€ Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) may. after conSUlting the course coordinator. (BCompSc(Honsn In writing to the Dean for COnsldeJ·atlonofthelrcasel. In order to provide for exceptional cases In Designated Department Department of Computer the Dean may detennine the transition program ScIence be followed. eourse Coordinator Dr H. Elglndy

Combined Del/l'ee Programs eourse Code 10043

Combined degree programs are available BCompSc(Hons) program Is a postgraduate allow completion of the taken over one full-time year or two part-time

for a degree of of Arts. Bachelor Mathematics (BMath) or Bachelor of Science (Physics or Psychology M'\fors). These require a minimum of 4 years fuill-time program which allows completion of the re<;lullrenleol of the BE(Computer Engineering) and BCompSc also available and reqUires a minimum of 5

full-time study. Students enrolled II:n~t;~h~~e~~.~~~: course who wish to undertake the c program should contact the Faculty Office.

Note that students undertaking a combined program are attempttng two distinct oro"r", concurrently and therefore the annual enrolme required by such a program may exceed the annual load of 80 credit points. Also note that will be calculated on the basis of the O"O""rU

which each IndiVidual subject counts In ..... P'v,o' of the separate degree of which it fonns part on the proportion it contributes to any degree program. Ttmetabling constraints may the choice of optional subjects.

Direct entty to combined programs may be via UAC by applicants who achieve highly at NSW HSC (or eqUivalent). Students may also combined degree programs at the conclusion

I If they have achieved a WAM of 700.~:::~::: should be made in conjunction with S'

the re-enrolment appltcatlon. The Faculty may be consulted regarding application forms course reqUirements.

The program is nonnally undertaken by with a superior record In the BCompSc

M..rarn ",he. wish to deepen their knowledge In the

p~:;:::~~~ practice or to meet the reqUirements ., toaresearchdegreeprogram. Enbyto honolurs program Is possible for graduates of

diSCiplines. Enquiries regarding admission be directed to the Course Coordinator.

.B<::OrnpSc(H"n,,) course program approved by Board Is presented below.

PROGRAM

Honours Project COMP400 Level Subjects

Credit Points

20 §Q 80

of 60 credit points of Computer Science chosen from the follOwing list Is to be

It should be noted that all the listed 400 electives may not be offered evety year.

circumstances the 400 level electives substituted with 300 level COMP subjects

with written penntssion of the Head of of Computer Science.

Credit Points

Special Topic A 10 Special Topic B 10 Special Topic C 10 Special Topic D 10 Honours Project 20 Special Topic E 20 CryptographiC Techniques 10 Natural Language Processing 10 Formal Reasoning In Artificial Intelligence 10 Program Semantics 10 Computational Geometry 10

Section Five Bachelor Degr .. Course Progrems

COMP446 Advanced Computational GeometrylO COMP44 7 Graph Algorithms 10 COMP448 Advanced CompHer Design 10 COMP449 Advanced Parallel

Processing: Theory 10 COMP450 Distributed Operating Systems 10 COMP451 Advanced Parallel

Processlng:Appl!cations 10 COMP452 Theory of Databases 10

TrllDsition Arrangement.

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1994 academic year. All students enrolled In this course or any combined degree program of which It fonns part. are reqUired to meet the requirements of the new Course Program. Appropriate exemptions tn the new Course Program will be granted for work previously completed by continuing students.

For detaUs of subject eqUivalence refer to section eight of the handbook.

As a result of having been given credit for certain Computer Science (COMP) subjects which have been discontinued as of 1994. candidates who have enrolled In the BCompSc(Hons) program before 1994 may be restricted in their choice of subjects. For a complete description of these restrictions refer to section eight of the handbook.

Electrical E"lIlneering


Degree Bachelor ofEnglneertng (BE) awarded In the specialisation of Electrical Engineering

Desfgnoted Department Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Course Coordinator Dr I. Webster

Course Code \0 173

COURSE PROGRAM

Subjects

YEAR I

Credit Points

Semester 1 ELEC \0 I Introduction to Electrical and

Computer Engineering 5 MATH \02 Mathematics \02 • \0 MECH III Engineering Drawing 5 PHYS 113 Physics 113 \0 Semester 2 CIVL111 Mechanics and Structures 5 MATH \03 Mathematics \03 • \0 MECH 121 Materials I 5 PHYS 114 Physics 114 \0 Both Semesters ELEC 130 Electrical Engineering I \0 ELEC 170 Computer Engineering I lQ

• Approved Option MATHl11 and MATH I 12 may be taken in Ueu of MATHI02 and MATH 103 See note on Year I Mathemattcs Option below YEAR II Semester 1

SO

COMPII0 Introduction to Programming 5 MATH20 I Multlvariable Calculus 5 MATH206 Complex Analysis I 5 MATH21B Linear Algebra 2" 5 MECH233 Dynamics 5 PHYS201 Quantum Mechanics and

Electromagnettcs 10 Semester 2 ELEC220 Electronics I \0 ELEC23I Electrical Circuits \0 MATH203 Ordinary Differential Equations I 5 MECH205 Engineering Computations 5 MECH234 Dynamics of Engineering Systems 5 Both Semesters ELEC210 Introduction to Energy Systems 10

80

•• Approved OpUOD MATH217 may replace MATH21B

Section Five

YEARm

eachelor Degr .. Course Programs

SO credit points selected from the follOwing subjects : Semester 1 ELEC34 I Digital Signal Processing 5 MECH271 Thennodynamlcs 5 Semester 1 or Semester 2

Mathematics Elective ..... 5 Semester 2

Elective Requirement.


'!be requirements of each of the three elective categories are given below.

Mathematics Elective (Year Ill)

One 5 credit point subject Is to be selected from those subjects offered by the Department of MathematicS at 200 or 300 level. The prerequisite and corequlsite requirements of the selected subject must be satisfied or written penntsston to enrol gatned from the Head of the Department of Mathematics.

; Electrical Engineering Electives (Year IV)

ELEC312 Electrical Systems ELEC322 Switching Electronics ELEC351 Telecommunications MECH382 Engineering Administration Both Semesters ELEC311 Electrical Power ELEC32I Linear Electronics ELEC352 Aoalogue and Digital Communications

- total of 30 credit potnts Is to be chosen from the

:~II,~~ul)jects listed below.

ELEC371 Microprocessor Systems ELEC372 Computer Architecture MECH361 Automatic Control YEARlY Semester 1 / Semester 2

General Electives .... Both Semesters

Electrical Engineering Electives ... ELEC4SO Electrical Engineering Project

••• See Elective Requirements ltsted below General Course PoUcie. The attention of students Is drawn to the Course Policies of the Faculty pubUshed In Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. poliCies are parttcularly Important for tntendtng to enrol tn a non-standard program.

Year I Mathematics Option MA n-I 1 02 assumes attainment of a mark of at 120/150 in 3 unit Mathematics at the NSW examination. It ts expected that stlld"nts ""Slllni prepare for an honours degree and/ or for any combined degree program, will take and MATH 103. Itlsalsorecommended that who successfully complete MATH 1 02 and undertake MATH218 in Year II.

Students underprepared for entry to MATH take MATH III and MATH 112 In !teu of and MATH 103. Those students who succ"SS1 complete MATH 111 and MATH 112 must MATH2171n !teu of MATH2181n Year II. and then choose to take MATH21B as the Mathematics Elective tn Year Ill.

Credit Points

Electrical System Design 5 Electrical System Dynamtcs and Control 5 Electrical Technology 5 VLSI Design 10 Electronics Design 10 Advanced Control 10 Control System Design and Management 10 Advanced Signal Processtng 5 Engtneering Electromagnettcs 5 Advanced Communications 5 Advanced Computer Architectures 10 Computer Software 10

may be offered

400 level elective subjects

elective subjects may be chosen from any which may nonnally be counted towards

of the degrees of BA. BCom. BCompSc. BMath or BSe provided that prerequisites

(or written permtssion Is obtained from the of the Department offering the subject).

circumstances the Dean, on the of the reI evan t Heads of

may approve selection of other elective


Recommended General Electives are ltsted below.


ELEC 192 Industrial Experience •• 5 ELEC 193 Industrial Experience •• 5 ELEC 194 Industrial Experience" 5 ELEC 195 Industrial Experience" 5 MATH202 Partial Differential Equations 5 MATIl205 Aoalysls of Metric Spaces 5 MATH211 Group Theory 5 MATH213 Mathematical Modelling 5 MATH214 Mechanics 5 MATH215 Operations Research 5 MATH216 Numerical Aoalysls 5 MECH382 Engineering Admintstration· 5 MECH482 Engineering Economics 1- 5 PHILIOI Introduction to Philosophy 20 PHIL391 Technology and Human Values 1· 10

Preferred General Elective choices. •• Industrial Experience subjects may be taken by part-

time students after Stage 1.

Prerequisite ODd Corequlslte Requirements

The prerequlstte and corequistte requtrements of Individual subjects are listed In the schedule presented In Section 9 ofthts Handbook. Enrolment tna subjectcontraty to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written pennisston of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

Part-time AtteDdance All candidates for the degree must complete the requtrements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by parttime attendance. Part-time students will nonnally take two years for each equivalent full-time year. As far as resources allow. the first two stages of the course are timetabled to permtt a single-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

Subjects

STAGE I Semester 1 MATH \02 Mathematics 102 • Semester 2 MATI-Il03 Mathematics 103· Both Semesters ELECI30 Electrical Engineering I ELEC170 Computer Engineering 1

Credit Points

10

10

10 lQ 40

Faculty of Engl ..... rlng

• Approved OptiOD See note on Year I Mathematics Option above. STAGE 2 Semester 1 ELEC 10 I Introduction to Electrical

MECHIII PHYS II 3 Semester 2 ClVLIII MECHI21 PHYSI14

Engineering Engineering Drawing Physics 113

Mechanics and Structures Materials 1 Physics 114

5 5

10

5 5

1Q 40

Mter completion of the above program attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1994 academic year. All students enrolled In this course are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.


Students who complete all subjects in which they were enrolled on 30 August 1993 without failure should re-enrol In accordance with the transition statement issued to them. Students who do not successfully complete all said subjects must clarify their position In the new Course Program before finalising their re-enrolment for 1994

For the purposes of transition to the new Course Program. the following eqUivalence between prevtouslycompleted subjects and new subjects wtll apply.

Previous Subject

PHYS102

PHYS103

COMP212

COMP303

ELEC322

New Subject

PHYSI13

PHYSII4

COMPIIO

COMP328

ELEC322

Section Five Bach.lor Degree Course Programs

Students who have completed ELEC350 w!ll exemptfrom ELEC34 I and should enrol in IELI;;C:38(J1 •• in Semester 2 of 1994 and successfully complete subject in order to be exempt from ELEC352.

In exceptional circumstances the Dean detenntne the transttlon pattern to be followed.

Combined ~ee ProJll'aJDS

Combined degree programs are aVailable allow completion of the requirements forthe Ba.chelo of Engineering (BE) degree in the specialisation

Electrical Engineering together with t~~:::'l~~::~ for a degree of Bachelor of Mathematics Bachelor of Science (BSc) (Physics minimum of 5 years full-time study. The undertaken 10 the first year of study of each are identical to those required In the Elecltrlc. Engineering program except that the InclUSion MATH 102 and MATH 103 is required.

Note that students undertaking a combined program are attempting two distinct prc)grall1 concurrently and therefore the annual enlrob"el required by such a program may exceed the annual load of80 credit points. Also notel:ha,t HIEC will be calculated on the basis of which each Individual subject counts in lthe, pr'Ol{Ira

of the separate degree of which i~f~~~:::;:~,~: on the proportion it contributes to any degree program. TImetabling constrain ts the choice of optional subjects.

Direct entry to combined programs may be via UAC by applicants who achieve high the NSW HSC (or eqUivalent). Students

enter combined degree programs at t:~e:1:fl~:~ ofYear llfthey have achieved a W AM of70. should be made In conjunction with the re-enrolment application. The Faculty may be consulted regarding application forms course requirements.


IJlvironmental Engineering

Degree Bachelor ofEngineering (BE) awarded in the specialisation of Environmental Engineering

Designated Department Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying

fI01JRS~ PROGRAM

Credit Points

Chemistry 10 I 10 Mechanics and Structures 5 Mathematics III • 10 Materials 1 5

III Physics II 1 • 10 2

Industrial Process Principles 5 Chemistry 102 10 Fluid Mechanics I 5 Environmental Engineering 1 5 Mathematics 112 • 10 Introduction to Engineering Computing l!

80 OptJon.

and MATII 103 may replace MATH III and

13 may replace PHYSlll.

Plant and Animal Biology 10 Environmental Chemistry·· 10 FlUid Mechanics 5 Geotechnical Investigation 1 5 Geotechnical Investigation 2 ••• 5 Multlvariable Calculus 5

2 Cell Biology. Genetics and Evolution 10 FlUid Mechanics 3 5 EnVironmental Engineering 2 5 Systems 5 Ordinary Differen ttal Equations 1 5 Engineering Computations 5 Elective ~

80

Section Five Bachelor Degree Course Programs

•• Students taking the Chemical Engineering strand enrol in CHEE265 Transfer Processes I and CHEE267 Transfer Processes 2 in place ofCHEM261. CHEM261 must then be taken in place of lOcp of Electtvetn Year N.

... Students taking the Geotechnical Engineering Strand take CIV1212 Mechanics of Soltds tn place ofCIVL226 Geotechnical Investigations 2.

YEARUI Semester 1

CiVL334 Open Channel Hydraulics 5 CIVL343 Environmental Modelling 1 5 CIVL381 Statistical Methods 5 SCEN202 Environmental Planning

and Pollution Control 10 ECON371 Economic PrInCiples 10

Elective 5 Semester 2

Bl0L206 Plant Physiology 10 ClVL342 Hydrology 5 CIVL344 Environmental Modelling 2 5 CIVL345 Environmental Modelling 3 5 CIVL346 Environmental Modelling 4 5

YEAR IV Semester 1

Electives lQ

80

CIVIA43 Water Resources Engineering 5 MECH407 Air Pollution Management 5

Electives t 10 Semester 2 CHEE462 PrinCiples of Wastewater

Treatment tt 10 ClVIA58 Engineering Risk Assessment 5 MECH309 Noise Pollution and Control 5 Both Semesters CIVlA55 Project 15 CIVlA57 Environmental Engineering Design 15 PHIL391 Technology and Human Values 1 )0

80 • Students taking the Chemical Engineering who took

CHEE265 Transfer Processes I and CHEE267Transfer Processes 2 In place of CHEM261 in Year II take CHEM261 in place of 10 credit points of Elective in Year IV.

• Students taking the Chemlcal Engineering Strand take CHEE461 Environmental Process Technology in place of CHEE462.

General Course poUciea


The attention of students Is drawn to the General Course Policies of the Faculty published In the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These policies are particularly Important for students Intending to enrol In a non-standard program.

Elective Requirements Elective subjects may be chosen from the list of Approved Elective Subjects provided the prerequisite and corequistte requirements of the chosen subjects are met. Note that to gatn maximum advantage from the choice of Elective subjects and to avoid ttmetabllng difficulties. students are expected to follow one of the recommended strands below.

Approved Electives Credit Points

BI01..201 Biochemistry 10

BIOL207 Ecology 10

BI01..204 Cell and Molecular Biology 10

BIOL303 Envtronmental Plant Physiology 10

BIOL311 Environmental Biology 10

CHEM211 Analytical Chemistry 10

CHEM221 Inorganic Chemistry 10

CHEM231 Organic Chemistry 10

CHEM241 Physical Chemistry 10

CHEM261 Environmental Chemistry 10

CHEM361 Environmental Chemistry 10

CHEE265 Transfer Processes 1 5

CHEE267 Transfer Processes 2 5

CHEE292 Transfer Processes Laboratory 5

CHEE372 Separation Processes 10

CHEE46I Environmental Process Technology 10

CHEE462 PrinCiples of Wastewater TreatmentlO

CIVL212 Mechanics of Solids 5

CIVL226 Geotechnical Investigations 2 5

CIVL325 Soil Mechantcs 1 5

CIVL326 Soil Mechanics 2 5

CIVL382 Fintte Element Methods 5

CIVL420 Geotechnical Engineering 10

LAW29 I Introduction to Legal Studies 5

MATH202 Partial Differential Equations 5

MATH206 Complex Analysts 5

MATH211 Group Theory 5

MATH212 Discrete Mathematics 5

MATH213 Mathematical Modelling 5

MATH217 Linear Algebra 1 5

MATH218 Linear Algebra 2 5

SURV216 Introductory Surveying 5

SectIon Rve Bachelor Degr .. Course Programs

In exceptional circumstances the Head

approve alternative Electtve subjects.

RecQDllDended Elective StrllDds

to allow some additional speclaltsatlon within Environmental Englneertng program. regarding Elective strand selection may be obtal:n..! from the Course Coordinator.

BlDlogy Strand

Year n, Sem 2: SURV216

Year Ill. Sem I: Elective (5cp)

Year m. Sem 2: BlOL207

Year IV. Sem I: Bl0L303

Chemical Engineering Strand

Year n, Sem I: CHEE265 and CHEE292 in of CHEM26 I

Year U. Sem 2: CHEE267

Year m. Sem I: Elective (5cp)

Year m, Sem 2: CHEE372

Year IV. Sem I: CHEM26I

Year IV. Sem 2: CHEE461 taken in lieu CHEE462

Chemistry Strand

Year U. Sem 2: SURV216

Year m. Sem I: Elective (5cp)

Year m. Sem 2: CHEM36I

Year IV. Sem I: CHEM211 or CHEM241

Geotechnical Engineering Strand Year n. Sem I: ClVL2 12 lis biken hl li,:u e,\CIVL

Year n. Sem 2: SURV216

Year m. Sem I: CIVL325

Year m. Sem 2: CIVL326 and CIVL382

Year IV. Sem I: CIVL420

Prerequisite and Corequislte RequllreIDel.ts,

The prerequisite and corequistte re<lulrenoen' individual subjects are listed in presented in Section 9 of this Handbook.

wtn approved without the written of the Head of the Department offering the

concerned.


port_time AttendllDce All candidates for the degree must complete the tequtrements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by parttbne attendance. Part-time students will normally t.l" two. ve'ars for each eqUivalent full-tlmeyear. As

as resources allow. the first two stages of the are ttmetabled to permit a Single-day work

attendance pattern with some evening • .... h"~ •. These stages are:

Credit Points

Chemistry 10 I 10 11 Mathematics 111 • 10

2 Chemistry 102 10 Mathematics 112 • lQ

40

Mechanics and Structures 5 Materials 1 5

10

Industrial Process Principles 5 Fluid Mechanics 1 5 Introduction to Engineering Computing 5 Environmental Engineering 1 ..Q.

40 Option.

and MATHI03mayrepiaceMATHlll and

may replace PHYS Ill.

'~o:::~i~~~ of the above program attendance 1:>4 at various times during the day

the subjects in which the candidate and the requirements of the timetable.

study is recommended after Stage 2. ~t. ccm,.ld,orhlg :palrt-!.1m, study are advised to

the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the of this Section of the Handbook.

Program has been amended with effect

~~~:~!::~J~1;'~~ 1994 academic year. in this course or any combined of which it fOnDS part. are reqUired

Program.


Subject by Subject TrIIn8itlon For the purposes of transition to the new Course Program. the following eqUivalence between previously completed subjects and new subjects will apply.

Previous su1?/eet

PHYSIOI

PHYSI02

BIOL207

MECHI II

GEOLIOI

SURVIII

SURVI12

New SubJect

PHYSlll

PHYSI13

BlOL206

CHEElll

CIVL225 and CIVL226

CIVL251 and 5cp Elective

ECON371

Year by Year Transition Students followtng the previous standard programs will proceed as follows.

Year completed Required to complete in 1993 subsequently

Year I Year n less CHEM261, CIVL251 and 5cp Elective plus CHEM 10 I and CHEMI02

Year III

Year n

less ECON371 plus Chemical Engineering Strand: CHEE265 and CHEE292 Other Strands: CHEM261 Year IV.

Year m less ECON371 plus Chemical Engineel1ng Strand: CHEE265 and CHEE292 Other Strands: CHEM261 Year IV.

In order to provide for exceptional cases in transition. the Dean may determine the transition program to be followed.

) .'

,.

industrial Engineering


Degree Bachelor of Engineering (BE) awarded in the spectalisatton of Industrial Engtneertng Designated Department Department of Mechanical

Engineering Course Coordinator MrJ.W. Hayes

Course Code 10293 No new admission. will be accepted for tbi. coune from 1995.

COURSE PROGRAM

Subjects

YEAR I

Credtt Points

Semester 1 MATIlIlI Mathematics III • 10

MECHI02 Introduction to Engineering Computing 5

MECHI03 Engineering Chemistry 5

MECHIII Engineering Drawing 5

PHYSlll Physics 11 1 • 10

Semester 2 CIVLlll Mechanics and Structures 5

MATIl1l2 Mathematics 112· 10

MECH 10 I Introduction to Mechanical Engineering 5

MECHI21 Materlals 1 5

PHYSll2 Physics 112 • 10

Both Semesters ELECI70 Computer Engineering 1 10

80

• Approved Option. 1. MATH 102 and MATH 103 may replace MATI-Illl and

MATHi12. 2. PHYS 113 and PHYS 114 may replace PHYS 111 and

PHYSl12.

YEAR II Semester 1 MATIl201 Multivariable Calculus 5

MECH204 Experimental Methods I 5

MECH233 Dynamics 5

MECH241 Mechanics of Solids 1 5

MECH271 Thermodynamics I 5

STAT205 Engineering Statistics 5

Semester 2 MATH203 Ordtnary Differential Equations 1 5

MECH205 Englneertng Computations 5

MECH212 Design of Machine Components 5

MECH222 Materials 2 5

MECH234 Dynamics of Engineering Systems 5 MECH251 Fluid Mechanics 1 5

Section Ave

Both Semesters

Bachelor DegrH Course Programs

ELEC 130 Electrical Engineering I MECH211 Mechanical Engineering Design I

YEARm Semester 1 ELEC211 Electrical Energy Conversion MECH381 Methods Engineering MECH387 Operations Research 1 Semester 2 MATIl202 Partial Differential Equations I MECH382 Engineering Administration MECH383 Quality Engineering MECH386 Computer Aided Manufacturing MECH388 Operations Research 2 Both Semesters MECH361 Automatic Control PHIL391 Technology and Human Values 1

Electives

YEAR IV Semester 1 MECH482 Englneerlng Economics I MECH485 Production Scheduling Semester 2 MECH484 Engineering Economics 2 Both Semesters MECH496 Project/Seminar

Electives

General Course poHclea

The attention of students Is drawn to the Course Policies of the Faculty published Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. policies are particularly Important for Intending to enrol In a non-standard program.

Elective Requirements

At least 5 credit pOints of Elective must be 300 level.

Electives must be chosen from the Itst of Elective Subjects given helow. Not all el"ctlve!3 beofferedlnanyoneyearand.theentl~I~.ull~ml for selected subjects must be met. Students advised tn September of the preceding year MECH 300 and 400 level elective subjects available.

Feculty of Engineering

Approved EJectlve Subjects Credit Points

COMMIOI FInancial Accounting Fundamentals 10

COMM 1 02 Financial Management Fundamentals 10 Introduction to Computer Science 110 Discrete Structures 10 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence 10 Analysis of Algorithms 10 Artificial Intelligence 2 10 Computer Vision and Robotics 10 Microeconomics I 10 Macroeconomics I 10 Foundations of Law 10 Real AnalysIs 5 Complex Analysts I 5 Linear Algebra 1 5 Industrial Experience· 5 Industrial Experience· 5 Industrial Experience· 5 Experimental Methods 2 10 Numerical Methods 5 Noise Pollution & Control 5 Mechanical Engineering Design 2 10 Computer Aided Design 5 Bulk Materials Handling I 5 Conveying of Bulk Solids 5 Introduction to Finite Element Analysts 5 Materials 3 5 Ceramic Science and Technology 5 Polymer Science and Technology 5 Fabrication of Metals 5 Dynamics of Machines 5 Mechanics of Solids 2 5 Fluid Mechanics 2 10 Heat Transfer 1 5 Computer Aided ManufactUring 5 Environmental Engineering 5 Machine Condition Monitoring 5 Bulk Materials Handling 2 5 Mechanical Engineering Design 3 5 Maintenance Management 5 Composites In Engineering 5 Robotics 5 Introduction to Turbulence 5 Thermodynamics 3 5 Heat Transfer 2 5 Directed Reading •• 5

Section Five

MECH498 MNGTIll

INFO 10 I

INFO 102

INF0202 INF0203 INF0204 PHIL392

Bachelor Degr .. Course Programs

Directed Reading •• Introduction to Management and Organisational Behaviour Introduction to Information Systems Infonnation Storage and Management Analysts of Information Systems Information Systems Design Commercial Programming Technology and Human Values 2 General Electives •••

10

10

10

10 10 10 10 10 20

• Industrial Experience subjects may be taken by parttime students after Stage 1.

•• MECH497 and MECH498 are nonnally taken as substantial extensions to MECH496. Supervision must be arranged and the written penntsston of the Head of the Department obtained before enrolment will be

pennltted In these subjects. ••• General elective subjects may be chosen from any

subjects which may nonnally be counted towards the award of the degrees of BA. BCom. BCompSc. BE. BEe. BMath or BSe prov:\.ded that prerequisites are met (or written pennisston Is obtained from the Head of the Department offering the subject). In exceptional circumstances the Dean. on the recommendation of the relevant Heads of Department. may approve selection of other elective subjects.

Prerequloite and Corequl.lte Requirement.

The prerequisite and corequtslte requirements of Individual subjects are listed In the schedule presented in Section 9 of this Handbook. Enrolment in a subjectcontraty to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without thewrttten pennlsslon of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.


All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by parttime attendance. Part-time students will normally take two years for each equivalent full-time year. As far as resources allow. the first two stages of the course are tlmetabled to permit a Single-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

) (

, I


Subjects

STAGE 1

Credit Points

Semester 1 MATIllll Mathematics III • 10 MECH 103 Engineertng Chemistry 5 MECH III Engineertng Drawing 5 Semester 2 CIVLII I Mechanics & Structures 5 MATIlI12 Mathematics 112' 10 MECHIOI Introduction to Mechanical

Engtneertng §

STAGE 2 Semester 1 MECH 102 Introduction to Engtneertng

40

Computing 5 PHYS III Physics III • 10 Semester 2 MECH 121 Matertals I 5 PHYSI12 Physics 112' 10 Both Semesters ELEC 170 Compu ter Engtneering I lQ

40 • Approved Options 1. MATII102 and MATI-l103may replace MATHlll and

MATH 112. 2. PHYSl13 and PHYSl14 may replace PHYSl11 and

PHYS1l2.

After completion of the above program attendance will be required at various times durlng the day depending upon the subjects In which the candidate Is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the begtnning of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1994 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree program of which it fonns part. are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.


For the purposes of transition to the new Course Program. the following equivalence between prevtouslycompleted subjects and new subjects wtll apply.

Section Five

Previous su1?Ject

PHYS 10 I

PHYSI02

Bachelor Degr .. Course Progra.".

New Subject

PHYSlll

PHYS1l2

PHYSI02 and PHYSI03 PHYSI13 and PHYSI14

MECH 102 MECH 102

MECH232

MECH314

MECH384

MECH233 and MECH234

MECH3ll and ME:CH3IQ

MECH482

In exceptional circumstances the Dean detennine the transition pattern to be followed.

Combined Degree ProgrllDUl

Students intending to enrol in a combined program which includes the Industrtal Er,gi"ee,rtn specialisation should contact the Faculty Office.


.. echanical EDillneertng f)egree Bachelor ofEngtneertng (BE) awarded In the specialisation of Mechanical Engtneertng

f)estgrw1ed Department Department of Mechanical Engtneertng

eourse Coordinotor Mr J. W. Hayes

(:cUTS<' Code 10205

, ~URSE PROGRAM

Credit Points

Mathematics 111 • 10 Introduction to Engtneering Computing 5 Englneertng Chemistry 5 Engineertng Drawing 5

I Physics 11 I • 10 2

Mechanics and Structures 5 Mathematics 112 • 10 Introduction to Mechanical Engtneertng 5 Matertals I 5 Physics 112 • 10

Semesters

70 Compu ter Engtneering I 12 80

_'11.102 and MATIII03 may replace MATIIl11 and

PHYS 1 14 may replace PHYS III and

Multivanable Calculus 5 Experimental Methods I 5 Dynamics 5 Mechanics of Solids 1 5 Thennodynamtcs 1 5 Engineering Statistics 5

2 Ordinary Differential Equations I 5 Engineering Computations 5 Design of Machine Components 5 Matertals 2 5 Dynamics of Engtneering Systems 5 Fluid Mechanics 1 5

Section Five

&Jth Semesters

Bachelor Degr .. Course Progr • .".

MECH211 Mechanical Englneertng Design I 10 ELEC 130 Electrtcal Engtneerlng I lQ

80 YEARm Semester I ELEC211 Electrtcal Energy Conversion 5 MECH323 Mater1als 3 5 MECH333 Dynamics of Machines 5 MECH352 Fluid Mechanics 2 10 Semester 2 MATIl202 Partial Differential Equations I 5 MECH319 Introduction to Finite Element

Analysis 5 MECH342 Mechanics of Solids 2 5 MECH372 Heat Transfers I 5 MECH373 Thermodynamics 2 5 Both Semesters

MECH304 Experimental Methods 2 10 MECH3ll Mechanical Engineertng Design 2 10 PHIL391 Technology and Human Values I 12

80 YEAR IV Semester 1 MECH482 Engineertng Economics I 5 Both Semesters MECH361 Automatic Control 10 MECH415 Mechanical Engineertng Design 3 10 MECH496 Project/Semlnar 25

Directed Electives 20 General Electives

General Course Rule.

lQ 80

The attention of students Is drawn to the General Course Rules of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These rules are particularly important for students intending to enrol 10 a non-standard program.

Elective Requirement.

DIrected Electives

Directed Electives allow students to specialise in one of the strands listed below. Students must choose Directed Electives from only one of the speclaitst strands.

(Note: If MECHI91 and MECHI92 are taken as General Electives. MECHI93 may be included in any of the Directed Electives strands).

Engineering Science


Credit Points

MECH305 Numerical Methods 5 MECH334 Advanced Dynamics' 5 MECH383 Quality Engineering 5 MECH405 Computation of1Urbulent Flows 5 MECH407 Alr Pollution Management 5 MECH431 Robotics 5 MECH453 Introduction to 1Urbulence 5 MECH473 Thermodynamics 3 5 MECH474 Heat Transfer 2 5 • Not available to students who have completed

MECH232. Industrial Management Credit Points

MECH381 Methods Engineering 5 MECH382 Engineering Administration 5 MECH383 Quality Engineering 5 MECH386 Computer Aided ManufactUring 5 MECH387 Operations Research I 5 MECH388 Operations Research 2 5 MECH407 Alr Pollution Management 5 MECH431 Robotics 5 MECH484 Engineering Economics 2 5 MECH485 Production Scheduling 5

Industrial Systems Credit Points

MECH309 Noise Pollution and Control 5 MECH317 Bulk Materials Handling 1 5 MECH318 Conveying of Bulk Solids 5 MECH383 Quality Engineering 5 MECH386 Computer Aided ManufactUring 5 MECH408 Machine Condition Monitoring 5 MECH412 Bulk Materials Handling 2 5 MECH418 Maintenance Management 5

MatertoIs/Deslgn Credit Points

MECH315 Computer Aided Desigo 5 MECH324 Ceramic Science and Technology 5 MECH325 Polymer Science and Technology 5 MECH326 Fabrication of Metals 5 MECH383 Quality Engineering 5 MECH386 Computer Aided ManufactUring 5 MECH416 Advanced Finite Element Analysis 5 MECH421 Composites in Engineering 5 General Electives

General Elective subjects may be chosen from any subjects which may normally be counted towards the award of the degrees of BA. BCom. BCompSc. BE. BEe. BMath or BSe proVided that prerequisites are met (or written permission Is obtained from the Head of the Departmentofferlng the subject). General

s.cUon Five Bachelor Degr .. Course Programs

elective subjects maytnclude subjects not completed in any of the specialist strands.

In exceptional circumstances the Dean. on the recommendation of the relevant Heads of Deparbnent. may approve selection of other electtve subjects.

The Industrtal Experience subjects MECH191, MECH192 andMECH 193maybecountedas General Electives. If MECH 191 and MECH 192 are taken as' General Electives, MECH 193 may be included in any of the Directed Electives strands. "

Prerequislte and Corequlslte Requirements

The prerequisite and corequlsite requirements of!, Individual subjects are Hsted in the schedul~' presented in Section 9 of this Handbook. in a subjectcontratyto theprovtslons will not be approved without the written of the Head of the Department offering the concerned.

Part-time Attendance All candidates for the degree must complete reqUirements of the Course Program gtven above. or part of this program may be completed by time attendance. Part-time students will ",,~,.I take two years for each equivalent full-time far as resources allow. the first two stages of course are timetabled to permit a Single-day release attendance pattern with some lectures. These stages are:

Subjects

STAGE 1 Semester 1 MATH 111 Mathematics 111 • MECH 103 Engineering Chemistry MECH III Engineering Drawing Semester 2 CIVL III Mechanics and Structures MATH 112 Mathematics 112 • MECH 10 I Introduction to Engineering

STAGE 2 Semester 1 MECH 102 Introduction to Engineering

Computing PHYS 111 Physics III • Semester 2 MECH 121 Materials 1 PHYS 112 Physics 112 •

Both Semesters


ELEC 170 Computer Engineering 1

• Approved Optlona

.l.Q 40

1. MATH 102 and MATI-l103 may replace MAnnll and MATH1l2.

2. PHYS1l3 and PHYS114 may replace PHYSlll and pHYS1l2.

After completion of the above program attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part-time study are advised to

,,,,,,nSUl[ the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the \ beglnnirlg of this Section of the Handbook.

: ~~.~~~~ Experience subjects may be taken by ~,I students after Stage 1.

['frlDldtilon Arrangement.

iI:b,e Course Program has been amended with effect 1994 academic year.

enrolled in this course or any combined

e~:t~::~~~ of which it forms part. are required Ir reqUirements of the new Course Program.

by Subject Transition

the purposes of transition to the new Course . the following equivalence between

and new subjects will

New Subject

PHYSl11

PHYS112

and PHYS 103 PHYS 113 and PHYS 114

MECH 102 MECH 102

MECH232 MECH233 and MECH234

MECH314 MECH311 and MECH319

MECH384 MECH482

circumstances the Dean may the transition pattern to be followed.

pmbir.ed. degn,<>,ro,gl13lm i, available which allows reqUirements for the Bachelor of

(BE) degree In the specialisation of mOlOi·cal Engineering together with the ~wemLen.!s foradegreeofBachelorofMathematics

by a minimum of 5 years full-time study.

Section Five eachelor Degr .. Course Programs

The subjects undertaken in the first year of study of the program are identical to those required in the Mechanical Engineering program except that the inclusion of MATH 102 and MATH 103 is required.

Note that students undertaking a combined degree program are attempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment required by such a program may exceed the normal annual load of8O credit points. Also note that HECS will be calculated on the basis of the proportion which each indivtdualsubjectcountsin the program of the separate degree of which It forms part and not on the proportion it contributes to any combined degree program. Ttmetabltng constraints may limit the choice of optional subjects.

DIrect entry to the combined program may be gained via UAC by applicants who achieve highly at the NSW HSC (or eqUivalent). Students may also enter combined degree programs at the conclUSion of Year I if they have achieved a WAM of 70. Application should be made In conjunction with submission of the re-enrolment application. The Faculty Office may be consulted regarding application forms and course requirements.

I i

I' I Faculty of

Engineering


surveying Degree Bachelor of SUlVeying (BSUIV)

YEARm Semester 1 CIVL325 SoU Mechanics I 5

Designated Department Department of Civil Englneerlog and SUlVeying

Course Coordinator Professor J .G. Flyer

course Code 10374

COURSE PROGRAM

Subjects

YEAR 1

Credit Points

Semester 1 CIVLlll Mechanics and Structures 5

MATH III Mathematics III ' 10

MECH 121 Materials I 5

PHYSlll PhysiCS II I ' 10

SURVlll SUlVeying I 10

Semester 2 CIVLI31 Fluid Mechanics I 5

CIVLI41 Environmental Engineering 1 5

MATH112 Mathematics 112' 10

MECHI02 Introduction to Engineering Computing 5

MECH111 Engineering Drawing 5

SURVI12 SUlVeying 2 10 80

• Approved Options 1. MATHI02and MATH103mayreplaceMATHl11 and

MATIi1l2. 2. PHYSl13mayreplacePHYSl11.

YEARU Semester 1 CIVL212 MechaniCS of Solids

CIVL225 Geotechnical Investigatton 1

CIVL226 Geotechnical Investtgation 2

CIVL232 Fluid MechaniCS 2

LAW29 I Introduction to Legal Studies

MATH201 MulUvariable Calculus

SURV214 Optics and Mining SUlVeying

Semester 2 CIVL25 I Systems LAW292 Property and Survey Law

MATH203 Ordinary Differential Equattons 1

SURV213 SUlVeying 3 SURV215 ElectroniC Dtstance Measurement

SURV233 SUIVey Computattons

5 5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5

10 5 5

CIVL3B I Statistical Methods 5 ECON371 PrInciples of Economics 10 SURV316 Hydrographic SUIVey1ng 5 SURV334 Error Theory 5 SURV35 I Geodesy I 10 Semester 2 CIVL326 Soil MechaniCS 2 5 CIVL342 Hydrology 5 CIVL352 Management 5 SURV36I Photogrammetry I 10 SURV362 Remote Sensing 5 SURV393 Land Boundary Definition' 12

80

• A ten day live-tn Survey Camp ts a compulsory part of

SURV393

YEARlY Semester 1 CIVlA43 Water Resources Engineering 5 SURV417 Industrial and Other SUIVey1ng 10 SURV418 Control Networks 5

Electives 15

Semester 2 SURV44I Astronomy and Satellite posltlonlnglO SURV472 Land Valuation 10 Both Semesters SURV473 Town Planning SURV48I Project

General Course poUcles

The attention of students is drawn to the General' ' Course Policies of the Faculty published In the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These policies are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non-standard program.

Elective RequiremeDts

General elective subjects may be chosen from subjects which may normally be counted tmlJa'-ds: the award of the degrees of BA. BCom. BC:on,pSiC, BE. BEe. BMath or B5c provided that pn"e<~ulslt<,. are met (or written permission is obtained from Head of the Department offering the subject).

Both Semesters CIVL27 I Transportation Engineering 10

In excepttonal circumstances the Dean. on recommendation of the relevant Heads Department. may approve selection of other

subjects. 80


Recommended General Electives are listed below. Not all electives may be offered In anyone year. Students will be advised In September of the precedingyearwhlch SURV400 level elective subjects will be available.

Recommended Elective Subjects Credit Points

SURV191 Industrial Experience· 5 SURV192 Industrial Experience· 5 SURV 193 Industrial Experience· 5 SURV452 Geodesy 2 5 SURV462 Photogrammetry 2 5 SURV463 Advanced Cartography 5 SURV498 Special Topic 5 SURV499 Special Topic 5 CIVL222 Materials 2 5 CIVL223 Materials 3 5 CIVL233 Fluid Mechanics 3 5 CIVL242 Environmental Engineering 2 5 CIVL334 Open Channel Hydraulics 5 MATH 103 Mathematics 103 10 MATH202 Parttal Dtfferenttal Equations 1 5

Experimental Methods I 5 Technology and Human Values 1 10

• May be taken by part-time students after stage 1.

Prerequisite and Corequislte Requirements

. The prereqUisite and corequtsile reqUirements of individual subjects are listed In the schedule presented in Section 9 of this Handbook. Enrolment ina subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule

, not be approved without the written permission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

candidates for the degree must complete the ,requirements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by part

: time attendance. Part~ttme students will normally take two years for each eqUivalent full-time year. As , as resources allow. the first two stages of the

are timetabled to permit a stngle-day work 1rele,.se attendance pattern with some evening [1 .. :tUlres These stages are:

Mathematics 111 • II SUlVeylng I

Credit Points

10 10

Section F1v.

Semesrer2

Bachelor DegrH Course Programs

MA1H 112 Mathematics 112 • SURVI12 SUlVeying 2

STAGE 2 Semester J CIVLIII Mechanics and Structures MECH 121 Materials I PHYSIII Physics III ' Semester 2 CIVLI31 Fluid Mechanics I CIVL141 Environmental Engineering 1 MECH 102 Introduction to Engineering

Computing MECH III Engineering Drawing

• Approved Option.

10 12 40

5 5

10

5 5

5 Q

40

1. MATH 102 and MATH 103 may replace MATIilll and MATIi1l2.

2. PHYSl13 may replace PHYSlll.

After completion of the above program attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects In which the candidate Is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-ttme study Is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.

Tr8DsitiOD Arr8D.gements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1994 academic year. All students enrolled In this course or any combined. degree program of which it forms part. are reqUired to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.


For the purposes of transition to the new Course Program. the follOWing eqUivalence between previously completed subjects and new subjects will apply.

Previous subject

PHYS 10 I

PHYS102

CIVL224

New Subject

PHYSlll

PHYS112

CIVL225 and CIVL226

In exceptional circumstances the Dean may determine the transttion pattern to be followed.


combined BE/DB,,", DeJlree ProJlrllDl The combined degree program allows completion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree In the specialisation of C!v!i Engineering together with the requirements for a degree of Bachelor of survey!ng(BSurv) degree In a minimum of 5 years run-time study.

Secdon Five

Note that students undertaking a combined degree program are attempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment required by such a program may exceed the nonnal annual load of SO credit points. Also note that HECS will be calculated on the basis of the proportion which each individual subject counts in the program of the separate degree of which it fonus part and not on the proportion it contributes to any combined

degree program. Students nonnally apply to enter combined degree programs at the conclusion of Year l. Students who have completed the first year of either the Surveying or Civil Engineering program and have attained a weighted average mark (W AM) of 55 for entry may be admitted. Application should be made in conjunction with submission of the re-enrolment application. The Faculty Office may be consulted regarding application fonus and course requirements. The Course Coordinator may be consulted regarding

course requirements. The detailed requirements are set out below.

Year 1: Year 1 of either the Surveytng or Civil Engineering program (fota180 credit points).

Year ll: CIVL212. C!VL213. CIVL222. CIVL223. CIVL225. C!VL226. CIVL232. CIVL233. C!VL242. CIVL251. CIVL271. MATH201. MATH203. MECH205. SURV214. SURV215. SURV233 (fotal

90 credit points) Year Ill: C1VL314. C!VL316. C1VL317. C1VL325. CIVL326. CIVL327. LAW29I. LAW292. SURV213. SURV334. SURV393. PHlL391 or ECON371 (fotal

85 credit points) Year N: C1VL315. CIVL334. CNL342. C1VL352. CIVL381.CIVL382.SURV316.SURV351.SURV361. SURV362. SURV 417. SURV418. SURV441 (fota185

credit points) Year V: CIVL418. CNL420. CIVL443. CIVL453. CIVL454. SURV472. SURV473. CIVL455 or SURV481 (fotal 85 credit points)


section six

Master and Doctoral Degree Rules

About This Section This sectfoncontalns the 1991 Re9uJatfonswhtch, at the time oJprlntlng.govemed the JoUowlng postgraduate degrees offered In the Faculty oj Engineering.

Master of Computer &lence

Master oj Computing

Master oj Engineering

Master oj Engineering Sctence

Master oj Surveying

Doctor oj Phlk>sophy

REVIEW OF REQUIREMENTS The Regulations appearlng tn this section were under review at the time of printing. It is not expected that admission requirements or the general provisions of coursework requirements win alter substantially. However, students enrolled In 1993 should ensure that they are aware ofthe relevant provisions of the new Rules which are expected to be operative from 1993.

RULES GOVERNING MASTERS DEGREES

PART I - GENERAL 1. {ll These Rules prescrlbe the conditions and requirements relating to the

degrees of Master of Applied Ethics, Master of Archttecture, Master of Arts, Master of Building. Master of Commerce. Master of Computer Sctence. Master of Computing, Master of Early Childhood Education. Master of Education, Master of Educational Studies, Master of Engineering. Master of Engtneering Science, Master of Envtronmental Studies, Masterofindustrtal Education. Master of Law, Master of Laws. MasterofLetters. MasterofMathematlcs. MasterofPsychology (Clinical). Master of Psychology (Educational), Master of Science. Master of

Faculty of Engl_,lng

Medical Science. Master of Medical Statistics. Master of Music. Master of Scientific Studies, Master of Special Education, MasterofSUIveytngand Master of Theatre Arts.

(2) In these Rules and the Schedules thereto, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires:

"Faculty Board" means the Facul!)' Board of the Faculty responsible for the course In which a person Is enrolled or is proposing to enrol;

'"program" means the program of research and study prescribed in the Schedule;

"Schedule" means the Schedule of these Rules pertaining to the course in which a person Is enrolled or Is proposing to enrol; and

"thesis" means any thesis or dissertation submitted by a candidate,

(3) These Rules shall not apply to degrees conferred honoris causa.

(4) A degree of Master shall be conferred In one grade only,

2. An application for admission to candidature for a degree of Master shall be made on the prescribed form and lodged with the SecretaI)' to the University by the prescribed date.

3, (1) To be eligible for admission to candidature an appltcant shall:

(a) (i) have satisfied the reqUirements for admission to a degree of Bachelor In the University of Newcastle' as specified in the Schedule; or

(tt) have satisfied the requirements for admission to adegreeorequlvalent qualification, approved for the purpose by the Facul!), Board, in another tertiary Institution; or

(tit) have such other qualtfications and experience as may be approved by the Academic Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or otherwise as may be specified in the Schedule; and

(b) havesatlsfied such other requirements as may be specified in the Schedule.

Section Six Ma.ter and Doctoral Degree Rul ••

(2) Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule, applications for admission to candidature shall be considered by the Facul!), Board whichmayapproveorrejectanyappltcatlon.

(3) An applicant shall not be admitted to candidature unless adequate supervision and facUities are available. Whether these are available shall be determined by the Faculty Board unless the Schedule otherwise provides.

4. To qualifY for admission to a degree of Master a candidate shall enrol and satisfy the requirements of these Rules including the Schedule.

5. The program shall be carried ou t:

(a) under the guidance of a supervisor or supeIVisors either appointed by the Facul!)' Board or as otherwise prescribed In the Schedule; or

(b) as the Faculty Board may otherwise detennlne.

6. Upon request by a candidate the Facul!), Board may grant leave of absence from the course. Such leave shall not be taken into account in calculating the period for the program prescribed in the Schedule.

7. (1) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by tnfonnlng the Secretary to the University In writing and such withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.

(2) Acandidatewhowithdrawsfromanysubject after the relevant date shall be deemed to have failed In that subject unless granted permission by the Dean towithdrawwithout penal!)'. The relevant date shall be:

(a) In the case of a subject offered only 10 the first semester, the Monday of the 9th week of first semester;

(b) In the case of a subject offered only In the second semester, the Monday of ': the 9th week of second semester;

(c) In the case of any other subject. the Monday of the 3rd week of second· semester.

8. (I) If the Facul!), Board Is of the opinion the candidate is not making saltisiaclto"


progress towards the degree then It may tenninate the candidature or place such conditions on Its continuation as It deems fit.

(2) For the purpose of asseSsing a candidate's progress, the Facul!)' Board may require candidates to submit a report or reports on thefr progress.

(3) A candidate against whom a dedslon of the Faculty Board has been made under Rule 8(1) of these Rules may request that the Faculty Board cause thecase to be reviewed. Such request shall be made to the Dean of the Facultywithin seven days from the date of posting to the candidate the advice of the Faculty Board's decision or such further period as the Dean may accept.

(4) A candidate may appeal to the ViceChancellor against any decision made follOwing the review under Rule 8(3) of these Rules.

9. In excepttonal circumstances arising In a particular case, the Academic Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any provision of these Rules.

PART II - EXAMINATION AND RESULTS

. 10. The Examination Rules approved from time to Ume by the Council shall apply to all examinations with respect to a degree of Master with the exception of the examination of a thesis which shall be conducted in accordance with the proviSions of Rules 12 to 16 inclusive of these Rules.

The Faculty Board shall consider the results In subjects. the reports of examiners and any other recommendations prescribed In the Schedule and shall decide:

(a) to recommend to the Council that the candidate be admitted to the degree: or

(b) In a case where a thesis has been submitted, to permit the candidate to resubmit an amended thesis within twelve months of the date on which the candidate Is advised of the result of the first examination or within such longer period of time as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or

(c) to require the candidate to undertake such further oral. written or practical

Secllon Six Master and Doctoral Degree Rule.

examinations as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or

(d) not to recommend that the candidate be admJtted to the degree, In which case the candidature shan be tennlnated.

PART m - PROVISIONS RELATING TO THESEs

12. (I) The subject ofa thesis shall be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department In which the candidate Is cany1ng ou t the research for the thesis.

(2) The thesis shan not con taln as its main content any work or material which has previously been submitted by the candidate for a degree In any tertiary instttution unless the Faculty Board otherwise pennlts.

13. The candidate shall gtve to the Secretary to the University three months' written notice of intention to submit a thesis and such notice shall be accompanied by any prescribed fee.

14. (I) The candidate shall comply with the following prOVisions concerning the presentation of a thesis:

(a) the thesis shall contain an abstract of approximately 200 words describing its content;

(h) the thesis shall be i)'ped and bound in a manner prescribed by the University;

(c) three copies of the thesis shan be submitted together with:

(i) a cerlificate signed by the candidate that the main content of the thesis has not been submitted by the candidate for a degree of any other tertiary institutton; and

[iI) a certificate signed by the supeIVisor Indlcattng whether the candidate has completed the program and whether the thesis is of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination; and

(iii) If the candidate so desires, any documents or published work of the candidate whether beating on the subject of the thesis or not.

(2) The Facul!)' Board shall determine the course of action to be taken should the

, ,


certificate of the su pervtsor indicate that in the opinion of the supervtsor the thesis is not of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination.

15. The UnIversIty shall be entitled to retatn the submitted copies of the thesIs. accompanytng documents and publtshed work. The University shall be free to allow the thesis to be consulted or borrowed and, subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act. 1968 (Com). may Issue Itln whole or any part in photocopy or microfilm or other copytng medium.

16. (1) For each candidate two examiners, at least one of whom shall be an external examiner (beIng a person who is not a member of the staff of the UnIversity). shall be appoInted either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed In the Schedule.

(2) If the examiners' reports are such that the Faculty Board Is unable to make any decision pursuant to Rule 11 of these Rules, a third examiner shall be appointed either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed In the Schedule.

SCHEDULE 17 - MASTER OF COMPUTER SCmNCE

I. The Faculty of EngIneering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Computer Science.

2. To be eltgible for admission to candidature an appUcant shall:

(a) have satisfied all the reqUirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Computer Science with Honours Class 1 or Class II of the University of Newcastle or to an Honours degree, approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board, of the University of Newcastle or any other university; or

(b) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to a degree of the University of Newcastle or to a degree. approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board. of another tertiary institu tion and have completed such work and passed such examinations as the Faculw Board may have determined and have achieved a standard at least eqUivalent to that required for admission to a degree of bachelor with second class Honours; or

Section Six Master and Doctora' OegreeRul ••

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such academic or profeSSional qualiftcatlons as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science.

3. ToquaUfYforadmisslontothedegreeacandidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program consisting of:

(a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and

(b) a thesis embodying the resul ts of an original Investigation or design.

4. Exceptwlth the permIssIon of the FacultyBoard. which shall be given only in special circumstances, a candidate shall:

(a) conduct the major proportion of the investigation or destgn work in the University; and

(b) take part In research semInars withIn the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science.

5. Exceptwlth the specIal permIssion of the Faculty Board:

(a) a full-time candidate shall complete the program in not less than two and not more than three calendar years from its commencement;

(b) a part-time candidate shall complete the , program In not less than three and not more than five calendar years from its commencement.

SCHEDULE 18 - MASTER OF COMPUTING

Classification

I. The degree of Master of Computing shall be degree by coursework offered In the Faculty Engineering.

Admission to Candidature

2. To be eltgible for admission to candidature applicant shall:

(a) (t) have satisfied all the ~~:~~~~;:~;: admission to the degree Computer Science of the to any other degree approved for purpose by the Faculty Board; or


(It) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such academic or professional qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Computer Science; and

(b) complete such additional work and pass such examInations as the Faculty Board may detennlne.

guaUftcation for the Degree

3. (I) To quaUlY for admIssIon to the degree a candidate shall pass a program of BU bJects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Computer Science totalIing not less than 160 credit points.

(2) The program referred to In sub-Clause (I) shall contain 60 credit potnts comprising the Investigation of and report on a project specified by the candidate's supervisor or supervisors.

(3) The candidate's supeIVisor or supervisors referred to In sub-Clause (2) shall be appointed by the Headofthe Departmentof Computer Science.

A candidate may be granted credit by the Faculty Board on such conditions as it may detennlne for up to 60 credit points.

Requirements

Except with the permIssIon of the Faculty Board a candidate shall complete the program in not less than two and not more than five years from its Commencement.

'CHEDlJLE 6 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING

The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsIble for the course leading to the degree of Master of Engineering.

To be eligible for admission to candidature an appUcant shall:

(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree with honours in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board In the area In which the applicant proposes to cany out research; or

Section Six Master and Doctoral Degree Rule.

(b) have satisfied the reqUirements for admiSSion to a degree In the University of Newcastle or other university approved for thIs purpose by the Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and such examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; or

tc) in excepttonal cases produce eVidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the candidate proposes to cany out the program.

3. ToqualJfy foradmfsslon to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program consisting of:

Ca) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and

(b) a thesIs embodying the results of an Original Investigation or deSign.

4. The program shall be completed:

Ca) In not less than two academic years except that. In the case of a candidate who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours or a qualtficatton deemed by the Faculty Board to be eqUivalent orwho has had prev10usresearch experience. the Faculty Board may reduce this perlod to not less than one academic year; and

(b) except with the permIssIon of the Faculty Board. not more than 5 years.

5. Exceptwlth the pennlsslon ofthe Faculty Board a candidate shaH take part In research seminars within the Department In which the program is beIng carried out.

SCHEDULE 7 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCmNCE

Clasalftcation

1. The degree of Master of Engineering Science shall be a degree by coursework offered in the Faculty of EngIneering.

Admission to Candidature

2. To be eltgible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) have satisfied the requiremen ts for admission to the degree of Bachelor of

. '\

I !


Engineering of the University or hold an equivalent qualification requiring at least four years of full-time study; or

(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to any other Bachelor degree of the University or any other approved university and have had at least two years of relevant Industrial experience and/or have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; or

(c) In exceptional cases produce evidence of such academic and professional attainments as may be approved by the Faculty Board.

guaUfication for the Degree

3. Toquallty for admission to the degree a candidate shall pass a program of subjects approved by the Faculty Board totalltng not less than 80 credit points.

er.dlt 4. A candidate maybe granted credttby the Faculty

Board on such condittons as the Faculty Board may determine for up to 40 credit points In recognition of subjects completed in this University or elsewhere which have not already been counted towards an award.

Time Requirements

6. Exceptwtth the permission of the Faculty Board a candidate shall complete the program In not less than one and not more than five years from its commencement.

SCHEDULE 15 - MASTER OF SURVEYING

I. The Faculty of Eng In eerlng shall be responSible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Surveytng.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

Ca} have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree In Surveying with Honours in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board; or

(b) have satisfied the reqUirements for admission to a degree In the University of Newcastle or other tertiary institution approved for this purpose by the Faculty

Section Six Master and Doctoral DegrHRules

Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and such examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; or

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualtftcations as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Civil Engineering and SurveYIng.

3. Toquallty for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program consisting of:

(a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and

(b) a thesis embodytngthe results of an original Investigation or design.

4. The program shall be completed:

(a) in not less than two academic years except that, tn the case of a candidate who has completed the reqUirements for a degree of Bachelor with Honours or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be eqUivalent or who has had previous research experience, the Faculty Board may reduce this period to not less than one academic year; and

(b) except wtth the permission of the Facull¥ Board, In not more than five years.

5. Exceptwtth the permission of the Faculty Board acandldate shall take part In research seminars within the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveytng.

Doctoral Degree Regulations

General

1. Ca) These Regulations are made In accordance wtththepowersvestedln theCounctl under By·law 5.2.1 and shall relate to the degreos of Doctor of Engineering. Doctor of &Ience, Doctor of Medicine Doctor of Philosophy.

(b) In order to quality for a doctoral candidate shall comply with requirements for the degree as set the appropriate Schedule of Regulations.


(c) In these Regulations "Doctoral Degree Committee" means the Doctoral Degree Committee for the Faculty In which the candidate is enrolled or is proposing to enrol.

(d) These Regulatlonsshall not apply to degrees conferred honoris causa.

Doctoral Degree Committee

2. (a) The Senate shall appoint for each Faculty a Doctoral Degree Committee consisting of:

(t) the Dean of the Faculty who shall preside at meetings of the Committee,

(tt) the Deputy Chairman of the Senate or the nominee of the Depu ty Chairman, and

(iii) three members of the academic staff of the University nominated by the Board of the Faculty concerned.

Where the Comml ttee Is to discuss matters affecting the candidature of a particular person the Head of the' Department or Division in which the person is canying ou t or is proposing to cany out research, or the nominee of the Head, shall, if not already a member of the Committee, be Invited to take part In such discussion as a nonvoting member.

(b) The number of members constituting a quorum of the Committee shall be three.

(c) (I) A member nominated by the Faculty Board shall hold office for three years from the date of appointment and shall be eltgible for renomination; provided that the first three members appOinted shall hold office for one, two and three years respectively.

(ti) In the event of a casual vacancy, a new member shall be appOinted by the Senate on the nomination of the Faculty Board and shall hold office for the residue of the predecessor's term of office.

The Doctoral Degree Committee shall be responsible for:

Section Six Master and Doctoral Degree Rula •

(al Admission to Candidature

(I) considering theevtdence of qualification for admission submitted by applicants;

(tI) considering the adequacy of facilities for supervision and research Within the department or division concerned;

(ttl) approving admission to candidatu re and the area of investigation and any subsequent variations In this area,

(b) Supervision of Candidates

(t) appointing a supervisor or SUpeIVisors on the recommendation of the Head of the Department or Division In which the candidate is to cany out research;

(11) ensuring adequate supervision of candidates:

(tU) considering progress reports submitted annuallybycandtdatesandsupeIVisors to ensure that progress Is satisfactory;

(Iv) tenninatlng candidature If progress is considered unsatisfactory.

ec) Examination of Candidates

(I) recommending to the Senate the examiners to be appOinted by the Senate;

(tt) considering, before the acceptance of the thesis for examination, the report of the supervisor certifying the fitness or otherwise of the thesis for examination and determining the course of action should the report be unfavourable:

(iii) receiving the reports of examiners and In the 11gb t of these and any su bsequen t reports recommending to the Senate Review Committee that the degree be conferred or not conferred.

(d) Reporttng to Faculty Board

(I) Informing the Faculty Board from ttme to time of the poliCies It has adopted in respect of (a). (b) and (c) above;

(tt) noting any comments made by the Faculty Board and, where it considers it appropriate, seeking the advice of the Faculty Board on any poliCies adopted or envisaged.


Section Six Master and Doctoral Degree Rul ••

4. Where the examiners' reports received by the Doctoral Degree Committee contain recommendations which are not unanimous the Committee may before making any recommendation under Regulation 3(c)(Ul) of these Regulations take one or more of the following actions, namely

(al review the reasons expressed by the examiners for their recommendations;

(b) direct that the candidate undertake such further examinations either oral, written or practical as the Committee may specify;

(c) recommend that the Senate appoint a further examiner who mayor may not be appointed to act as an adjudicator;

(d) Invite the examiners to confer, either In writing or In person, with each other or with the Committee with a view to the presentatton of a consolidated recommendation.

senate Review committee

5. tal There shall be a Doctoral Degree Review Committee of the Senate consisting of the Deputy Chairman of the Senate who shan preside at meetings of the Committee and two members to be appointed by the Senate on the nomination ofthe Deputy Chairman of the Senate.

(bl The number of members constituting a quorum of the Committee shall be two.

(c) (i) The two members appointed by the Senate shall hold office for three years from the date of appointment and shall be eligible for renomination.

(tt) In the event of a casual vacancy, a new member shall be appointed by the Senate on the nomination of the Deputy Chairman of the Senate and shall hold office for the residue of the predecessor's term of office.

6. The Senate Review Committee .haJl be responsible for

(al advising Doctoral Degree Committees of procedures to be followed to resolve any doubt concerning the recommendation to be made to the Senate Review Committee:

(h) considering the recommendation of the Doctoral Degree Committee in the light of the report submitted with the recommendation and

(I) recommending that the Senate recommend to the Council that the degree be conferred; or

(U) requesting the Doctoral Degree Committee to take specified further action; or

{tit} recommending to the Senate that the degree be not conferred.

SCHEDULE II _ REgUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

1. An applicant for admission to candidature for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall

(al have satisfied all of the requirements for admission to the degree of Master or the degree ofBachelorwtth first or second class honours In the University of Newcastle ora degree from another university approved for this purpose by the Doctoral Degree Committee; or

(b) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor with third class honours or the ordinary degree of Bachelor In the University of Newcastle ora degree fromanother universttyapproved ;,for this purpose by the Doctoral "".~'Q\,: Committee, and have subsequent work and study a sumciar<\~ recognised by the Doctoral Committee as equivalent to at ie,,,,t. secolnd~ class honours; or

(c) In exceptional cases submit evidence of general and prof,,.sio, •• qualifications as may be approved by

Senate. 2. Before approving an admission to candicb3.tur

the Doctoral Degree Committee

(a) shall be satisfied that the applicant devote sufficient time to advanced and research; and

(b) may reqUire an applicant to sit for examinations or carry out Committee may prescribe.

3.


Upon admission to candidature the candidate shall enrol and shall pursue a program of advanced study and research (which in these requirements shall be referred to as .. the program") prescribed by the Doctoral Degree Committee for not less than three nor more than five consecutive years or such different period as the Doctoral Degree Committee may approve, prOvided that In no case shall the period be less than two years.

(a) The program shall be carried out in the University under the direction of a supervisor or supeJVisors appointed by the Doctoral Degree Committee on the recommendation of the Head of the Department or Division In which the candidate is to carry out the research.

(bl Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (al of this section, a candidate may be granted special permission by the Doctoral Degree Committee to spend a period of not more than oneyear In research at another institution approved by the Doctoral Degree Committee.

The candidate and the supervisor shall submit to the Doctoral Degree Committee annual reports on the candidate's progress. If after conslderlng these reports, the Committee Is of the opinion that the candidate Is not making satisfactory progress towards the degree then the Committee may terminate the candidature or place such conditions on the continuation of the candidature as It deems fit.

Not later than one year after admission to candidature the candidate shall submit the subject of a thesis for approval by the Doctoral Degree Committee. After the subject has been approved it may be changed oniy with the permission of the Doctoral Degree Committee.

On completing the program every candidate shall submit a thesis which complies with the following reqUirements:

(a) the greater proportion of the work described must have been completed by the candidate subsequent to admission to candidature for the degree;

(b) It must be a Significant contribution to the knowledge of the subject;

SecUon SIx Master and Doctoral Degree Rule.

8.

9.

10.

(c) it must bewrltlen in English orin a language approved by the Doctoral Degree Committee and reach a satisfactory standard ofllterary presentation;

(d) it must consist of the candidate's own account of the research undertaken by the candidate. In special cases work done conjointly with other persons may be accepted prOVided the Doctoral Degree Committee Is satisfied on the candidate's part In the joint research; and

(el It must not contain as Its main content any work or material which has previously been submitted for a university degree or other similar qualification unless the Doctoral Degree Committee otherwise permits.

The candidate shall give in writing to the Secretary to the University three months' notice of intention to submit the thesis and such notice shall be accompanied by any prescrtbed fee.

The candidate shali comply with the follOWing provisions concerning the presentation of the thesis:

(al the thesis shall contain an abstract of approximately 300 words descIibing its content;

(h) the thesis shaH be typed and bound in a manner prescribed by the University;

{cl four copies of the thesis shall be submitted together with:

(I) if the candidate so desires. any documents or work published by the candidate whether bearing on the subject of the thesis or not; and

(til a report from the supervisor advising that the candidate has completed the prescribed program and certiJY1ng that the thesis Is of suffiCient academic merit to warrant examination provided that if the supervisor is unwilling to give such a certificate the candidate may nevertheless request that the thesis be accepted for examination.

The University shall be entitled to retain the submitted copies of the thesis, accompanying documents and published work. The University shall be free to allow the thesis to be consulted

. '-

II.

12.

13.

14.


or borrowed. Subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act (1968) the University may Issue the thesis tn whole or any part in photostat or microfilm or other copying medium.

On the recommendation of the Doctoral Degree Committee the Senate shall appoint three examiners of whom at least two shall not be members of the staff of the University.

The candidate may be required by the Doctoral Degree Committee to undertake further oral. written or practical examinations concerning the subject of the thesis or work.

A candidate permitted by the Doctoral Degree Committee to resubmit a thesis for examination shall do so within a period of one year from the date on which the candidate Is advised of the result of the first examination.

In exceptional circumstances arising tn a particular case the Senate on the recommendation of the Doctoral Degree Committee may relax any requirement of this

Schedule.

SectIon Six Mester and Doctora' Degree Rul ••

section seven

Graduate Coursework

About This Section This section contatns the course programs which have been approved by Faculty Board inaccordanre with the Rules govemfngGracluate DfplomDS andcoursework Masters programs offered in the Foculty of Engineering

Enquiries may be directed to the Faculty O.fftce or the Course Coordinator indicated in the course entry concerned.

Graduate Diploma in Computer Science Designated Department Department of Computer Science

Course Coordinator Dr H. Elgindy

Course Code 10 179

The GradDipCompSc is intended as a part-time degree for graduates ofvanous diSCiplines to provide them with sufficient computer science knowledge to fully utilise their computer systems, to collaborate effectively with computing professionals. or to pursue a career in computer science. The required credit points are to be expected to be accumulated by part-time students over a two year period. However, candidates with a strong background in at least one programming language (such as Pascal or C) maybe able to meet the requirements In one year.

To qualtfy for admission to the award ofGradDlpCornpSc. acandldate must pass a program of subjects totall!ng 80 credit points which include COMP321 'Software Engineering & Project' and 20 credit points of 300 level or 400 level Computer Science (COMP) subjects and 40 credit points of directed electives In addition to subjects previously completed. Prevtouslycompleted subjectsw1ll be counted at the level at which they were taken prior to 1994.

The GradDlpCompSc course program approved by the Faculty Board Is presented below.

1\

Faculty of Englneorlng

Section seven Graduate Coursework programs

COURSE PROGRAM Credit Points

Subjects COMP321 Software Englneertng 20

300 or 400 level Computer Science subjects 30 Directed Electives il2

80

Upon the completion of 40 credit points of Computer Science (COMP) subjects at the 300 level or higher. GradDlpCompSc students may apply for transfer to the Master of Computing program. It should be noted there Is no guarantee that an applicatton to transfer wtn be successful. Recommendatton for admission will be based on demonstrated perfonnance and perceived potential.

Subject prerequisites are prescribed in the schedule of subjects and prtmartly relate to the BCompSc program. The prescribed prerequisites may therefore be waived for GradDtpCompSc students with an approprtate background. Enqulrtes regardingwatver of prerequisites should be directed to the Course

Coordinator. Elective RequiremeDts

Directed Electives A total of 40 credit potntsoC electives are to be chosen from the range of subjects offered by the Department of Computer Science ezcept for COMPIIO and/or from the following listed subjects.

Subject Credit Points

10 10 10 10

ELEC372 INF0204 MATHlll MATH II 2

Computer Architecture Commercial Programmtng Mathematics 111 Mathematicsl12

MATH212. Discrete Mathematics 5 MATH213 Mathematical Modelltng 5 MATH215 Operations Research 5 MATH216 Numertcal Analysis 5 MATH217 Linear Algebra I 5 INF0501 Computing and Information

•• Not available to students who have enrolled. in

COMPll3 Sample Subject &election. for GradDIpComp8c

The elective structure of the GradDtpCompSc programallowscandldates tochoose subjects which best match their Indlvldual needs and objectives. The sample selections appealing below tllustrate only some of the ways these choices may be made. Many other combinations are posstble.

The following sample selection of subjects totalling 80 credit points assumes no previous knowledge of

computer science.

Subjects

YEAR I

Credit Pofnts

Semester 1 COMPIII Introduction to Compo Sc. 10 COMP221 Programming Languages 10

Semester 2 COMPI12 Discrete Structures 10 COMP224 Unix Operating System 10

YEARn Semester I COMP325 Database Systems Semester 2 COMP332 Computer Graphics Both Senesters COMP321 Software Engineering

The following sample selection of suulb~1.~eco~ts~;~'~~:i knowledge of the topics In COMPIII a or the candidates abtltty to acquire such knowledge.' Each totals 80 credit points.

Subjects

Semester 1 COMP221 Programming Languages COMP223 AnalYSiS of Algortthms COMP325 Database Systems Semester 2 COMP224 Unix Operating System COMP332 Computer Graphics COMP328 Computer Networks

Systems 10 INF0503 Systems Analysis 10 INF0504 Systems Design 10

Both Senesters COMP321 Software Engineering

INF0505 Management Information Systems 10 PHIL242" Basic Symbolic Logic 5 STAT201 Mathematical Statistics 10 • Not available to students who have enrolled In

COMP1l2

Subjects

Semester 1 COMP221 Programming Languages COMP223 AnalysiS of Algortthms

Credit


COMP325 Database Systems 10 Semester 2 COMP224 Unix Operating System 10 COMP330 Graphical User Interfaces 10 COMP326 Data Securtty 10

Senesters ,COMP321 Software Engineering 2Q

80

Credit Points

ra~~¥;l Programmtng Languages 10 Artlficlallntelltgence IO

COMf'325 Database Systems 10

Unix Operating System 10 Compu ter Viston and Robotics 10

Senesters 13 Introduction to AI IO

;m~p:121 Software Engineering 2Q 80

Credit Points

1 Programming Languages 10 ONIP225 Artificial Intelltgence IO emester 2

Unix Operating System 10 Computer Vision and Robotics 10 Graphtcal User Interfaces 10

Semesters 13 Introduction to AI 10

Software Engineering 20 80

BDlddon Arrangement. Ie C:our.p Program has been amended with effect

of the 1994 academic year. students enrolled In this course are required to

the requirements of the new Course Program. exemptions in the new Course Program

granted. for work previously completed by nttloul:ng students.

a result of having been given credit for certain Science (COMP) subjects which have

pn ,diSCOlltlllu<,d as of 1994. candidates who have In the GradDtpCompSc program before

may be restricted tn their choice of subjects. description of these restrictions refer

eight of the handbook.

Section Seven Graduate CourHwork Programs

Subject by Subject 1'raD8Itlon Students who complete all subjects In which they were enrolled on 30 August 1993 without fallure should re-enrol in accordance with the transition statement Issued to them. Students who do not successfully complete all said subjects must c\artfy their position in the new Course Program before finalising their re-enrolment for 1994

For details of subject eqUivalence refer to section eight of the handbook.

Any student who believes that they are disadvantaged by the program set down on the Transition Statement may. after consulting the course coordinator. apply in wrlting to the Dean for consideration of their case. In order to provide for exceptional cases in transition the Dean may determine the transition program to be followed.

Students enrolltng In Graduate Dlplomacourses are referred to the Award Rules In Section 3 of this handbook.

Faculty 01 Englne.rlng

Graduate Diploma in ComputinC Designated Department Department of Computer Science

Course Coordinator Dr H. Elglndy

Cor.use Code 10516

TberewDlbe DOfurthU achglMlon. to candidature for the GnclDlpComp.

Candidates who have already enrolled tn the GradDlpComp program may qualify for admission to the award of GradDipComp by successfully completing a program of subjects totalltng 80 credit potnts including subjects prevtously completed as part of this course.

Subject to the restrictions outlined In section eight of the Handbook. subjects are to be chosen from the 11st of directed electives. as 11sted below.

COURSE PROGRAM

Dtrected Electives

A totalof80creditpolntsof subjects are to be chosen from the range of 200 and 300 level .ubject. offered by the Department of Computer Science and/or from the follOwing listed subjects.

Subject Credit Points

ELEC372 Computer Architecture 10 INF0204 Commercial Programmtng 10 MATIllll Mathematics 111 10 MATIl1l2 Mathematicsl12 10 MATIl212 Discrete Mathematics 5 MATIl213 Mathematical Modelling 5 MATIl215 Operations Research 5 MATIl216 Numerical Analysis 5 MATIl217 Linear Algebra 1 5 INF0501 Computing and Information

Systems 10 INF0503 Systems Analysts 10 INF0504 Systems Design 10 INF0505 Management Information Systems 10 PHIL242 Basic Symbolic Logic 5 STATIO 1 Mathematical Statistics 10

Subject prerequisites are prescrtbed in the schedule of subjects and primarily relate to the BCompSc program. The prescrtbed prerequisites may therefore be waived for GradDtpComp students with an appropriate background. Enquiries regardingwatver of prerequtsites should be directed to the Course Coordinator.

S4Iction seven

TrllDaltlOD Arrangemenh

Graduate CourHwork Programs

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1994academ1cyear. All students enrolled In this course are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program. Appropriate exemptions In the new Course Program will be granted for work previously completed by continuing students.

For details of subject equtvalence refer to section eight of the handbook.

As a result of havtng been given credit for certain Computer Science (COMP) subjects which have been discontinued as of 1994. candidates who have enrolled In the GradDlpComp program before 1994 may be restricted in their chotce of subjects. For a complete description of these restrictions refer to section eIght of the handbook.

Students enrolling tn Graduate Diploma courses are referred to the Award Rules In Section 3 of this handbook.


Graduate Diploma in SurveyinC

Destgnated Department Department of Clvtl Engineering and Surveying

Course Coordinator ProfessorJ.G. Flyer

Cor.use Code 10507

. '!he Graduate Diploma In Surveying Is designed to broaden and further the education of the practising surveyor. particularly In the light of recent technological changes which have significantly altered the role and operational techniques of

. professional surveyors.

While a fun workload for a single year of a course Is , nonnally constdered to be 80 credit points, it might not be possible to complete the requirements of the GradDfpSmv course program In a single year of attendance because of subject prerequisite

i:~~~;:~~~~·I;S:~UbJect prerequisites are, however. h In relation to the BSmv program. prescribed prerequisites may therefore he waived DlpSurv students with an appropriate

Enquiries regarding watver of should be directed to the Course

COURSE PROGRAM

GradDipSulV course program approved by the Board requires completion of 80 credit

~:~~~~~~jfro~m~t~h;e~l~ts~t~O~f approved subjects the Course Coordinator. the Head of the

Englneertng and Surveytng may enrolment in other subjects.

~ro"ed Diploma In Surveying Subjects

Credit Points Microeconomics I 10 Macroeconomics I 10 PrinCiples of Economics 10 Introduction to PhYSical GeographylO Introduction to Human Geography 10 Legal Process 5 Property and Survey Law 5 Hydrographic Surveying 5 Error Theory 5 Photogrammetry 1 10 Management 5 Geodesy I 10 Remote Sensing 5 Land Boundary Definition· 10 Industrial and Other Surveying 10

Section Seven Gradua. CourMwork Programs

SURV418 Control Networks 5 SURV44 I Astronomy 10 SURV452 Geodesy 2 5 SURV462 Photogrammetry 2 5 SURV463 Advanced Cartography 5 SURV472 Land Valuation 10 SURV473 Town Planning 10 SURV48 I Project·· 15 SURV482 Minor Project A •• 20 SURV483 Minor Project B •• 20 SURV484 Major Project" 40 • A ten day live-in Survey Camp is included 8S part of

SURV393.

•• No more than 40cp of proJect subjects maybe counted towards Dtploma requirements.

Students enrolltng In Graduate Diploma courses are referred to the Award Rules In Section 3 of this handbook.

1,1 I

Maater of Computing


Designated Department Department of Computer

Science Course Coordinator Dr H. Elgindy

Course Code 10061

The Master of Computing {MComp] program Is a postgraduate coursework degree program which incorporates advanced project work.

To be eligible to be considered for admission to candidature an applicant must have satisfied all the requirements for admission to a Bachelors degree at the University of Newcastle (or any other equivalent degree approved for that purpose by the Faculty Board) with knowledge of computer science equivalent to that of students who have completed year two of the BCompSc course program. and must complete such additional work and pass such examinations as the Faculty Board may determine.

To qualify for admission to the degree of MComp a candidate must pass a program of subjects totalling 160 credit points. the equivalent of2 years' full-time study, Including a compulsory advanced project of 60 credit points. 60 credit points of 400 level Computer Science {COMP] subjects and 40 credit points of 300 or 400 level Computer Science {COMP] subjects. The compulsory project work may be taken as COMP503 In a single year or as both COMP50 I and COMP502 over 2 years.

COURSE PROGRAM

Subjects

Muter of Computing Project

either

COMP501 Project A and COMP502 Project B or COMP503 Project C 60 COMP 400 level subjects

Credit Points

30cp

30cp

60cp

60

COMP 300 or 400 level subjects .1Q 160

&.ctlo" Seven Gradua .. Coursework Programs

A candidate may be granted credit by the Faculty Board In up to 60 credit points in recognition of subjects completed as part of the GradDipCompSc.

TrlUloition Arranaements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1994 academic year. All students enrolled in this course are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program. Appropriate exemptions in the new Course Program will be granted for work previously completed by continuing students. For details of subject equivalence refer to section. eight of the handbook. As a result of having been given credit for certain Computer Science (COMP) subjects which have been discontinued as of 1994. candidates who have enrolled In the MComp program before 1994 may be restricted in theirchotce of subjects. For a complete description of these restrictions refer to section eight of the handbook.

Master of Englneerinll Science " industrial Systems Degree Master of Engineering Science

Course Coordinator Associate Professor A.J.

Chambers

Course Code 10688

This course is offered in a part-time. I~~~;"t:~i~ teaching format to maximise access for p engineers. The course program is indicated

COURSE PROGRAM

Subjects .

MECH519 Matntenance Management MECH584 Engineering Economics PHIL591 Technology and the Environment

Industrial Systems Project/Seminar· Electives

• Selection of the project area occurs in the first

session. Core course work and elective sULb}ecl:s ,U'eofl'en~1

Subject prerequisites are prescribed in the schedule of subjects and prlmarlly relate to the BCompSc program. The prescribed prerequisites may therefore be waived for MComp students with an appropriate background. Enquiries regarding waiver of prerequisites should be directed to the Course Coordinator.

alternate years and intending consult with the appropriate de.P'a.ranentJH<,gardil the offering of particular subjects tn any year.

Elective subjects The following Elective subjects will be offered time to time tn the intensive teaching format.

Faculty 01 Englne.rlng

choice of the Elective subjects to be offered in a semester will be based on the needs of the majorlW of students. At least 2 Elective subjects will be offered tn each semester of intensive teaching. In exceptional circumstances the Course Coordinator may approve the enrolment or candidates in subjects offered in the normal semester format of the Untversity to count in satisfaction of Elective requirements.


CHEE52I Coal Combustion 5 CHEE523 Furnace Technology 5 CHEE542 Power Englneerlng: Processes

and Environment 5 Condttton Monitoring 5 Power System Operation and Control 5 Control System Design and Management 5

1 Bulk Materials Handling 5 Conveying of Bulk Materlals 5

16 Finite Element Methods in Design 5 Advanced Thennodynamics 5

Subjects

;aKenove, two years of part -time study by enrolment two separate but related subjects offered In the

of Chemical Englneerlng. Electrical Computer Engineering and Mechanical

tlll!.lne.erl';~ .. The project will generally be Industry

"':~~~::~1' In such cases. the project may be jointly it by academic staff of the Department

and an industry representative. The • consultation and review components of

subjects will be held during each Intensive session. Candidates completing a Power

subject will present findings at a Project Presentation to be held the fourth intensive teaching week.

itu,dellts intending to complete the program tn a academic year should obtain approval from

I",p~,rolprlate Head of Department to enrol In the 40 credit point project/seminar subject.

Industrial Systems Project/Seminar A Industrial Systems Project/ Seminar B

Credit Pofnts

20

20

Section Seven Graduate Cour .. work Programs

EIEC594 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar A

EIEC595 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar B

MECH594 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar A

MECH595 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar B

CHEE599 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar

ELEC599 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar

MECH599 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar

20

20

20

20

40

40

40

section eight

Subject Descriptions

About This Section This section contains descriptions oj the content oj the subjects offered by the deparbnenJs oj the Faculty oJEnglneerlng together with subjects offered by other Jaculttes which are included In the course programs set out In Sections 5 ond 7.

Guide to Subject Descriptio""

Credit Point Vaiue

The course programs require full-time students completing course requirements In minimum time to undertake an annual workload of 80 credit points. The credit point value of a subject thus Indicates the workload of a subject as a proportion of a normal annual full-time program. Slmtlarly. the credit point value of a subject indicates the proportion of the annual HECS lIab!lity which arises from enrolment In that subject. Further information on the meaning of -credit points Is given In the General Course Policies and Information In Section 4.

The credit point value (cp) of each subject Is Indicated In each subject description.

Subject Codes

Each subject has been given a unique code (eg CIVLlll). This code Identifies subject within the University's computer system and should be er,tereel OJO e,aeli ill form dealing with subjects. The alpha section of the code Indicates department responsible for offering the subject. The first number In the Indicates the level at which the subjectls offered (Ie. 100.200.300. 400et".j an", in the Faculty of Engineering. also Indicates the W AM weighting of the su,bj.",~ The latter two numbers may indicate the sequence of a subject In a stream subjects or within a course.

The departmental Indicators Included In thts Handbook are listed below.

Code

BIOL

CHEE

CHEM

CiVL

COMM

COMP

ECON

ELEC

GEOG

GEOL

INFO

LAW

Department

Biology



Chemistry

Civil Engineering and SUIVey!ng (Civil Engineering subject)

Commerce

Computer Science

Economics

Electrical and Computer Engineering

Geography

Geology

Management (Informatton Science subject)

Law

Mathematics


Management

Philosophy

Physics

Psychology

Applied Science and Technology (Environmental Science subject)

Statistics

Civil Engineering and Surveying (SulVeying subject)

~"eqlulldtt,. and Corequisltes

~::~:~~~~~ have prerequisite and/or corequtstte re meanlngofthesetennsaredefined

Award Rules. The prerequisite and corequislte

~~~~:~~~ of the subjects described in this flo are set out in Section 9.

head of the department offering a subject may the prerequisite or corequislte requirements

offered by that department. Students :uulUIO' ot'talln any such waiver In writing on the form

the Faculty Office and submit the

~;~;;:::::on'Hltt'clled to any request fOTvanation

.,m.,d Knowledge

subjects also have assumed knowledge These are also set out In Section 9 of

Handbook. Students are strongly advised to

SocUon Eight Guide to Sublect Descriptions

have completed the subjects prescribed as assumed knowledge before enrolling or to otherwise discuss the extent of their disadvantage with the head of department or the lecturer concerned.

ExaminatlODII and Aaaeument

Refer to pollcle. 3( I) and 3(5) of the Faculty·s Policies on Undergraduate Performance and Progress published In Section 4 of this Handbook.

Students will be advised of the assessment procedures for each subject within the first 2 weeks of classes.

Contact Hours

The credit point value of a subject gives an indication of the workload required of a student as a proportion of the normal full-time annual workload of80 credit points (see General Course Rulesand Information In Section 4). Contact hours vary according to the content and teaching requirements of each subject. In most cases. however. a 5 credit point engineering subject offered in one semester requires 3 contact hours per week. Scheduled contact hours are specified In the University TImetable.

Tens

The information on required texts aVailable at the time of publication Is Included In each subject description. In most cases it is recommended that students purchase the texts specified. however. It Is suggested that students consult with the lecturer concerned before finalising the purchase of texts.

References

Information on reference material is not published In this Handbook. In the case of subjects offered by departments of the Faculty of Engineering. the details of appropriate reference material will be supplied by the lecturer concerned. In the case of other subjects. reference material may be specified In the handbook of the faculty In which the subject originates.

AvailablUty of Subjects

Not all subjects are necessarily aVailable In each academic year. In particular. elective subjects may not proceed If the department concerned considers that there Is insufficient demand for the subject or If insufficient resources are aVailable.

Students requesting enrolment In elective subjects should check with the department In the first week of the semester to ensure that the subject that they have chosen will indeed be offered.

I,

Alteration. to Subject.


The Faculty Board and the departments of the Faculty reselVe the J1ght to amend any aspect of the content of any subject or the arrangements for ofTertng a subject. The details of subjects given In this Handbook and the University Timetable are an expression of intent only and are not to be taken as a finn offer or undertaking.

Biology Subject.

BIOLIOI PLANT AND ANIMAL BIOLOGY lOop

Unit 1: Plant Diversity - Form and Function. Theme: Structural specialization to factlttate efficient functional capaclty.Toplcs: The major plant groups and their life cycles. Higher plant structure and function. Plant development. Plant diversity as a consequence of adaptation for survival In a range of environments.

Unit 2: Animal Diversity - Form and Function. Theme: The vaJ1ety of structural and functional adaptations which have allowed animals to exploit the wide range of available environments.Toplcs: The Animal Phyla - organisation of tissues and organs. body plans. body cavities. patterns of development. Animal Function - digestion. circulation. respiration, integration and control. homeostasis. reproduction and development.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor Jurther inJormation.

Texts

VUlee. C.A .• Solomon. E.P. et al. 1989. Blolngy. 2nd edn. Saunders College Publishing. Phlladelphia/ Sydney or

Keeton. W.T. and Gould.J.L. 1986. Biolog!calScfence. 4th edn. Norton.

Keeton. W.T. and Gould. J.L. 1985. The Penguin Dictionary oj Blolngy. Penguin.

BIOLI02 CELL BIOLOGY, GENETICS AND EVOLUTION lOop

Cell Biology: Theme: The evolution and functional organization of cells.Toplcs: Biological molecules -the structure of proteins. carbohydrates and lipids. Cell organization - emphasis on organelle ultrastructure and pJ1ncipal function. evolu tion of cells. Biological energy processes - photosynthesIs. cellular respiration.

Section Eight Gukte to SUbfKt Descriptions

Genetics: Cell division. Mendelian genetics. Scientific method. Molecular biology. Gene action. development anddifTerentiation. Probability. Testsof significance. Immunology.

Ecology and Evolution; An Introduction to ecology, population genetics and evolution.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematfcs Handbook Jor further inJormatlon.

Texts

VUlee. C.A .. Solomon. E.P. et al.1989. Blolngy. 2nd edn. Saunders College Publishing. Phlladelphia/ Sydney or

Keeton. W. T. and Gould. J .L. 1986. Biological ScielUl!. 4th edn, Norton.

Keeton. W.T. and Gould. J.L.1985. The Penguin Dictionary oj Bk>lngy. Penguin.

BI0l.20l BIOCHEMISTRY lOcp

Carbohydrates. lipids. amino acids and proteins, Vitamins and coenzymes. Enzymes. Intennediruy metabolism.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor Jurther inJormatlon.

Text

Mathews. C.K and van Holde, K.E. Biochemistry. Benjamin/Cummings Publishing

BI0l.202 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY

Consideration of the processes involved

transport of oxygen in mammals a,~::d~~~:E;:;~ the relation between structure and course examines molecule. cell and and function. particularly of nelVe and muscle. respiratory and cardiovascular and control Particular emphasis Is given to phlyslol,oglcl adaptations to the environment and the effects the environment on phYSiolOgical functions.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics HaMIl><> Jor Jurther inJormatlon.

8101.204 CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

Cellular organisation and Organelles. their structure and function. processes.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics H'Qrulll>o Jor Jurther inJormatlon.

Text

Facultvof Engineering

Alberts. B .. Bray. D. etal. 1989. MolecularBloIngyoJ the CeU. 2nd edn. Garland.

BI0l.205 MOLECULAR GENETICS lOop

The structure of chromosomes and chromatin. Genetic mapping and recombination. DNA structure. replication and repair. Gene action and Its control. Immunogenetics. Recomblnan t DNA technology and genetic engineeJ1ng.

.See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor .further inJormation.

. Texts

R 1991. Principles oj Genetics. 3rd edn. C. Brown.

RW. and Prtmrose. S.B. 1985. Principles oj Manipulation. 3rd edn. Blackwell.

PLANT PHYSIOLOGY lOop

'~::~~~~ processes peculiar to plant cells are ~ These Include cell water relations. ';m,mbran,p transport of solutes. fixation of

a=~~::~~:~:cf'~~~~~:~~ and photosyntheSiS. Cellular r. of the processes Is emphasized.

Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Of' .JlUUU" information.

L. and Zeljer. E. 1991. Plant Physiology. The Pu bllshing Co.

ECOLOGY lOop

In animal and plant ecology. Topics will Life tables and population growth equations.

estimation of population parameters. The effect environmental factors on the survival and

of organtsms and hence on their and abundance. TheefTectofpollutants

animals and plants. The detection of patterns plant communities and the causes of such

Energy flow and resource cycling In InnlUlllti.es. Species diversity - measurement

relaUon"hip between species diversity In an the environment. Quantitative methods for

-m~tarllnl! communities. Rehabilitation studies.

Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook iriformation.

Soction Eight

Text

Guide to Subfect Descriptions

Krebs. C.J. 1985. Ecology. 3rd edn. Harper and Row.

BI01.303 ENVIRONMENTAL PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

Not offered in 1994. lOop

Environmental Impacts on whole plant growth are Interpreted in tenns of the responses of susceptible components of key physiological processes. The processes examined include whole plant water relations. photosyntheSiS. mineral ion acqUisition and nutrient transport.


BI01.311 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY lOop The course covers applied aspects of both animal and plant ecology.

SECTION A Topics include

Island ecology - the reduction in species diversity of communities and genetic variabtlity within populations. Evolutionary prospects of island populations. Nature Reserves as ecological islands.

Community change - successton, eutrophication and fire in the Australian environment.

Evaluation of pest control methods (including biological control) on environmental and economic grounds as well as their short and long tenn effectiveness.

Under population effects. particularly the relevance of threshold levels for endangered species.

SECTION B A selection of topics will be taken from:

The threat of modem agricultural practices to genetic diversity; The potential of microbiology for waste management; Methods for detecttng biological pollution; The principles of conservation; Environmental animal and plan t phYSiology studies; The interaction between vegetation. water~table. Irrigation and soil salt levels; The commercial harvesting of natural populations - fish. whale and kangaroo models; Evolution of plant-herbivore and predator-prey systems and other interspectfic interactions - Implications for control programs

EnVironmental consequences of the release of genetically engineered species.

The choice of topics in Section B should bedetennined in consultation with the Head of Department.

Text


Cockburn. A. 1991. An Introduction to Evolutionary Ecology. Blackwell. and

Ricklefs. RE. 1990. Ecology. 3rd edn. Freeman

or

Krebs. C.J. 1985. Ecology. Harper and Row.

References

Hedrick. P.W. 1984. Population Biology. Jones & Bartlett.

Krebs. C.J. 1989. Ecological Methodology. Harper and Row.

Recher. H .• Lunney. D. et al 1988. Natural Legacy. Pergamon Press.

Chemical Engineering Subjects

CHEEIII INDUSTRIAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES 6cp

Chemical and biochemical equations, stoichiometric relationships, conversion and yield. Units and dimensions. Dimensional analysts and dimensionless groups. Conservation of mass, material balances. choice of basis. recycle. by-pass, purge. tie elements and rates of material transfer. Macro and micro balances and multistage processes. Properties of vapou rs and liqUids. Mtxtures of gases. Conventions forreportlng concentrations of materlals and pollutants.

Texts

Felder. RM. and Rousseau. R.W. 1986. Elementary Principles of Chemlcal Processes. 2nd edn. Wiley.

Hlmmelblau. D.M. 1989. Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering. 5th edn. Prentice-Hall.

CHEEl12 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING IOcp

Process variables and their measurement - mass. volume. flow rate. composition. temperature. pressure. Process data and Us statistical analysis. Fluid properties and fluid statics. Mechanics of solids. Elasticity. Mass. energy and momentum conseIVation relationships. The concepts of flux. driVing force and rate (transfer) coefficients. Heat transfer. Steady state conduction and convection for simple systems. The theory of transfer equipment Steam tables. ConseIVattonofenergy. heat capacity. heats of reaction. phase change. solu tion and mtxtng.

Section Eight Guide to Subjoct Descriptions

Non Ideal gases and compressibility factors. Introduction to heat exchangers and cooling towers as examples.

Text

Coulson. J.M. and Richardson. J.F. 1990. Chemical Engineering Volwne 1. 4th edn. Pergamon.

CHEEllS CHEMICALAND MANUFACTURING PROCESSES IOcp

An introduction to the structure and organisation of the chemical and process metallurgical industries in Australia. with reference to the world scene. Descriptions of processes used in the manufacture of the major Industrial chemicals. including hydrometallurgtcal and smelting operations. Outline of typical unit operations. Description of various processes used In the fabrication and utlllsation of materials. Introduction to process plant and eqUipment. Visits to a number of Industrial plants illustrative of the course material. and preparation of process flow diagrams. to Australian Standards requirements.

Text

AUstin. G.T. 1985. Shreve's Chemical Industries. 5th edn. McGraw-Hill.

CHEEl91 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE



CHEEI94 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE

These subjects are deSigned to formalise periods lndustrlal Experience gained e.y l>art -tilm" stud.enLfi Only one such subject may be taken Inan,y (m"ye'a( Students will be required to present a report a connected accoun t and critical evaluation engineering activities and experience during year. Industrial Experience subjects may be by part-time students In any year after coml.lel~~ of Stage 1 and counted towards satisfaction of Elective reqUirements of the course.

CHEE241 DESIGN PRINCIPLES

Materials: Materials of construction equtpment In chemical industry. Use. li~:~: and cost. problemsoffabrlcation. Design: I for basic mechanical destgn of beams. columns simple structures. Elementary theoretical basiS


design of pressure vessels; design procedures from code-requirements. Preliminary sketchings and drafting of several chemical eqUipment items. Use of computer aided design packages.

Text

Gorenc. B. 1984. SIeel Designers Handbook, NSW UnIVersity Press.

CHEE242 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COMPUTATIONS lOcp

An introduction Into the writing and use of computer . programs and packages whtch use numerical

techniques to solve problems in engineering.

t:~~~~ts placed on the use of both main frame and PC·s. Topics Include numerical

of ordinary and partial differential Techniques for the solution ofHnear and

equations. systems ofllnear and equations. Numerical Integration and

techniques. Sources of errors and estimation in numerical techniques.

S.C. and Canale. RP. 1989. Numerical We/hOorls.Jor Engineers. 2nd edn. McGraw-Hill.

TRANSFER PROCESSES I 5cp

transfer. ::Or,dulctlion, convection and radiation mechanisms

heat transfer. Analysis of steady-state problems. ~ea't transferw1th. phlasec11allge.Translent problems.

of heat exchangers and heat transfer

ENERGY AND EXTRACTIVE PROCESSES 5cp

sources. properties and uses. Fuels furnaces

~~Ie~;,.u~;~;;::.;j. Furnace measurements. and [J] Radiation heat transfer. Environmental 'P<''''tlool'enlerjgy,use, MtneraJ resources. Separations

physical properties. Extractive metallurgy. ttdlatllon and reduction. roasting and melts. ~drolnetallur,gy. ProdUction of iron. aluminium

TRANSFER PROCESSES 2 Scp

mass transfer and estimation of ~·t:'rlce's"l\nalc'gi"s "f1les.t, mass and momentum

Combination of heat and mass transfer. r'uucUon to design of mass transfer eqUipment.

SecOon EJght Qulde to Sublect Descriptions

CHEE268 TRANSFER PROCESSES S IIcp

Fluid statics. Fluid dynamics. ConseIVation of mass and energy. Continuity; BernoulJU and Euler equations. Appl1catlons of linear and angular momentum. Laminar and turbulent flow. Incompressible flow in pipes and fittings. Friction losses. Flow measurement. Flow in pumps and turbines. CompresSible flow through constrictions and pipes.

Texts

Fox. RW. and McDonald. A.T. 1992. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics. 4th edn. John Wiley and Sons.

CHEE2S1 LABORATORY I 5cp Experimental Investigations tnto the fundamentals of mass. momentum and heat transfer. An Introduction into technical report writing.

CHEE2S2 LABORATORY 2 IOcp Experimental Investigations tnto elementary unit operations. flow measurement and measurementof chemical and phYSical properties. Technical report writing. An introduction Into appUed statistics.

CHEE292 TRANSFER PROCESSES LABORATORY 5cp

This subject Is only available to students enrolled In the Environmental Engineering program.

A selection of experiments designed to illustrate prinCiples of heat and mass transfer.

CIlEE301 SElECTED TOPIC IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Scp

A topic In Chemical Engineering to be approved by the Head of Department.

CHEE321 MODELUNG OF PROCESSES 5cp

An introduction to mathematical modelling and the unsteady-state behaviour of chemical plant and processes. Revision of Laplace transformations. transfer function concept. unsteady state materials and energy balances as a technique for system modelling. first order systems. second order systems. response to disturbances-modelling of selected processes; response of sensing elements. Introduction to the principles of process control.

Texts

Stephanopoulos. G. 1984. ChemlcaiProcessControl. Prentice-Hall.

" Faculty of Engineering

Luyben. W.L .• Proress Modelling, Simulatton and Contro/jor Chemical Engineers, 2nd edn. McGraw·

Hill.

CHEE332 THERMODYNAMICS lOcp

Pure substances: Temperature. heat. work. energy Involving the FIrst Law. Reversibility. equ!l1brlum. entropy and the Second Law. P-V-T behaviour and equations of state. Hess's Law. free energy and exergy. expansion/compression cycles.

Mixtures: Cbemlcal equilibria. potential. fugacity of perfect gas. ideal and real mixtures and of condensed phases; Third Law.

Physical EquUtbrta: Phase behaviour In IIquldvapour. liquid-solid systems. Chemical potential. activity coefficients. emptrlcal representation of activity coefficients; relative volatilities.

Texts Abbott. M.M. and van Ness, H.C. 1989. 'Illeory and Problems oj Thermodynamics. 2nd edn, McGrawHm.

Smith. J.M. and van Ness, H.C. Introduction to Chem!cal Engineering Thermodynamics. McGrawHm.

CHEE341 PROJECT ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT lOcp

Management: A review of background economics, estimation of capital and operating costs, discounting techniques. cash flow. depreciation. incentives. inflation. SensltMty analysis and uncerlalnty. Project implementation. the project manager and team. scheduling and network analysis. BudgetaIycontrol. engineering procurement. construction and commissioning.

Project Engtneerfng: Assessment of economic feasibiltty and profitability. Selection of major equipment items appropriate to the operating environment. Plant utilities and process instrumentation. An ovelVlew of AC and DC power engineering. transmission. transfonners. switchgear. Site inspections of appropriate industries.

Text

Peters. M.S. and Tlmmerhaus. K.D. 1980. Plant Design and Econom1cs for the Process Industries. McGraw-Hm.

Section Eight Guido to Subject Descriptions

CHEE342 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT lOcp

Generallntroductlon to the inherent hazards of the materials and processes relevant to the chemical industry. Elements of hazard analysis and optimization. Aspects of industrial tOXicology. Sources. types and effects of explosions. !.ega!. environmental and ecologtcal considerations in the disposal of industrial wastes. Waste disposal and pollution control; treatment and disposal of solid. liqUid and gaseous effluents; recycle possibilities, statutory reqUirements and environmental regulations; E.I.S. assessment.

Text Masters. G.M. 1991. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science. Prentice-Hail.

CHEE351 ElECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION 5ap

Physfcal chemistry: Interfaces. solid surfaces and adsorption. surface chemistry. Surfactants. micelles. emulsion stabtltty. flocculation. froth flotation. wetting.

Electrochem1cal corrosion: Cathodic and anodic protection, passivation.

Electrochemicalprocesses: Batteries, gold extraction, galvanising. chlor-alkali and non ferrous metal industries.

Text

Sully, J.C. 1990. The Fundamentals oj Corrosion. 3rd edn. Pergamon Press.

CHEE352 TRANSPORT PHENOMENA

An introduction to momentum transport as a continuous approach. Sl,ell hala",ce. and unsteady state solutions by algebraic numerical procedures using computer pa,ckllLgel such as Fidap.

Text Bird. R.B .. Stewart. W.E. et al 1960. Trw1S"'"

Phenomenn, Wiley.

CHEE353 SURFACE CHEMISTRY 1

Properties of minerals and their relation to mllneral beneficiation. Techniques of separation based volume properties (gravity. electrostatic. magl3C~ and surface properties (charge. Flotation. Action of collectors. modifiers, Electrokinetic phenomena. Oxide and flotation. Flocculation and agglomeration.

Text


Shaw. D.C. 1980. Introduction to Colloid and Surjace ChemIStry, Butterworth.

CHEE354 BIOTECHNOLOGY IIcp

Properttes of important micro-organisms; thermodynamic and stOichiometric aspects of

.. microbial metabolism and activity. Product pathways and enzymes. Reactors and flow behaviour of fennentatlon fluids; transfer processes and unit

for product recovery; with examples from energy and liqUid

eHlu<,nl control.

PROCEBB SYNTHESIS 5cp

!f1owsheelt d'ev.,/oIPITLenLt. Definition of process route raw materials to final product. Energy

glnl:eg,catlon. Application of computer aided design 1"~:~:::~for flowsheet simulation. Choices of unit IJ! and equipment. Scheduling of design

construction processes.

J.M. 1988. ConceptualDeslgnojChemlcal ~"s,;es McGraw-H!l1.

FUEL TECHNOLOGY I 5ap

properties of gaseous, liqUid and solid fuels their analysis. Combustion mechanisms, air requirements. mixing and ignition In Coal combustion in suspension and in

PROCEBB METALWRGY I 5cp

thennodynamlcs and kinetics of complex systems. Computer calculations of

Physical chemistry of tron and of selected non-ferrous metallurgical

!'Ces""s. Shaft furnace modelling. Theory of stee/processes. Mixing theory and simulation of

and semi-continuous pyrometallurglcal Flow systems in pyrometallurglcal

!Ic"sses; slag-metal processes. gas-metal flow in processes. melting on packed beds. jet

in metallurgical reactors. gas bubble metal. Flow in Ingots and castings and

iolidlflc"tlcln interfaces.

INTRODUCTION TO MINERAL PROCESSING 5cp

concept of ores and minerals, liberation and grade and recovery. Size analysIs of

Section Eight Quid. to Sublect Descriptions

solids. Principles of communltion. claSSification. gravity concentration, heavy medium separation and flotation. Novel physico-chemical separation techniques. Dewaterlng and tatHngs disposal.

Texts

Shaw. D.J. Introduction to Colloid and Surjace Chemistry. 3rd edn. Butterworth .

W!l1s. B.A. 1988. Mineral Processfng Technology, 4th edn. Pergamon Press.

CHEE366 WASTE MANAGEMENT 50p

Overview of collection alternatives for wastes Disposal and Isolation treatment by combusuo~ and liqUid systems. Soil treatment. Transportation of hazardous materials.

CHEE367 ANALYSIS OF POLLUTION 60p

Sampling. instrumental techniques for gaseous liqUid and solid pollutants. Traceelements. Remotesensmg. Accuracy and statistical analysis.

CHEE372 SEPARATION PROCEBBES IOcp

CI1teria for selection of separation processes. Phase equtltbria; equtllbrium stage and continuous contacting operations. Analysis of principal separation processes. including distillation, absorption. humidification. crystallisation and drying. Hydraulic design of mass transfer eqUipment; stage effiCiency and energy requirements.

Text

McCabe. W.L .. Smith. J.C. and Harriott. P. 1993, UnU Operations oj Chemical Engineering. McGrawH!l1.

CHEE361 ENGINEERING APPLICATION LABORATORY 60p

In addition to fonnal lecture courses, students undertake relevant practical exercises Involving. for example. assembly. installation and operation of eqUipment. Students will acquire a good level of understanding and experience in the Implementation of appropriate safe working practices.

Text

Boundy, A.W. 1989. Engineering Drawing. 3rd edn. McGraw-Hm.

CHEE382 LABORATORY 3 5ap

A number of open-ended Investigations tllustratlng Year III lecture topics. Including experiments on Instrumentation and control of process plant.

i , I

I,


CHEE383 LABORATORY 4 I5cp

A number of open-ended Investigations illustrating Year III lecture topics, including experiments on Instrumentation and control of process plant.

CHEE401 SPECIAL TOPIC

A topic in Chemical Engineering to be approved by Head of Department

CHEE421 PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION lOcp

Principles of process control. Applications of controllers. Analysts of stability. Root locus, Bode. Nygulstanalysts. Controllertuntng. Adaptlvecontrol. Scaling process signals. Feedforward control, decoupltng. Microprocessor controllers.

Text

Luyben. W.L. 1990. Process Modelling. Simulation and Control for Chemical Engineers, 2nd edn. McGraw-Hill.

CHEE432 KINETICS AND REACTION ENGINEERING lOcp

Review of kinetic rate expressions and thennodynamtc prtnctpies. Classification and design ofideal reactors - batch. plug and mixed flow. NonIdeal flow and reSidence time dtstrtbu tlons. Rate equations for heterogeneous reactions. Rate controlling mechanisms and approximations. Catalysis and reaction in porous catalysts. Interpretation of rate data. Design and planning of experiments. Optimisation, control and stabtltty of reactors, operating characteristics and safety.

Texts

Levensple!. O. 1972. ChemlcalReactionEngineering. 2nd edn. Wiley.

Smith. J.M. 1981. Chemical Engineering Kinetics. 3rd edn. McGraw-Hill.

CHEE451 SURFACE CHEMISTRY 2 5cp

Selected topics tn surface chemistry relevant to chemical engineering and mineral processing.

CHEE452 MINERAL PROCESSES 2 5cp

A treatment of unit operations of mineral processing.

CHEE453 PROCESS OPTIMIZATION 5cp

Introduction to stotchastlc processes and their simulation. Analytical and numerlcal techniques for optimization wtth single and mUltiple variable

s.c:Uon Eight Guide to Subtect Descriptions

problems. Developmentof simple flowsheets, process synthesis. to emphasise optlmlzatlon posslbtlttles or alternatives.

Texts

Hlnunelblau. D. 1989. Optimisation oj Chemlcol Processes. McGraw-HUl.

Taha. H.A. 1987. Operations Research. MacMUlan.

CHEE454 FUEL TECHNOLOGY 2 5ep Combustion aerodynamiCS, swtrlingjets and particle laden jets. Furnace types and their design .. Combustion generated poIlu tents. Interchange o~ fuels.

CHEE455 HEAT TRANSFER Sep Analytical solutions and numerical methods Iq conduction, convection and thennal radiation, wtt~t . detatled examinations of selected applications. ,.

CHEE456 PROCESS METALLURGY 2

ChemlstIyofextrac:tloln. nnetalextr;.ct;antch.'mIS!1J~ Interphase mass transfer. coalescence. Computational techniques, Industria extraction equipment and costs. columns, bucket, G machines, heap le"clllllj biological extraction. Industrial processes.

CHEE461 ENVIRONMENTAL PROCESS TECHNOLOGY

Sources ofllquld waste. U [lit "peral.tor,s In """"t"""'~ treatment. Aeration and oxygenation. emulsions and dispersions. Coagulation flocculation. The zeta-potential. neutralisation and pH control. sedimentation and thickening. Deep bed filtration and adsorption In carbon beds. M',mbra technology and reverse osmosis.

BiolOgical treatment methods. Design of treatment plants using activated sludge, filters, lagoons. stabtltsatton ponds, to reduce and COD. Full and partial nitrification methods.

Air pollution control. Common atmospheric poIlu tants. The pr,o<illcts of coomims' Control methods. Design of gas absorption for common pollutants. e.g. sulphurdioxide. oxides. Treatment t systems for particulates.


CHEE462 PRINCIPLES OF

s.c:Uon Eight GUida to Sublect Dasc::rlptJons

WASTEWATER TREATMENT lOcp

Overview of design principles for wastewater treatment plants. Sizing and performance of various types of wastewater plants for BOD, COD, nitrate and phosphate removal. Waterlreatrnent. Processes for flocculation, clarification and filtration. Disinfection. Membrane and reverse osmosis

i tecbnology.

principles will finally be used to evaluate the present laboratory technJques for characterising coal.

C1IEE512 COAL TECHNOLOGY lOcp

The course will cover the existing technolOgies associated with coal use. particularly those for coal fired plant. Topics covered may Include: an introdUction to coal geology and mining; coal transport. handling and storage; pulverizing mms; boilers and furnaces; slagging, fouling, erosion; cOlTOslon; ash collection. NOx and SOx; ash handling. An outline of developing firing techniques such as sluny firing. flUidized bed and clean up for gases and solids will also be given.

Plant viSits to a number of operating effiuent treatment and potable water plants.

I5cp tR"llU:tar seSSions wtU be held throughout theyearfor r~:~~~:o~ ofltteraturerevtews, chemicalengtneering ~_t and departmental research. Each student vtlI OTllltty present no less than two half-hour papers

the course of the series.

DESIGN PROJECT 20cp ~Ilar.atl(>n of a design report for a specified plant \Ir,:hemi,cat production,including mass and energy

preparation of process flow diagrams, and

items of equipment ""IUlva.lenl<. In addfUon to the reports students are

to take a design paper.

ADVANCED DESIGN PROJECT IOcp

extension to CHEE 495 Design Project.

RESEARCH PROJECT 20cp experimental or theorettcal investigation. or the

reconstruction and testing of experimental JUIl>m,ent to be reported fonnally In a project

ADVANCED RESEARCH PROJECT lOcp

extension to CHEE 497 Research Project.

1 COAL COMBUSTION lOcp course w1U Cover the current understanding of

r Plrtn,olples of coal combUstion, Including some and classification, combUstion

'~::I;~,";.~d~ev~o~~lattHzation. ignition, burn-out of ~, be given to coal mineral reactions unlal,es and the relation With ash formatton,

ash collection, SOx emission, and trace the relationship between nitrogen and

emissions; spontaneous combustion. These

CllEE513 FURNACE TECHNOLOGY lOcp

furnaceconstructlonandrefractodes. Heatbalances and efficIency. The importance of convection and radiative transfer. The treatment of radiation In furnaces. emitters In coal fired furnaces, surface emfssIvities and the thennal conductivity or ash layers. The use of the well-mixed furnace model In quantifying the effects of fuel changes (from oil to gas and coal) and operational changes. An introdUction to the zone method of analysts. Flames and jets, entrainment and mixing, sWirled jets. The modelling of flame processes and furnace heat transfer.

CllEE52 1 COAL COMBUSTION 5cp PrinCiples of coal combustion: Coal properties; ClaSSification; Combustion; Devolatlltzation' Ignltitlon; Bum-out of char. Laboratory technlque~ of characterising coal.

CHEE523 FURNACE TECHNOLOGY 5cp

furnaceconstructlon and refractodes. Heat balances and efficiency. The importance of convection and radiative transfer. The treatment of radiation in furnaces. emitters In coal fired furnaces. surface emiSSivities and the thennal conductivity or ash layers. The use of well-mixed furnace model in quantifying the effects of fuel changes (from 011 to gas and coal) and operational changes. An introduction to the zone method of analysIs. Flames and Jets, entrainment and mixing, swtrledJets. The modelUng of flame processes and furnace heat transfer

CHEE542 POWER ENGINEERING PROCESSES AND THE ENVIRONMENT 5cp

Pulverizing mills. boilers and furnaces. Slagglng, fouling, eroston, corrosion. Ash collection and


handUng. NOx and SOx emission and control. Dispersion of heat. Air diffusion modellng and atmospheric chemistry. River. coastal and lake models. Air / Water / Noise legislation In N.S.W. Environmental Offences and Penalties Act 1989. Environmental Audits and Management. Sluny firtng. fluidized bed.

CHEE694 INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS PROJECT/SEMINAR A 20cp

The first section of the major project in the Master of Engineering Science - Power Englneertng program undertaken In the Department of Chemical Englneertng. I t Is expected that most projects will be of an applied research nature In an area relevant to the candidates employment and co-supervised by a professional engineer on site. Coursework componentsw1ll cover areas of problem identification. research skills. communication skills and strategies for applied research. Progress will be reported at seminars given by candidates and by the submission of progress reports In July and November. Satisfactory completion of this subject will result In the award of a result of ungraded pass (UP).

CHEES9S INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS PROJECT/SEMINAR B 20cp

The final section of the major project In the Master ofEngineertng Science - Power Engineertng program undertaken In the Department of Chemical Engineering commenced In CHEE594. Submission of the fina! Project Report will be reqUired by 31 October followed by formal presentation of the results of the project at a later date. The result awarded for this subject will reflect the quallty of the Project Report resulting from the work undertaken In both CHEE594 and CHEE595.

CHEES99 INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS PROJECT/SEMINAR C 40cp

The major project In the Master of Engineertng Science - Industrtal Systems program undertaken in the Department of Chemical Englneertng for students Intending to complete the course In a singular academic year. It is expected that most projects will be of an applied nature in an area relevant to the candidates employment and cosupervised by a professional engineer on site. Coursework components will cover areas of problem identificatlon. research skills. communication skills and strategies for applied research. Progress will be

Sectlon Eight Guide to Subject Descriptions

reported at semlnars given by candtdates and by the submission of a progress report In July. Submission of the ftnal project report will be reqUired by the 31 Ocloberfollowed by a fonna! presentatlon of the results of the project at a later date.

Chemistry Subjects

CHEMI01 CHEMISTRY 101 lOcp

Students who have not studied Chemistry previously are strongly advised to read the first six chapters In the main text (Brown and LeMay) before commencement of the academic year.

General Chemistry: (approximately 12 lectures) Revision of basic chemical prtnciples. Introductlon to atomic and molecular concepts. Simple Ionic and covalent bonding models.

Organic Chemistry: (approximately 24 lectures) Historical development. The shapes. structures and names of organic compounds; reactions of common functlonal groups; syntheSIS. differentlation and structural elucidation of organiC compounds. Applications of organic chemiStry.

Note:. The laboratory work will count for 10% of the final assessment bu t a pass In the laboratory work Is a prerequisite for a pass in the subject.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook· for fUIther information.

Texts

Aylward. G.H. and Findlay. T.J.V. 1974. SI.~he'mi<"'L Data. 2nd edn. Wlley.

Brown. W.H. 19!!18.1'nl1'odllCt.Jn~ifOlcganicCIu,"uslrJJ\i 4th edn. Wadsworth student edn.

Brown. T.L .. LeMay. H.E. et al 1991. Chemistry The Central Science. 5th edn. Prentice-Hall.

Lehman. J. W. 1984. Molecular Model Chemistry. Allyn & Bacon.

CHEM102 CHEMISTRY 102

Inorganic Chemistry: (approximately Inorganic solids and their structures. molecular orbital theory and structure and In metals. Transtuon metal chemistry. coorclln,.tld compounds.

Physical Chemistry: (approXimately Chemical equlllbria. th'errno,dy,oa'TIl< electrochemistry. chemical kinetics.


Section Eight Guide to Subject Descriptions

Note: The laboratory work will count for 10% of the final assessment but a pass in the Jaboratorywork is a prereqUisite for a pass In the subject.

substitutlon in aromatic systems; reactions of aromatic compounds. An IntrodUction to carbohydrates.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook for further information.

Text

Brown. T.L .. leMay. H.E. et a! 1991. ChemlstryThe CenlTal Sclence. 5th edn. Prentice-Hall.

CHEM211 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY lOcp

Evaluation and manipulation of analytical data. tltrtmetrtc methods of analysis including theory of

. acid-base. complex formation and oxidaUon, reduction tltratlons.

Selected instrumental methods of analysis. atomic absorption spectrophotometry.

potentlometriC techniques. gas chromatography.

L.G. 1988. Analytical Chemistry. Principles Techniques. Prentice-Hall.

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY lOcp

group chemistry and tranSition metal bh',mlstry .. Coordination complexes and metal lon-

:~~~~~u~~~,,,a.ctlon.s; ionic bonding; symmetry and

to reactions and mechanisms. spectroscopic methods. bonding and

field theory In coordination compounds and Irg"mometalilc chemistry.

The laboratory work will Coun t for 15% of the assessment but a pass in the laboratory work

a prerequisite for a pass in the subject.

Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook r J~.'~' lriformation.

F.A.. WHklnson. G. and Gauss. P.L. 1987. <lsi<, Im>rgOlllic Chemistry. 2nd edn. WHey.

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY IOcp

covering the basic chemistry of aliphatic aromatic compounds and their spectroscopiC

. An In troductlon to spectroscopic methods structure determination (infra-red. proton

resonance. mass spectrometry); acidity baSICity of organic compounds; reactions of

compounds; aromatlctty; electrophHtc

Note: The laboratory work will count for 15% of the final assessment but a pass in the laboratory work Is a prerequisite for a pass in the subject.

See Faculty of 5ctence and Mathematics Handbook for .further iriformatlon.

Texts

Solomons. T.W.G. 1988. Organic Chemistry. 4th edn. WHey.

or (Recorrunended for students proceeding to Level 300 subjects)

Morrtson. R.T. and Boyd. R.N. 1987. Organic Chemistry. 5th edn. Allyn & Bacon.

Model Kit: Lehman. J.W. 1984. Molecular Model Set for Organic Chemistry. Allyn & Bacon.

CHEM241 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY lOcp

Chemical Dynamics rate laws of chemical kinetics. prinCiples of mechanism. determination; transition state theory; electrolyte activity; thermodynamics of galvanic cells.

Surface Chemistry definitions; binding In crystals; condensation coeffiCient; sticking probabtl1ty; adsorptlon isotherms; Langmuir model; types of Isotherms; determination of surface area of adsorbents (BE'I1; appllcalJons of adsorptions. Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy - structure of free atom; Bohr model; electronic structure of diatomic molecules; potential energy CUlVes; rotational spectroscopy; vibrational spectroscopy; vlbrationrotation spectroscopy.

Note: The laboratory work will count for 15% of the final assessment bu t a pass In the laboratory work Is a prerequisite for a pass in the subject.


Text

Atklns. P.W. 1990. Physical Chemistry. 4th edo. Oxford.

CHEM261 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY IOcp

This subject Is an introduction to environmental chemistry. focussing on the hydrosphere and the atmosphere. SpeCific topics include: general introduction; properties. composition. redox

F.cultyof Englne.rlng

Id complexation in natural and waste n1cal aspects of microbial cycles; water tureandcompositionoftheatmosphere; rnospherlc pollutants; photochemical pheric monitoring; an overview of energy

'ry/Ubrary/workshops/stte visits will % of the final assessment but a pass In a prerequisite for a pass in the subject.

oj ScIence and Mathematics Handbook ifonnation.

.E. 1990. Environmental Chemistry. 4th

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY lOcp

ourse exploring the range of modem . emlstry. Including synthesis. reactivity tions of spectroscopic methods. Metal ransition elements and coordination somerism. f-block elements. inorganic lechanlsms. electron transfer and ,. Organometallic Chemistry main group m metals; structure and bonding; cyclic IOnyl and olefin complexes; appltcations al catalysis. Inorganic Spectroscopy pectroscopy; vibrational spectroscopy; agnetic resonance spectroscopy; 1 to other methods (e.g. Mossbauer. ~pin resonance. and chiroptical y).

. boratory work will count for 20% of the ment but a pass in the laboratory work Istte for a pass in the subject.

oj &ience and Mathematics Handbook iformation.

. and Kotz. J.e. 1980. An Introductton to :;hemistry. International edn. Holt-

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY lOcp

s of infra-red. IH and 13C nuclear esonance and mass spectrometry in ~lucldation. Amino aclds. proteins and ids. Predicting reactivity of organic • A ... t ..... Hn. .... "f ",hn. .. t_ H .. ",A ~ .... t"'~AA~<>t.,..,

_nElght Quid. to Sublect Descriptions

Note: The laboratory work will count for 20% of the final assessment but a pass In the laboratory work Is a prerequisite for a pass In the subject.

See Faculty oj Sctence and Mathematics Handbook Jor .fwther lliformation.

Thxts

As for CHEM231 plus

Williams. D.H. and Fleming. I. 1988. Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry. 4th edn. McGraw. Hill.

CHEM361 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY lOcp

PrInciples laid down In CHEM261 will be expanded tnto a more detailed treatment of the chemistry of the hydrosphere. the atmosphere. and the geosphere. Specific topiCS Include: gas-liquid-solid Interactions in water chemistry; water treatment methods: enVironmental chemistry of the particulate matter In the atmosphere; pollutants in the atmosphere and g<.osphlen~ •• environmental tOxicology; the nature. sources. chemistry of hazardous wastes.

The laboratory/library/workshop/stte visits count for 200/0 of the final assessment but a pa,"s~ this work Is a prerequisite for a pass in the

See Faculty oj ScIence and Mathematics HGl1lllboQ Jor Jurther inJonnation.

Text

Manahan. S.E. 1990. Environmental Chemistry. edn. lewis .

ClVLlll MECHANICS AND STRUCTURES

Introduction to the behaviour of structures. forces as vectors. resultant. equtltbrium dimensions. Beams. trusses; method of method of sections. Statical CompaUbiltty. properties of sections. Mohr's circle. Columns; stability. Euler's

CIVL131 FLUID MECHANICS 1

Fluid properties. Fluid statics. stabilityof,mbme and floating bodies. relative equilibrium. concepts and basic equations of continuity.

Text

Fecultyof Englne.rlng

Streeter. V.L. and WyUe. E.B .. I'tuld Mechanics. SI Metrtc edn. MCGraw-Htll-Ryerson.

CIVL141 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 1 5cp

Life cycles. Material and energy balances. Chemical systems. BIological processes. ElementsoffreatmenL

- Hazardous wastes. Alrpollution. Greenhouse Effect. . Text

/dasters. G. M. 1991. Introduction to Environmental Engf11eering and &ience. Prentice-Hall.

INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE 6cp



to fonnaltse periods

Students will also be required to present a giving a connected account and critical

~aJualtl(m of their engineering activities and !'P"rlence during the year. Such subjects may be

by part-time students as electives. (See 4 of this Handbook).

MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 6cp

stress and strain. extension of bars. Simple

a~:~I:~~~:~:~~~~~:!;~~I;::~; thermal stresses, II energy. nonlineardeformatlon .ax1lllly l.oaded t'ars. Thin shells subject to internal

".enlll,ledlstre"s.,cSII:rrcallen of stresses. Shear strain,

relations. Axial force, shear bending moment diagrams In beams and determinate frames. Revise geometrical

of plan figures. bending stresses and beams. deflection ofbeams.

of open thin walled sections. torSion of sections. combined stresses. failure criteria. stability.

THEORY OF STRUCTURES 1 6cp

rtse n,dlmda.n",~. stable and unstable structures. statically Indeterminate beam problems.

SocHon Eight Guld. to Subject Descriptions

ClVU22 MATERIALS 2 5cp

Fundamentals of concrete technology. Properties of and code requirements for component materials Properties of fresh and hardened concrete m~ deSign. Laboratory testing of materials. • TeUs

Healnn. B.S .• FlDuJamentaIsoJConcreteTechnol (Course Notes). ogy.

Ryan. W.G. and Samarin. A. 1992. Australian Concreie Technology. Longman Cheshire. Australta.

ClVU23 MATERIALS 3 6cp

Concrete manufacture and field control. Properties and behaviour of brick. masonry and timber. Theoretical background and laboratory tests of elastic and inelastic properties, creep. hardness and fracture of metals and Umber. Laboratory testing of concrete and component materials . Text

Basic Guide to Concrete Constructton, Cement and Concrete ASSOCiation

CIVL225 GEOTECIINICAL INVESTIGATIONS I 6cp

This subject outlines the geological concepts and soil profiles that are importantln geotechnical design. The subject provides and Introductory basis for later subjects in soil mechanics.

ClVU26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS 2 5cp

Thts subject extends the geological concepts and soil properties that are important In geotechnical design. Techniques for sampling and field investigations are discussed. The subject provides a more advanced basts for 1ater subjects in soil mechnics.

ClVU32 FWiD MECHANICS 2 6cp Dimensional analysts and dynamic simiJttude. Viscous effects. FlUid resistance. laminar and turbulent flow. Boundary layer concepts. Drag on immersed bodies. Frictional resistance In condUits. Compressible flow. CompreSSible flow In conduits. Ideal-fluid flow. Flow nets. Seepage flow.

energy. dynamic appltcatlon of loads. energy Force method for simple ptnJolnted and

frames. Displacement method; slope moment distribution without sway .

ClVU33 FWiD MECHANICS 3 60p

;"\


CIVLIl42 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 2

Unit processes tn water and wastewater treatment. DesIgn of treatment plants. Solid waste handling. Waste re-use and disposal. Hazardous wastes.

CIVLIl61 SYSTEMS

General introduction to the systems approach. Economics of large engineering projects in the public domain. Mathematical modelling. Mathematical programming techniques. Networks, CPM. Examples in civil engineering practice.

CIVLIl71 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING lOep

Elements of reg tonal planning. land-use/transport Interaction. Transportation modes and system characteristics. Transportation demand estimates. data collection. Traffic engineering. Highway engineering. Driver. vehicle and road characteristics. road geometrics. Road construction. drainage, pavements, maintenance.

Text

Interim Guide to Geometric Design oj Rural Roads. Austroads.

CIVL314 THEORY OF STRUCTURES 2 6cp

Revise moment distribution, introduce sway. Revise flexfbflfty (force) method. StflTness method; member stiffness matrix, structure stiffness matrix by defonnation approach. Influence lines. Introduce plastic theory of structures, bounding theorems.

CIVL316 STRESS ANALYSIS 6cp

General theory of elasticIty. Application to bending and stress about circular holes. Stress concentrations, fatigue. Torsion, membrane analogy. closed sections. Laterally loaded plates: Navier. Levi. Rayleigh-Ritz solutions. Virtual work equation. Plasticity: yteld and strength criteria and inelastic defonnaUon.

Text

Tlmoshenko.S. and Goodier. N .. TheoryoJElasticity. McGraw-Hili.

CIVL316 REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN lOep

Loadsand loading combinations. The design process, conceptual design. The design of reinforced concrete members and connections.

SecUon Eight

Texis

Guido \0 Subject Descriptions

Warner. RF .. Rangan. B.V. and Hall. A.S. 1988. ReiTiforred Concrete. 3rd. edn. Longman.

Relevant S.A.A. Codes.

CIVL317 STEEL DESIGN lOep Loads and loading comblnatlons. The desIgn process. conceptual desIgn. The desIgn of steel members. and composite beams, and connections.

CIVL326 SOIL MECHANICS 1 6ep

Index properties. classification of soils; penneablUty, capUlartty. seepage and flow nets; stresses in soils. Settleme'nt and consolidation; compaction.

CIVL326 SOIL MECHANICS 2 6ep

Shear strength and failure criteria; stabIlity of retaining walls, surface footings and slopes.

CIVL327 CONCRETE AND METALS TECHNOLOGY 5ep

Resume of Important properties of Servlceabflfty reqUIrements ofSAA Code; dural,f1fty! corrosion resistance. fire resistance. elastic long term deflection. shrinkage. Testing assessment for compliance of concrete specified compressive strength. Special types of colncr"te~ Metals used In structures. Corrosion caus,,"Ili prevention and control. Effect of welding. fatigue. brittle fracture, laminar teating.

Text

1988. AS3600-1988 Concrete SU'UC,luro,s. :Sw,ndari Association of Australia.

CIVL334 OPEN CHANNEL HYDRAUUCS

Concepts of flUid flow as applied to open SpecIfic energy. Suberitlcal and su:pel'Cnltlcal Transitions. Hydraultc jump. Unifonn flow. varied flow. Lateral inflow. Measurement controls.

Cnn342 HYDROLOGY

HydrolOgiC cycle processes; PrecIPltatiiOOn~~ •• ~~~~~a~ evapotranspiration, runoff and .Il Measurementof precipitation and streamflow. hydrology; rafnfall and flood frequency rational method. unltgraph methods. flood routing. Groundwater hydrology; aqUifers. hydraulics. geohydrology.


CIVL343 ENVIRONMENTAL MODELUNG 1 IIcp

An Introductlon to modelling of growth and mtxfng processes In both physIcal and blologfcal systems. Birth-death processes. predator prey models. spatlal populatlon dynamics. physIcs of diffusIon and dispersion processes tn surface and subsurCitce flows. Jets and plumes.

CIVL344 ENVIRONMENTAL MODELUNG2 6cp

.An Introduction to modelltng of surface water quality. Eulerian and Lagrangian models. One and two dimensional models of flows and transport of pollutants. Extensions to three dimensions.

i,o!fJtam,lcs of nutrient cycling in aquatic systems. . Callbratfon of models. Reliability of

ENVIRONMENTAL MODELUNG 3 6cp

difference and finite element techniques for dimenSional subsurface flow and transport

"::~:~;;~:'~I ID breakthrough curves. Three ;U transport modelltng and solution

~~a~~~~~;' Parameter estimation. Introduction to ~ topics; unsaturated vatiable density and

phase flows.

ENVIRONMENTAL MODELUNG 4 6ep

JIrtr.cll>le, of land degradation and rehabilftatlon. and soil and tiver eroSion. Soil erosion

'~~~~~~.;;:,~m~od,::!:e~II~~ln~~g~·o~use of GIS and dlgftal ~ to mine rehabilitation

MANAGEMENT 6cp of management. management functions

Nature and type of organisational Industrial relations. Organisational Costing. estimating. engineering

)htrae,ts. draWings and speciftcations, tendeting. planning and control.

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS 6cp

of governmental deCisions. Emissions to air. solid waste disposal. noise emiSSions, toxic

SecUon Eight Guide to Subject DescrlpUons

wastes. Environmental Planning and Assessment Act Environmental audits. The relationship between the private engineer and the authorities.

Cnn3S1 STATISTICAL METHODS IIcp ThIs course proVides an Introductlon to probabflfty and statistics useful in civil engineering practice. Overviews of probabIlity and dlstrfbutlon theory. Probabilfty dlstrfbutlons commonly used In ciVIl engineering. Statlstlcal Inference. Ffttlngprobabilfty distributions. Bayesian linear and non-linear regression models. Example applications in water resource, structural and transport engineering.

CIVL382 FINITE EU!:MENT METHODS IIcp

Introduction to the finite element method. Emphasis on the generality of the technique. Topics covered include Lagrange Interpolation, numerical Integration. solution to linear equations. truss elements. beam elements, 2-dlmenslonal solid elements and the solution of field problems. Theory Is reInforced by programming assIgnments whIch use the Civil Engineering finite element library.

CIVL410 DYNAMICS AND STABILITY OF STRUCTURES 6cp

Not offered in 1994.

Vibration of single degree offreedom systems. lumped. mass systems, muItt-degrees of freedom systems, frequency of Vibration, introduction to random Vlbratlons. Impulse loadIng. Stability concept; vanlsWngstllTness matrlx. Elastic stabfllty offramed structures using matrix stabtltty functions. Tabulated solutions.

CIVL41S THEORY OF STRUCTURES 3 6cp

Yield line analysis of slabs. strip method of design, llat slab systems. RetaIning walls. Basic design of prestressed concrete structures. Lower bound design of steel structures, approximate methods of analysIs.

CIVL419 MASONRY AND TIMBER DESIGN 6cp

The properties and behaViour of masonry and Its components. The design of masonry structures Including recent developments In high rise construction. The propertlesand behaviouroftlmber. The design of timber structures.


CIVIA20 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING lOcp

Site investigation. Design of shallow foundations. raft foundations. piled foundations. SoH improvement. Design of embankments. cuttings. and retaining walls. Appllcatlons for geotextlles, geotechnical computer applicatlonsandcase studies.

CIVIA29 ROCK MECHANlCS Scp

Index properties and classification. rock strength and failure criteria, deformation of rocks. In situ stress, planes of weakness. foundations on rock, underground openings. rock slopes.

CIVIA36 RIVER AND COASTAL ENGINEERING 6cp

Review and extension of elementary principles of open channel flow. Erosion by currents. waves. rainfall and overland flow. Sediment transportation by streams. Measuring devices. Fluvial morphology, river training. Scour protection at artificial river constrictions. Tides and currents. Waves. Reflection. refraction and diffraction. Movement of material by the sea, littoral drift. Coastal protection. RJver and coastal models.

CIVIA43 WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING Scp

This course considers several areas of applied water resourcesengtneertngemphasizingsynthestsofbastc prinCiples and design. Multi-objective planning. Urban drainage: layout and design, runoff routing, retarding basins. Water supply systems: objectives, stochastic behaviour, design, operatton. modelltng.

CIVIA63 CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN 1 15ep

Examples of Civil Engineering design In steel and concrete structures, geomechanlcs and water resource systems. Visits to works of Interest. Interaction wtth other profeSSions, regulatory authorities and practising engineers.

CIVIA64 CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN 2

Further examples as per CIVIA53.

CIVIA55 PROJECT

15ep

15ep

Literature review, analytical and/or experimental Investigation of one or more civil engtneerlng design problems. Presentation of seminar.

SoeUonElght Qulde to Sublect Deserlptlona

CIVIAS7 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING DESIGN 16cp

Analysis and design of major case studies. Investigation for Environmental Impact assessment; design of pollution control systems. Visits to sites of Interest, interaction with a broad range of professionals, regulatory authorities and practising engineers.

CIVIA68 ENGINEERING RISK ASSESSMENT 5ep

Consideration of the assessment and evaluation of risks associated with a wide variety of engineering projects, Including environmental. mechanical, chemical. geotechnical. water resource and structural engineering projects. The need for risk assessment In decision-making. decision enlt.,", .. , probabilistic descriptions of uncertainty; stcJCh,asl~C; processes and natural phenomena; human error,;;,

hazard scenarios; fault and event tree"s:;;ln~~:~!:~1 systems; first order reliability methods; s updating; prediction.

CIVIA 72 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING

Structure of road pavements; failure pavement design methods. Material .... lUirernel1b strength, strain at failure, fatigue, skid re"istan"d Testing of materials. subgrade. granular stabilized bases, bituminous materials.

Texts

Austroads, Guide to the Structural Design of Pavements.

CIVIA91 SPECIAL TOPIC

A contemporary topic In civil engineering by the Head of Department.

CIVIA92 SPECIAL TOPIC

A contemporary topic In civil engineering by the Head of Department.

COMMI0l FINANCIALACCOUNTlNG FUNDAMENTALS

AnalysIs of the accounting function within business environment. The development conceptual framework of accountingwtth

the preparation of conventional fI~:~c!~lb~~: Examination of the predominant fi organisation (sole traders. partnerships


companies}, the relative advantages and 'disadvantages of each form of business organisation

.,' and the primary conventional accounting methods : -applled to record the finanCial consequences of

operations.

,s<"",'ac,ulty of Economics and Commerce Handbook further Information.

COIIMII02 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FUNDAMENTALS lOcp

finanCial management and practtce, and the use of accounttng

therein. Introduction to the Australian and analYSis and Interpretatton of

statements. Development of basic techniques to provide data

for Internal finanCial assessments by I8J1lllg,elIlerlt, Including: allocation of overheads

costing. budgettng. cost-volume-profi~ differential analysts and various capttal

These are developed tn relation op,,,,.tllng, Investment and financial deciSions of businel" entity.

~ I'ac:ulty "f1;:C'ln"mic, and Commerce Handbook further information.

SoeUonElght

•

Guide to Subject DescrlpUons

:'\ Faculty of Engineering

Computer Science Subjects

Section Eight Guida to SU~8Ct Descriptions

General Transition Arrangement. for Computer Sdence Degree Proar ..... The following arrangements generally apply to the BComp. BComp(Hons) and MComp programs. but may also act as a guide to students enrolled tn other courses who have completed and intend to enrol In further Computer Science subjects. Students currently enrolled in the GradDipComp degree program should contact the Faculty Office regarding transition arrangements. Students who have taken subjects under both old and new curncula will be given equivalence for old subjects in terms of new ones. The transltlon arrangements are outlined in the tables shown below. In certain situations. to complete their transitton. students may be required to pass either or both of the special ·proJect" subjects COMPI99 and COMP299.

Any COMP subject offered before 1994 which Is not 11sted In the table below has no eqUivalent in the new curnculum; such subjects are treated as Directed Electives of the approprlate level (100. 200. 300. or4()o"

level).

Table 1 - SUBJECT EQUIVALENCES

Title COMPIOI Computer Science 1

COMP201 Advanced Data Structures

COMP202 Computer Architecture

COMP203 Assembly Language

COMP204 Prog Lang Semantics

COMP205 Programming in C

COMP206 Theory of Computation

COMP212 Intro to Programming

COMP299 Project

COMP30 I Compiler Design

COMP302 Artlficlallntell1gence

COMP303 Computer Networks

COMP304 Database Design

COMP305 Algorithm Design

COMP306 Computer Graphics

COMP307 Software Eng PrInciples plus anyone lOep 300-level COMP subject

COMP308 Operating Systems

COMP391 Special Topic I

COMP401 Adv. Artlficiallntell1gence

COMP402 Formal Semantics

COMP403 Adv. Computer Architecture

COMP404 Parallel Computation & VLSI

COMP405 Digital Image Processing

Equivalence

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

To be determtned

To be determined

COMPIIO

COMP299

COMP329

COMP225

COMP328

COMP325

COMP223

COMP332

COMP32I

COMP327

COMP443

COMP444

COMP324

Comments

(Refer to Table 2 below)


Directed Elective

Directed Elective




May still be counted towards the GradDlp Comp and GradDipComp Sci degrees COMP241 Cognitive Science - Directed Elective

No change

Directed Electtve

Directed Elective Still counted towards the60cp elective requirement for BCompSc(Hons)

Directed Elective

Title


COMP406 Adv. Operating Systems

COMP40B Natural Lang Processing

COMP409 Adv. Compiler Design

COMP4 IO Adv. Compu ter Networks

COMP411 Special Topic A

COMP412 Special Topic B

COMP413 Special Topic C

CoMP414 SpeCial Topic D

Graph Algorithms

'C()MIP4116 Distributed Operating Systems

Database Securlty

Section Eight

Equivalence

COMP442

COMP448

COMP450

COMP411

COMP412

COMP413

COMP414

COMP447

COMP450

COMP326

Guide to Sublect Descriptions

Comments

D1rected Elective

No change

No change

No change

No change

Still counted towards the 60cp elective requirement for BCompSc(Hons)

Lu, .... ' .. e Geometric AlgOrithms COMP445

Honours Project COMP425 No change

OOIIlP'l35 Special Topic E COMP435 No change

I Master of Computing ProJ.Part A COMP501 No change

~1\lP!;o2 Master of Computing ProJ.Part B COMP502 No change

Master of Computing Project COMP503 No change

subjects COMPIO I. MATIl212. and PHiL242 together are eqUivalent under the 1994 CUrriculum to the COMPIII. COMPI12. and COMPI13. However. if one or more of COMPIOI. MATH212. and

~::::::~h~a:v~:e not been completed. then only a partial eqUivalence may be granted. depending on the ~. of completed subjects. Table 2 shows the equivalence granted for in each of the poSSible

2 - lOll·LEVEL EQUIVALENCES

COMPIOI MATll212 PHlL242 Decision

No No No Must pass COMPll\, COMP1l2. COMP1l3

No No Yes Granted 5cp of2oo-level General Electives, & must pass COMPII\, COMPI12. COMPI13

No Yes No Granted 5cp of200-level General Electives. & must pass COMPII\, COMPI12. COMPI13

No Yes Yes Granted IOcp of 200-level General Electives. & must pass COMPII\, COMPI12. COMPI13

Yes No No Granted COMPIII. Must pass MATIl212 to be granted COMPII2. Must pass PHIL242 (or COMPI99) to be granted COMPI13

Yes No Yes GrantedCOMPII\' COMPI13. Must pass MA1ll212 to be granted COMPI12

Yes Yes No GrantedCOMPIII. COMPI12. MustpassPHIL242 (or COMPI99) to be granted COMPI13

Yes Yes Yes Granted COMPII\, COMPI12. COMPI13



The 5cp subjects COMP20 I, COMP204. COMP205. and COMP206 together are eqUivalent under the 1994 curriculum to the IOcp subjects COMP221 and COMP222. However. If one or more ofCOMP20 I, COMP204. COMP205. and COMP206 have not been completed. then only a partial eqUivalence may be granted. depending on the combination of completed subjects. In those cases where only 5 or 15 credit points have been accumulated from among these four subjects. an additional 5cp must be taken and passed. This Is normally done by offiCially enrolling tn and passtng the project course COMP299. The topic of the projeet depends on the exact combination of 5cp subjects completed.

Table 3 shows the equivalence granted for each of the possible combinations. as well as the allowed topics for the COMP299 Project, where applicable. Students enrolled in degree courses which are not administered by the Department of Computer Science. but which Include 200-level COMP subjects as required subjects, should consult their own Departments concerning 200-level equivalence. '

Table 3 - 200-lEVEL EQUIVALENCES

COMP 201 204 205 206

0 No No No No

No No No Ves

2 No No Ves No

3 No No Ves Ves

4 No Ves No No

5 No Ves No Ves

6 No Ves Ves No

7 No Ves Ves Ves

S Ves No No No

9 Ves No No Ves

10 Ves No Ves No

11 Ves No Ves Ves

12 Ves Ves No No

13 Ves Ves No Ves

14 Ves Ves Ves No

15 Ves Ves Ves Ves

Equivalence

COMP222

COMP221

COMP222

COMP221

COMP222

COMP221

COMP299 Topic

Program Semantics

Comparative Programming Lang.

Comparative Programming Lang or Data Structures

COMP221. COMP222 Program Semantics or Data Strucl:uI"!

COMP221

COMP222

COMP221

Comparative Programming Lang.

COMP221. COMP222 Comparative Programming Lang Program Semantics

COMP221

COMP221. COMP222 Program Semantics

COMP221. COMP222 TheoI)' of Computation

COMP22!. COMP222

COMP299 projects may be In one of four areas. as indicated tn Table3: Comparative Pr.og.",unmi Languages. Program Semantics. Data Structures. TheoI)' of Computation. Typically. a p.roj.eclt wLoul:d l,nW programming and/or directed reading assignments and/or quizzes. but no lectures.

Students who otherwtse would be required to enrol In the COMP299 Project subject may Instead disregard the credit for one of COMP20 I. COMP204. COMP205. or COMP206. and to follow the rule for the resulting combination. For example, a student who has successfully completed CC)MP2,04 L COMP205 and COMP206 but not COMP20 I (combination 7) would ordinarily receive an eq,olvalence COMP221 and COMP222 prOvided that a C299 Project were completed. However. If the studellt to take COMP221 instead of COMP299, he or she could choose to disregard CC)MP20 combination 5 (COMP204 and COMP206 only). In so doing. the student would enrol In CC)Ml>22 successfully completed. the IOcp earned from COMP221 would replace the 5cp earned from

Any student who believes that they are disadvantaged by these transition arrangements may. consulting the course coordinator. apply in writing to the Dean for consideration of their case.

In order to prOvide for exceptional cases in transition the Dean may detennlne the transition pr,og.ann 1

followed.


1994 SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

COMPIIO INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING IIcp

subject Is not aVailable to candIdates enrolled

·~~:~~~~t;~:C~~'·I~~~. exempted from COMPIO I. £ prior to 1991. COMP212 or COMPl1!.

In Iintro<luooti.>n to structured programming and the of algorithms using a procedural language.

II INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE I IOcp

bl!. s",bj.,ct Introduces the computer as a system by may be solved. Students are

il~~;';~~~~,~to the process of designing and 11 algorithms to solve problems. Data

covered.. and sorting and searching

C~~~I~~~I.a~,r~~e introduced to help motivate the ~1 Issues. Students are introduced to

SU·UC'lUre,s. data types and procedural Isbaction. An overview Is also gtven of the basic U"d.waLreand software components of a computer

Including operating systems, comptlers, 'm,nv ",,1 controllogtc. The sociallmplfcatlons of n~~t;;~! Is discussed, and an ovetview of the rr Is gtven.

DISCRETE STRUCTURES IOcp

subject continues the development of Ideas In algorithm design and

n~~~~I~~ analysis. In conjunction with an ra to discrete mathematics. The concept

absbact data type Is contrasted with that of a structure implementation, beginning with

queues, and binary trees. Classical . using these structures are Investigated analysed. using tools drawn from areas of

mathematics such as recurrence relations rthLeory. combinatortcs. probability, and

graph theoI)'.

INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IOcp

problem solving and artificial . It begins with a discussion of reasoning

" ••. __ an __ d, proceeds to a study of proof techniques. and fonnal. The propositional and

are Introduced In this context throughou t the discussions. Some

lIm,enLtal problems of AI are then investigated.


and non-procedural solutions are proposed and analysed. Syntax and semantics of non-procedural languages are tntrod~ced. and students are required to complete several assignments using nonprocedural languages.

COMPI99 PROJECT 5cp

A project in computer science for students enrolled in the Bachelor of Computer Science program and the Graduate Diploma In Compu ter Science program.

C0MP221 COMPARATIVE PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES lOcp

This subject introduces the student to the nature of contemporary programming languages, Including true object -orien ted languages (such as Smalltalk or EiffelJ. The evolution of Imperative languages (FORTRAN. Algol. PL/I. Pascal. C.Ada) andfunctlonal languages (Lisp. 5cheme. ML) and logic programming (Prolog) are discussed. In addition. fundamental design and Implementation concepts for high-level programming languages are Introduced, Including the concepts of binding. type checking and run-time storage management.

COMP222 THEORY OF COMPUTATION IOcp

This subject introduces the theory of computability including important results from the study of automata and forrnallanguages. The subject begins with a discussion of au tomata and their relationship to regular. context free and context sensitive languages. General theories of computability are presented, Including Turing machines, recursive functions and lambda calculus. Notions of decldabllIty and undecidability are discussed and this Is related to complexity analysis. Finally. fonnal program semantics are presented and analysed leading to the topic of fonnal program verification:

COMP223 ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS IOcp

This subject covers data structures and algorithms In depth. Topics covered Include data structures (developed In more depth than in COMPI12), andan introduction to complexity classes. Various algotithms are presented in the ltght of specific problem-solving strategies and complexity Issues. Advanced topics such as balanced search trees. graph algorithms. parallel and dlstrlbu ted algorithms, and randomlsed algorithms are discussed.


SecUon Eight Quid. 10 subjocl Description.

THE UNIX OPERATING SYSTEM IOcp

t1 which the Unix operating system Is a top-down fashion. TopicS covered

de the Untx file system. the shell and ~sses. utilittes. system calls. security. magement systems (such as XJ. and :agement. The subject Is orlented towards enced or casual Unix user. and Is offered and professionals alike.

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 2 IOcp

Ie broad scope of Arttfictal Intelligence. liar attention to the topics of knowledge .lIon. search techniques. computer computer learning. computer vision. tems. natural language processing. LIne playing. and architectures for AI.

PROJECT 50p

computer science for students enrolled )ma of Computer Science program

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING ANDPROJECT 20cp

arsubject presents an in-depth treatment oftware engineering topiCS. including 'nglneerlng paradigms. requirements In. functtonalandobject-orlenteddeslgn, erlficatton and maintenance. Societal IS such as cost of failure and professional lities are considered. and the basic of technical writing are presented.

re expected to complete a major project.

COMPUTER VISION AND ROBOTICS IOcp

. robotics provides applications for many 'eas of Artificial Intelligence. Robots have

to see. to plan routes, to form world Is an advantage If they can hear; If they tructed in natural language rather than des; if they can reason; if they can learn: This subject will examine some of these I with specific reference to their use In

semtdectdabtltty. Htntikka sets. strategtes for theorem proving. connection graphs. applications such as program verification. plan generation. deductive databases. modal logics. temporal logics. process and dynamic logics. non-monotonic logiCS. rewrite systems. and logic programmtng.

COMP324 pARAJ,UtL PROCESSING lOop

The main objective of this subject is to develop an understanding of the tools and paradigms needed for the design of parallel algortthms for various models of computations. In addition. varlous parallel programming languages and systems are brtefly discussed as case studies.

COMP325 DATABASE SYSTEMS

The subject covers the three level architecture

database systems. the relational database",,;:~~~~~:;. database normalization. data security and II recovery and concurrency. and dl!,tr·tbut"M databases. Additionally. students learn query language. and get a hands-on experience modem relational database management such as Sybase.

COMP326 DATA SECURITY

This subject covers various topics In data

Encryption Standard. cryptanalysis. key exchange protocols. management. secret sharing schemes. controls. authentication. digital st/lm.t""e! information flow controls. securtly of stattstiel

databases.

COMP327 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATING SYSTEMS

Thts subject provtdes a thorough Introdluctlorl .. operating systems. Topics include tasking processes. process coordination synchronisation. resource scheduling. nhvstcala

virtual memory organisation, s:;::;'Z,.t~~: communications and networking. and operating systems.

COMP328 COMPUTER NETWORKS


COMP329 COMPILER DESIGN IOcp

Introduction to the theory of grammars. Lexical analysers. syntactic analysis. elementary semantic analYsts. Parslngtechntques. obJect code generatton and optimisation. Scanner and parser generators.

COMP330 GRAPHIC USER INTERFACES IOcp

Almostall compu ter systems designed In the next 10 wtllinvolve a graphiC user interface. Graphic

tnl:ertac.es ,are an increaSingly common feature bf'lIlodemco.mFoutersy"tems. This subject discusses

software englneertng; this includes programming and some aspects of CASE

Further. we study the fundamental destgn for GUIs. concentrating on applications to

:!lat:ab,ase destgn and software engtneertng. The involves a major project to create a GUI.

GEOMETRIC DATA STRUCTURES IOcp

data structures are used to represent structures such In image analysts

as well as Impitcltiy geometric relational databases. In this

structureswhtch appllcattons for both tmpllcitlyand explldtly

data. In such areas as geographiC tonnal:ton systems and solid modelling.

COMPUTER GRAPHICS IOcp

~~~::~~~t~nl~te~r;~fa~ce is a cost effective method to ~s in a fashion that supports rapid ploratlon and comprehension. The issues to be

all related to the displaying of objects. may Windows programming.

interface fonnats. 2D draWing primitives raster algOrithms. 2D & 3D geometrtcal

proJections. geometriC models • r theory. 3D viewing. visible-surface

emltnatton .. tIlumlnatton and shading. raytractng radloslty. and computer animation.

SPECIAL TOPIC A

SPECIAL TOPIC B

SPECIAL TOPIC C

IOcp

IOcp

IOcp

SocUon Eight Guide to SubJect Descriptions

content of a particular subject may vary from year to year according to developments In technology and the presence of academic vtsltQrs.

COMP425 HONOURS PROJECT 20cp

A substantial project usually tnvolving a literature review together with a theoretical and/or practical investigation of a computer science problem. Project work normally commences in early February. The project work Is embodied tn a thesis. two copies of which are required. Students are also required to present a seminar based on their project work. Attendance at Department of Computer Science seminars. presented by Invited speakers. Is compulsory.

COMP435 SPECIAL TOPIC E 20cp

A series oflectures and/or practical work In an area of advanced computer science of contemporary Interest. The content may vary from year to year according to developments In technology and the presence of academic visitors.

COMP441 CRYPTOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES IOcp

This subject covers advanced toptcstn data security. Students are expected to Implement additional securtly features to Sybase ustng embedded SQL. Possible features Include key exchange and authentication protocols. and mechanisms for the protection of statistical databases. Students are also expected to wrtte a major essay on an advanced topic tn data securtty.

COMP442 NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING IOcp

Natural language Is the sort of language spoken and written by people. as opposed to the codes used to Instruct computers. Approaches to the processing of natural languages (which are very unsystematic) on computers (which require very systematic Instruction) are examined.

COMP443 FORMAL REASONING IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IOcp

Selected topics from machine learning. plan


PROGRAM SEMANTICS lOcp

:ct covers denotattonal logiC, semantic 1gebratc specification, logtcs of programs. ld logtcs for provtng programs. operational "a1e semantics of concurrent processes, I computing.

COMPUTATIONAL GEOMETRY IOcp

~t Is concerned with the design and algorithms of a fundamentally geometric Id their applicattons In fields such as robotics and VLSI destgn. Topics to be ly Include convexity and its applications. 11 algorithms and applications. duality. In algOrithms. Voronol diagrams and and line arrangements.

ADVANCED COMPUTATIONAL tY lOcp

topics In discrete and computational lre covered In a workshop~style setting. I tions to unsolved research problems are

GRAPH ALGORITHMS lOcp

~tures In computing can be modelled as a )se nodes represent entities and whose esent relations between the entities. This vers the theory and implementation of a ~ of operations on graphs.

ADVANCED COMPILER DESIGN lOcp

I to lectures. students complete a major 3-ject. Symbol table structures for block llanguages. and speCial features such as and exporting. Run-time structures for ~tured languages and abstract data types. ~ration to assembly language. machine nt and machine dependent optimisation.

I ADVANCED PARALLEL PROCESSING THEORY lOcp

techniques and paradigms of parallel ~ are discussed. and unsolved problems .gated.

s.ctlon Eight Guide to Subject Descriptions

environment. Inter-process communication, synchronisation. naming. resource allocation and protection. deadlock detection. file systems and security In a distributed environment. Several experimental systems are Investigated.

COMP46l ADVANCED PARALLEL PROCESSING APPUCATIONS lOcp

The use of parallel processing to achieve high performance in certain application areas is Investigated. Such areas could Include Image processing. scientific computing. distributed operating systems. etc. The particular area to be studied In depth will be selected and announced by the lecturer prior to the start of each subjectofIerlng.

COMP462 THEORY OF DATABASES lOcp·

This subject covers advanced topiCS tn the theory oJ databases. Students are required to Implement features In Sybase using embedded SQL. The posslbl<! topics Include semantic Integrity rules. mechanisms and a treatment of missing value .. , Students are also expected to write a m"JOI' eSIsaJ' olj~ an advanced topIc In the theol)' of cIa.tal)a"es.

COMP60l MASTER OF COMPtlTlNG PROJECT PART A

A major project at Master level usually Imvolvtrlg. literature review together with a theoretical

This subject Is available for students In the degree program who are permitted by the Coordinator In Computer Science to meet requirements of that program. normally COMP503. over two years. Satisfactory cOlmpletll of this subject will lead to the award of Pass' (UP) and enable the student to complete

subject by undertaking COMP502. A:t:~::~: Department of Computer Science presented by invited speakers. Is compulsory.

COMP502 MASTER OF COMPtlTlNG PROJECT PART B

This subject enables completion O:,::~~:~~;;;;' reqUirement of the MComp program COMP50 I. The project work Is embodIed In a

FaCUlty of Engineering

COMP603 MASTER OF COMPtlTlNG PROJEcT

A major project at Master level usually Involving a llterature review together with a theoretical and/or practlcal investigation ofacomputersclence problem. Project work nonnallycommences in early February. 1he project work is embodied in a thesis, two copies of which are required. Students are also required to present a seminar based on their project work. Attendance at Department of Computer Science

; seminars, presented by invited speakers, Is . compulsory.

, )!:conomic8 Subjects

lOcp C Mlcno""orlOrnl(:s. the foundation of all economics. Is

of the allocation of resources and the illsltrtt.utlon of Income and wealth arising from the

of market forces and government nt<'rv,enl~oln. This course Introduces the theoretical ;oncel'ts. principles and relationships which are the

every economist's tool-kit. Taking the OU:sellOld and the finn as deciSion-making units.

examines the nature of Demand and how they interact In competetlve.

:ll~~~::~'~~ and monopolistic markets for both :r. and factors. This leads Into consideration

limitations of market forces and the appropriate of poltcy InteIVention.

cT'llUI.rt. D .• Findley. C .• and Parkin. M. 1992. ""'o",,!cs .. Addison-Wesley.

T .• & Spencer. D. 1992. Study Guide ••

References

W.J .. Blinder. A.S .. Gunther. A.W. and J.R 1988. economics -Principles and Policy.

stralian edn. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

R. Hocking, A .• Maxwell. P .. and Bonnlcl. J. Economics. Australian edn. Harper and Row.

P .• et al. 1992. Economics. Third edn. McGraw-HUI.

J.B. 1990. The

Section Eight Guld. to Subject Descriptions

£CONnl MACROECONOMICS I lOcp This course introduces students to macroeconomic concepts. prlndples and policy. Topics covered Include national income accounting. Income and employmentdetenninatlon.lnflaUon. the balance of payments. monetaIy and fiscal policy. Texts

To be advised.

See Faculty of Economics and Commerce Handbook for further information.

£CON371 PRINCIPlES OF ECONOMICS lOcp

An introduction to the fundamental theorems and principles of modern economic thought and their application to the real world problems arising in the context of regtonal and urban planning. Micro- and macro-economic prtnclples will be Introduced as required. Major problems to be examined: backward and underdeveloped regions. unemployment. labour migration poliCies for balanced regtonal growth. urban growth. sprawl. slum development. poverty andcrtme. traffic congestion. pollution. and declining quality of life.

Other Economics and Commerce subjects may be taken as electives In mostprograms and are described In the FacultyofEconomics and Commerce Handbook.

Electrical and Computer Engineering Subjects

ELECIOI INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING 5cp

A course intended to give a broad introduction to practical and theoretical aspects of electrical and computer englneerlng.

ELECI30 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING I lOcp

Enrolment in this subject Is limited to students enrolled In the BE progmm In Computer Engineering. Electrical Engineering. Industrial Engineering and Mechanical Engineering or the BCompSc program.

Introduction to Electrical Engineering. Concepts of voltage. current impedance. power and units of

capacitors and inductors fed from sinusoidal voltage sources. Concept of phase. The phasor. Complex impedance and admittance. Phasordiagrams. Power. apparent power and reactive power in a.c. circuits. Power factor. Balanced 3-phase circuit analysis. Natural and forced response. Simple LCR circuits. Lectures are supported by tutorials and extensive laboratmywork. The laboratory component Includes an introduction to osc1ll0scopes. function generators. electronic power supplies and other laboratory instruments.

Text

Dorf, Richard C .. Introduction to Electric Circuits, 2nd edn. Wiley.

ElEC170 COMPUTER ENGINEERING I IOcp

Enrolment in this subject is limited to students enrolled In the BE program in Computer Engtneerin~ Electrical Engineering. Industrial Engineering an Mechanical Engineering or the BCompSc program.

The binary numbering system. Introduction to logic functions and logical circuits. Combinational logic, analysis and synthesis. MSI and LSI circuits. Elementary sequential lOgiC, flip-flops, registers, counters and memory devices. Octal and hexadecimal number systems. Introduction to coding. Basic structures of computers. The function of the processor, main and secondary memory, I/O devices. Concept of buses. Memory, processor. I/O device interconnection. Function of data, address and control buses. Introduction to microprocessors. Basic elements of the processor. registers, ALU and control logte. Description of machine cycles. Introduction to microprocessor instruction sets. Examples of microcomputer interfacing and applications.

Text

Lam. H. and O·Malley. J. 1988. Fundamentals oj Computer Engineering, Wiley.

EIECl92 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE

EIECl93

EIECl94

INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE

INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE

5cp

5cp

5cp

ElEC195 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE Scp

These subjects are designed to fonnaltse periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to 5 credit points. Students will also be reqUired to present a report giving a connected

account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be counted by part-time students as electives. (See Section 4 of this Handbook).

ElEC197 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE lOcp

This 10 credit point elective Is available to "sandWich" course students only. The student must be in appropriate full-time employment for one calendar year from 1 st July in the year preceding enrolment to 30th June in the year of enrolment. A diary must be kept. a seminar presented. and a detailed report submitted to the student's adviser. The report must indicate that the student has been engaged in a major engineertng project.

ElEC210 INTRODUCTION TO ENERGY SYSTEMS lOcp

8-H characteristics, hysteresis and eddy current loss. Magnetic circuit analysis. Mutual and self inductances of electromagnetic devices. Linear-core an iron -cor 11 • d e trans'ormers Energy conversion and mechanical forces of electromechanical systems. Introduction toa.c. andd.c. machines. Transmission lines: modelling and analysis. Design and management of electrical energy systems.

ElEC211 ElECTRICAL ENERGY CONVERSION 50p

This subject Is offered as a service subject and is not aVailable to students enrolled in the Computer Engineering or Electrical Engineering programs.

Discussion of energy conversion possibilities. Examination of typical electrical supply systems; magnetic circuits; transfonners; three phase power; elementary rotating machines; direct current machines: induction machines: demonstration;: DC machines; synchronous machines; electro power conversion and control systems.

ElEC220 ElECTRONICS 1 lOop

An Introductory subject on the physics of electron~ devices and the design of discrete componen

f electronic circuits. Basic tennlnal characte~~tI~;t diodes. zener diodes, bipolar transistors, fie e uttransistors. single stage ampltfters (galn~~nd output resistance). Basis digital logic gates, CMOS inverters and/or gates.

Text

Horenstein, M.N .. Microelectronic Devices, Prentice-Hall.

Circuits and.

----------~~ ....... ElEC23 I ElECTRICAL CIRCUITS lOcp

The fundamental concepts of electr1cal Circuits are expounded. The subject builds on and expands the flrstyearcircufts topiCS. ReViewofa.c. circuit theory. Nodal and mesh analYSis. Thevenin's, Norton's, and superposition theorems. Resonance and Damping. Laplace transfonnation techniques for time domain solutions. Transfer functions. Fourier series. Dependent sources. Application of circuit analysis techniques. Nonlinear circUit elements. Operational amplifiers, balanced three phase analysis. Per unit systems. CAD tools for circuit analysis. Text

Cunningham. D.R. and Stuller, J.A., Basic Circuit Analysis. Houghton & Mif1in.

ElEC3 I I ElECTRICAL POWER lOcp Basic prinCiples of components used in generation, transmiSSion and utilisation of electrical power. Fundamentals of rotating machines: construction. models and characteristics. Synchronous machines. Steady-state analysis of d.c. and induction machines. transmiSSion lines. Three phase transformers. Protection.

Texts

Electrical Machines - Course notes

Weedy, B.M .. Electrical Power Systems. John Wiley.

ELEC312 ElECTRICAL SYSTEMS 5cp

An introduction to analysis of industrial electrical

EIEC322 SWITCHING ElECTRONICS /lop

Power electronic deVices: BJT. M OSFET. SCR, GTO, triaes. Device protection. Analysis of converter topolOgies. Applications: power supplies, voltage regulators, vartable speed drives, HDVC. CAD tools for power electronic circuits.

EIEC341 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING Bop

Discrete time signal analYSiS and linear systems. sampling of continuous time signals, z-transforms. del ta transforms, structures for discrete time systems. digital Hlter design techniques, discrete FOUrier and fast Founer transfonns. quantlsatlon effects In digital signal processing.

ElEC35 1 TElECOMMUNICATIONS Sop

The structure of telecommunications systems. Circuit Switching and packet SWitching. Introductfon to perfonnance esUmation, routing, congestion control.

ElEC352 ANALOGUE AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS lOcp

Filter apprOximations. passive filter deSign, active ftiter deSign, spectral analysts, random signals and noise, fundamentals of analogue signal proceSSing. amplitude modulation, frequency modulation, phase modu Ia tion, analysis of commercial communication systems. AM and PM radio, colour television. Information theory and channel capacity. nOise In communication systems, baseband data transmiSSion, dlgttral camermoduiatlon. pulse code modulation. speech encoding, error control coding. satellite communications, fibre optic communications.

. systems. Load types and modelling. Steady-state analysis of vol tage and frequency. Basic transients; electromagnetic, electromechanical, machine startup, stability. Power electronic control of power flow and motors. Hannonics. Symmetrical components.

. AslIeS"m'ent ofl>erfonma.ne" alld reliability. Modelling for large systems. Computer analysis.

APIPIi,;atIOllS in manufactUring, transport, power gerleratlon" distribution and mining.

EIEC37I MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS lOcp

Assembly language programming. microprocessor interfacing, multi-programming, low-level aspects of operating systems design.

l~C3~ I LINEAR ElECTRONICS IOcp

I~~::~~':~~~n~::~:,~;' frequency response. integrated ~l amplifiers. operational jlnlllifiers {oi,-rump,sj.appli,oatioc,sol op-amps, multl~" anlpllfier·s. feedl:'acl, anlplificrs. Stability Issues.

Non-linear analogue

~o","steln, M.N. 1990. Microelectronic Circults and Prentice-Hall.

Texts

Betz, R.E. ELEC371 Class Notes-OperatlngSystems

Moylan, P.J. 1987. AssemblyLanguagejorEngineers, Class Notes.

ElEC372 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE IOcp

Advanced Synchronous and Asynchronous sequential logic circuit design including state of the art in programmable devices and CAD software. Computer Architecture, including measuring

"


seedon Eight Guido to Subject Descriptions

perfonnance. instruction setarchttecture, datapath and control. plpelinlng. memory hierarchy (caches). interfacing peripherals and parallel processors.

Text Patterson. D.A. & Hennessy. J.L. 1994. Computer Organisation and Design. The hardware/software Interface. Morgan Kaufmann.

EIEC380 PROJECT/DIRECTED READING 6cp

This subject Is onlyavaUable to Electrical or Computer Engineering studentswtth the written penntsston of the Head of Department.

Private work of laboratory. literature search or theoretical nature requirlng the preparation of a report taken under the dtrectton of a supeIVisorwtth whom the topic should be negotiated.

EUtC411 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN 5cp

Design of electrical systems. Power flow analysts. Analysts of unbalanced systems Ooad unbalance. faults}. Protection design. Switchgear. System expansion studies. Reliabiltty. Economic operatton. CAD tools for power system design and operaUon. Industrlal energy management. Analysis of RAPS

systems.

Text Glover. J.D. and Sarma. M. 1989. Power System Analysis and Design. PWS-Kent.

EUtC412 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DYNAMICS AND CONTROL 6cp

System dynamiC behaviour. Stability concepts. Analysis and control of machines and power electronic devices. Control of electrical systems. Applications In industrial systems. power systems.

EUtC413 ELECTRICALTECHNOWGY 6cp

Not offered in 1994

EUtC42l ELECTRONICS DESIGN lOep

An advanced subject on electronics: noise and Interference In electronic circuits. analogue and digital Interfacing. active tUters. high frequency amplifiers. oscUlators. modulators. phase locked loops. switched capaCitor filters.

EIEC440 ADVANCED CONTROL lOep

Not offered In 1994. This subject gtves an advanced treatment of estimation and control theoIY with emphasis on techniques with industrial relevance. State space models. digital control. advanced transform techniques. controllabllity. observabillty. modem control system design. multlvarlable systems. digital filtering. advaptlve control and dlgltallmplementatlon Issues. The material will be Illustrated by Industrta1 case studies. The theory outlined above will be used to design controllers for practical examples. Simulation studies and! or laboratory examples wt1l be conducted.

Text Middleton. R.H. and Goodwin. G.C .. Digital Estimation and Control. A Un!Jled Approach.

EUtC441 CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT

Design issues tn Control Systems. Integration

Control Systems with corporate and ::~:~~:~~~ pollcles. Emphasis will be given to the a control opportunttles tn the industrial context. evaluation of cost benefit trade-offs. and total control issues. Content will be number of destgn examples such as:

Gauge Thickness Control In Rol\tng Mills. and Control in Chemical Processes.

EUtC446 ADVANCED SIGNAL PROCESSING

An advanced subject on materials. instrumentation. high voltage technology. testing. lightning protection

and earthing.

Thts subject focusses primarily on ~~rl::~~:; advanced analogue and digital signal techniques. Topics covered include, for radar signal processing, spectral estimation. processing. adaptation and adaptive EUtC420 VLSI DESIGN lOep

Introduction to VLSI and MOS technology. MOS transistor theory. Inverters design. MOS processing technology and design rules. Circuit characterisation and performance estimation. Circuit and logic design. Destgn tools. subsystem design. The subjectconststs of lectures and project work on MOS VLSI design.

the wavelet transform, speech recognition, and

signal processing.


EUtC464 ENGINEERING EIECTROMAGNETICS

Not auaUable to students who completed EU!X;350 Communications prfor to 1992. Such students who Intended to undertake ELEC450 Aduanced Cornrnunlcatfons may undertake ELEC3BO and EI£C455.

Revision of Maxwell's equations, solu tlons to various media, reflection, polarisation. Poynting's power flow theorem, attenuation and surface impedance. free space and guided wave propagation including coaxial. wave-guide and strip line configurations, electromagnetic sources and potential functions, radiation and elementary antenna theory, techniques for obtaining the surface current distribution on an antenna by analytic and computational methods. solutions of potential equations. near and far field distributions. characteristics of common antenna conflgurattons including primary source wire

_ antennas, antenna arrays. and secondary source antennas. ground wave and ionospheriC proagaUon. I

ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS 6cp

sUlbl10ci focusses prlmarlly on applications of

i:~';:~~~::s,anaIOgUe and digital communication I:A • Topics covered include. for example.

and management of baseband and bandpass

i~~~~!E~~~ :;~:~I~~;~£~ microwave. optical communcatlon standards spread spectrum techniques and

telephone structure.

COMPUTER SOF'IWARE lOep

aim of this subject Is to consolidate software sktlIs by working on a large software

ev"lol,ment project, and to gain experlence In the management issues which arlse out of with a team.

ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE lOep

subject Is specifically directed towards parallel Involving the most popular network

tch~tecttm,": arrays, trees, hypercubes. and some related networks. Relationships between the

~mlmlnt network architectures as well as fastest effiCient parallel algorithms for a wide

of problems are covered.

Section Eight Guide to Sublect Descriptions

EUtC480 ElECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROJECT 30ep

F1nalyear project for Electrical Englneeringstudents. generally consisting of Uterature survey and review. ana\ytIcal and/or expertmental Investigation of a particular electrical engineering problem. Students are required to gfveone or more seminars. to prepare a Project Report (2 copies required). and to present their project work for exhibition and/or demonstration.

EUtC4S6 COMPUTER ENGINEERING PROJECT 30ep

Final year project for Computer Engineering students, generally consisting of literature survey and review. analytical and! or experimental investigation of a particular computer engineering problem. Students are required to give one or more seminars. to prepare a Project Report (2 copies requiredl. and to present their project work for exhibition and/or demonstration.

ElEC6H CONDITION MONITORING 6cp

The machine life cycle. Role of Condition Monitoring and Maintenance Plan. Justification of Condition Monitoring. Condition Monitoring Techniques: Visual; wear; performance; vibration. Visual inspection - non destructive. Testing wear products (contaminants analysIs). Case studies In electrical. chemical and mechanical systems.

ElEC512 POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL 6cp

Alms of a power system. PhYSical structure -generators. swttchyards etc. Modelltng of power plant. AnalYSis of power systems - steady-state. transient responses. Power and frequency control. Voltage and reactive power control. Supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA). Computers and communications. Short -term economic dispatch of active and reactive power. Maintenance scheduling. Condition diagnosis In electrical systems. System stabilisation. Modem protection and emergency control schemes.

ElEC641 CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT 6cp

The aim of this course is to acquaint students with design issues in Control Systems as well as their integration with corporate and management poliCies. Emphasis will be given to the assessment of control •


opportunities tn the industrial context, the evaluation of cost benefit and trade-offs, and total quality control issues. The course will be illustrated by a number of destgn examples. including telescope control systems, superheater temperature control. gauge thickness control In rolling mills, and flow control in continuous chemical processors.

ELEC543 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES IIep

Nonlinearprogrammtng. Convex opttmlzatlon theory. Optimal control.

Text

Luenberger, D, 1969, Optimization by Vector Space Methods, Wiley.

ELEC544 LINEAR SYSTEMS THEORY 5cp

Advanced treatment of mulUvartable linear systems from frequencydomatn, matrlxfraction. state-space and/or geometric viewpoints.

ELEC545 NONLINEAR SYSTEMS ANALYSIS 5cp

Basic techniques tn nonltnear systems analysIs: Lyapunov stability theory, Gronwall Lemma, Inputoutput methods. osctllatlons, singular pertubattons.

Text

Vldyasagar, M. 1978, Nonlinear System Analysis, Prentlce-Hall.

ELEC546 TOPICS IN SYSTEM DESIGN 1 5cp

A topic oriented to students concerned with advanced design rather than basic research.

ELEC547 TOPICS IN SYSTEM DESIGN 2 5cp

A topic oriented to students concerned with advanced design rather than basic research.

ELEC552 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 5cp

Advanced techniques In recursive filter design: bandwidth, ambiguity functions, two-dimensional imaging. array processing.

ELEC571 COMPUTER AND ELECTRONICS SEMINAR I 5cp

ELEC572 COMPUTER AND ELECTRONICS SEMINAR 2 5cp

SecUonElghl Guide to Sublect Descriptions

ELEC573 COMPUTER AND ELECTRONICS SEMINAR 3 5cp

Each subject consists of a series of seminars for research postgraduate students. Each student Will prepare a seminar on research ltterature.

ELEC691 SYSTEMS AND CONTROL 8EMINAR 1 IIcp

ELEC592 SYSTEMS AND CONTROL SEMINAR 2 5cp

ELEC593 SYSTEMS AND CONTROL SEMINAR 3 5cp

Each subject consists of a series of seminars for research postgraduate students. Each student WIll. prepare a seminar on research ltterature.

ELEC594 INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS PROJECT/SEMINARA 20cp

The first section of the major project in the Masterof Engineering Science - Power EngIneering program undertaken in the Department of Electrical and Computer Englneeling. It Is expected that mosi projects will be of an applied research nature in area relevant to the candidates ernlpl')yrnellUmdl co,1s supervised by a profeSSional Coursework components wi:ll c<ov,,, are,lS (If p,rol>le Identification. research skills. communication and strategies for applted research. Progress reported at seminars given by candidates ~~A h".,

by 31 October followed by formal p",sel,tatlon results of the project at a later date. awarded for this subject will reflect the n",alit •• fl Project Report resulting from the work underta In both ELEC594 and ELEC595.

EIEC599 INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS PROJECT/SEMINAR

'The major project In the Master of Enginee Science - Industrial Systems program undel"",


SecUonElghl Guide to Subjoct o.scripHon8

in the Department of Electrlcal and Computer Engineering for students Intending to complete the course In a single academic year. It Is expected that most projects will be of an applied nature in an area relevant to the candidates employment and cosupervised by a profeSSional engineer on site. Coursework components wUl cover areas of problem identification. research skills. communication skills

strategies for applied research. Progress will be

ELEC847 ADVANCED TOPICS IN SYSTEMS THEORY 2 6cp

Variable content emphasising recent developments.

ELEC86I COMPUTER NETWORKS 5cp

Networkarchltecturesand topolOgies. Local network and examples. Dlstrlbuted operating systems. Text

seminars given by candidates and by the [submllss;lon of a progress report fnJuly. SubmiSSion

final project report will be required by the 31 pcl:ob<" followed by a formal presentation of the

of the project at a later date.

Tanebaum, A.S. 1981, Computer Networlcs Prentic Hall. ' e-

~C841 ADAPTIVE CONTROL 6cp

tennlrlol(>gy. gradient and least squares estimators. ty eqUIvalence prInciple. control law

~:~~~!~~,stabtlity and convergence of adaptive ~ industrial applications.

"';~~~G.C. and Sin, K.S. 1984,AdoptiveFYlterlng, '" and Contro~ Prentice-Hall.

ESTIMATION AND SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION 5cp

state estimation. lilllI'n 11"11t.e"l arid their properties. Implementation

,Souza, C. and Goodwin, G.C., Estimation and Identification

NONLINEAR CONTROL 5cp

Iptlas;ls.,. modern theory for synthesis of for nonlinear multivariable systems.

1985, Nonlinear Control Systems: An !'>dluctioll, Splinger-Verlag.

ADVANCED TOPICS IN CONTROL 5cp

pal)lecolotenterrlphlaslsll,g lrecenl developments.

ADVANCED TOPICS IN SYSTEMS THEORY 1 IIcp

developments.

EIEC8S2 ADVANCED TOPICS IN COMPUTERS 5cp

Variable content emphaSizing recent developments.

Environmental Science Subject.

SCEN202 ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING

AND POLLUTION CONTROL IOep

This COurse examines the environmental plannlng and development control system In NSW. Reference Is also made to current pollUtion controllegtslatfon. The emphaSiS in this COUrse Is to understand the system which controls development and the various reqUirements for environmental assessment for different types of development. A number of local and regional case studies will be examined to Illustrate the various legislative reqUirements. Text

Farner, D. 1988, environmental Law Handboolc Planning and Landuse in N.S. W., Redfern Legal Centre. Redfern.

SCEN302 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUES IOcp

This course will examine the rattonale and methodology of environmental Impact assessment (EIA) and will look at a number of Impact assessment techniques in practice. The phenomenon ofEIA wlii be discussed and current developments In environmental management will be examined Reference wlll also be made to envtronmentai documentaUon prepared for various developments. Texts

Wathern, P.(ed) 1988, EnVironmental Impact Assessment. Unwin Hyman.

Beder,S,(ed) 1990, ErwironmentalImpactStatements SelectedReadings, EnvironmentalEducationPrqject' University of Sydney. '

•


See Faculty oj Sctence and Mathematics Handbook Jor .further ttifonnation.

Geography Subjects

GEOGIOl INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY lOcp

An Introductton to phystcal geography Includtng meteorologyandcltmate; thetnfluenceofgeomorphlc processes on landfonns; weatherlng, rivers. ice. frost, wind and the sea; the physical. chemical and biological characteristics of the sotl and the development of son profiles; environmental and historical factors that influence plant dJstributlon. Practical work Includes an Introduction to the study of cItmattc data and maps. and the use of topographtc maps and aerial photographs for landform analysis.

Text

Brtggs. D. & Smithson. P. 19B5. Fundamentals oj Physical Geography. paperback Hutchtnson.

GEOGI02 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN GEOGRAPHY lOcp

An Introduction to human geography Including cultural. population, economic. development and urban geography. Practical work Includes an introduction to elementary statistical data and its presentation by thematic maps in human geography.

Text

Fellman. J .. CeUs. A. & CeUs. J. 1992. Hwnan Geography: Landscapes oj Hwnan Actlutties. 3rd edn. W.C. Brown. Dubuque IA.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor Jurther InJormation.

Geology SubJects

GEOLIOl THE ENVIRONMENT lOcp

A lecture, field and practical course which examines in the widest context the evolution of our planet and man's environment. Specific topics are the Earth In space; evolution and dynamiCS of the planet Earth; evolution of the atmosphere, hydrosphere. biosphere and man; the Impact of cltmatic change; minerai resources and society.


Additional Geology subjects are described in the Faculty oj Sctence and Mathematics Handbook.

Soction Eight Guide to Subject Descriptions

Information Science Subjects

INFO 101 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS lOcp

Computers have made It possible to store and retrieve massive amounts of data, the "Information age" Is now a reality, This course introduces the .kills and concepts needed to fully exploit the power of this new tool. After completton of the subject. studentswlllunderstandhowandwhyorganisatlons build and use Information systems, will be able to document Information flow through particular systems. and will be able to use the microcomputer as a personal support tool. The course provides a solid grounding in computers and their use. which today ts Important for all students. IrrespecUve of the dtsctpItne whtch they are studytng.

Topics covered include: The evolution of computer hardware and software. Systems and their, characteristics, the components of an Information System (hardware, software, data and people), > Examples of computer based Information Systems. ' Problems which can/cannot be solved

computers. '!Ypes of Information system,ss;'r ~~~:~~j( tnformal. pubItc/prtvate. Types of ~ structured/unstructured. The computer personal support tool, word-proce spreadsheets, data base management. importance of people In the Information netw'''111 the social. organisational and personal tmpIt,catlonj of computer based Information systems.

INFOI02 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

The destgn and tmplementatton of the data rep<>sl~ for any computer based Information sktlled and extremely critical task. performance of the system will be sertoluo compromised by an inefficient data retrieval strategy.

This subject Introduces the tools needed to Implement and maintain computer based systems. It will be of parttcular Interest for whowtll need to design and/or access large regularly In their chosen profession.

Topics covered include: Storage and rel?r<:senU'~ of data in computer systems. Data file structures and access file maintenance procedures. In troduction a bUSiness/file oriented third generation


Semantic data modeUfng. entity/relationship modelling. functional dependence and other constraints on attrfbute values. Introduction to database management systems, the hierarchical. network and relational models. Data manipulation languages, with particular emphasis on relational techntques ustng SQL. Phystcal database destgn. nonnal1satlon.

INF0201 IfUMAN CONTEXT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS lOcp

nlfs.cotll'se f(CCUlse:, on the human and organlzattonal effects of computer based systems. It examines the

.-~~:~~: ,o~:f computer technology and information :'1 the indivtdual. group and organizational

In doing so, the course combines both the and the macro perspectives surrounding the

aspects of computer/ IIfOlrm"U(m technology. Morespectflcally. the Course

to provide a critical examination of issues as: the personal. social and organizational

iCoo'rs'whtch, atl'ect the success/faUlIreoftnfonnatton the role of Information systems tn human

)mmllntcatton; the nature and Implications of ml>ul;er-·b ... ed t,urnan F,roble:m··solvtlng. Thecourse !"".tl<:m;pts to address questions and con troversies

Section Eight Guide to Su~ect Descriptions

system analyst. The system life cycle. Interne' techniques. Report writing. Documentatlo techniques (data flow dtagrams. data dictional) flowcharts. etc). Cost benefit analysis Implementation techniques.

1NF0203 INFoRMATION SYSTEMS DESIGN lOcp

Using the techniques introduced In Infonnatlor Systems Analysis students will work in small groupo!: to design and implement small on-line computet based infonnatlon processing systems. Specific topics include: flledestgn techniques, form design, security controls and backup, system testing and Implementation, the on-gOing maintenance of systems.

INF0204 COMMERCIAL PROGRAMMING

lOcp COBOL as a business data processing and file organisation language. Basic concepts of file handling and maintenance. Sequential. relative and indexed sequential file organisation. Structured techniques, asap plied to COBOL programming. are emphaSiSed. Structure diagrams, pseudo-code, programming standards, etc. Students are expected to complete aSSignments ustngboth COBOL 74 and COBOLB5.

Graduate Diploma students Who enrol in this sul:yect but haoe not oompleted INFO 102 should obtain INFOI02 COBOL notes Jrom the Department oj Management prior to the commencement oj classes.

INF0302 INFORMATION SYSTEMS

might affect an organization's for successful technology management? certain groups of employees resist

clulol,ogtcal change tn thetr workplace? Why are frtaJn or!lar,w.tt(lnS always rtdtng the crest of the ~1U10I.oglca] wave whtIe others lag behtnd? Also. a ~.tantta] portton of the course wtll be devoted to

~::~~~~:th~:e practical issues SUrrounding the f)l of Information Systems In the area

Resource Management. Aspects such as of Human Resource Information Systems

in: manpower planning and recruitment; job

!I~::~~~:a~~n~~d payment systems; monitoring

METHODS AND TECHNIQUES lOcp

Alternative infonnatlon system analysis design and development techniques are compared With the aim of Identifying their strengths and weaknesses When used in particular problem domains.

~ are considered. Theseiatteraspects • xan,tned from both theoretical and practical

IldllOtrltS. The Laboratory-based Workshops wtll ~al; falmtIlaristngsllrd"n tiS with, va.rto.us aspects of

Resource Informatfon Systems (HRIS) and praCtical applications.

ANALYSIS OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS lOcp

/~D"redanalyslls and destgn methodology wtll be I<"""C·'U. SpeCific topics InclUde: Characteristics system. Information systems. The role of the

SpeCific topics covered Include: •

•

•

•

•

Strategies such as proto typing. adapUvedestgn and iterative design .

Alternative conceptual data modelling approaches such as NIAM

Practical systems development methods for: transaction based systems, real time systems, process systems, management reporting systems. deciSion support systems, etc.

Computer aided software engineering techniques

• • • • •


Reverse engineering

Application Generators

Systems Documentation

Systems Testing and Implementation

Ongoing Maintenance of Information Systems

INF0303 INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND THE ORGANISATION IOcp

This subject brings together the techniques introduced in the other Information Systems untts, highlighting their use in the management of information systems within an organisation.

Specific topics include:

• • • • •

• • •

•

Systems theory

Organisational structure

Decision theory

The use of information within an organisation

Division of responsibtltty for information system development

End user compu ting

Stages of Information system growth

Securlty disaster planning management control of information systems

Integration of Information systems

Strategic planning for information systems

INF0304 KNOWLEDGE SYSTEMS IOcp

This subject proVides a theoretical and practical foundation for the development of computerlsed knowledge systems. The theoretical aspects are based on classical and non-classical logics. These logics have well defined semantics and as such allow us to formalise Interesting facets of knowledge systems.

Specific topics include:

•

• • • • •

Knowledge representation

Production rules and search strategies

Reasoning wtth uncertainty

Relational theories

Updating knowledge

Theory revision

Planning

The practical aspects involve the study and use of several knowledge processing programming languages

Sectton Eight Quldo to Subject Deac::rlptlona

INFOIIOI COMPUTING AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS IOcp

This course is designed to provide students with an overview of information systems In todays business environment. The course will introduce personal support software available on microcomputers and their applications to management decision making.

During compulsory workshop sessions students will gain "hands on" experience using software packages such as electronic spreadsheets, database management systems. and word processing.

INFOII03 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS lClcp

Structured analysis and design methodology will be introduced. Specific topiCS include: characteristics of a system. information systems. the role of the systems analyst, the system life cycle, Interview techniques. report writing, documentation techniques (data flow diagrams. data dictionary. flowcharts. etc.), cost/benefit analysts, Implementation techniques.

INF0504 SYSTEMS DESIGN

Using the techniques introduced tn Systems Analysis students wtll work In small group~.'

to deS~g;;n~~a~n~d~fim~~p~:le~m~;en~lt~ ~:s~m~a171l~0~n~-i~li~n~e~~:1~:t based include: flledesign techniques. controls and backUp, system testing Implementation, the on-going maintenance systems.

INF0505 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Thlscourse is designed to eXlpmle ~O()t"ntjalm'maLge~ to the variety of management Infonnatlon available today, The aim Is to emphasise the the computer In the planning function, simply tn the day-to-day transaction operational systems. Specific topics include: versus centralised processing. the microcomputer, deCision support systems, systems. securlty and prlvacy Implications.

LAWI0l FOUNDATIONS OF LAW

This subject the division of law, and institutions Australtan legal system. It also enables


acquire special skills for the examination of legal materials, such as an abtlity to analyse statements contained in judgements and to Interpret provisions of statutes. Foundations of the processes of lawmaking through JudiCial decisions. and primary and delegated legislation are conSidered In detail.

ThxIs

The Constitution oJthe Commonwealth oj Australia, Aust. Govi. Publishing Service.

!(rever. R 1989. Mastering Law Studies and Law EKam Techniques, 2nd edn. Bu tterworths.

Bird. R 1990. Osbom's Concise Law Dtcttonary. 8th edn. Sweet & Maxwell.

D.P. et al1991, An Introductton to Law. 6th LawBook Co.

,LA11V2S I INTRODUCTION TO LEGAL STUDIES 5cp

Il'he Am"ln,lilm constitution and legal system. Legal and writing. Areas of law. Legal concepts

tennlnoiogy. Statute law. Case law.

PROPERTY AND SURvEy LAW 5cp

notion of property. Classifications of property. In land; Interests In land; systems of Utle to

deallngwtth land; statutory control of land use particular reference to the Local Government

1919 IN.S.W.). The regulation and legal liability survey investigations and searches.

F. 1973. Legal Aspects oj Boundary ltVE'yilitg as apply in New South Wales. Inst. of 1IV''''nr< Aust.

Notes on Survey Investigations, NSW "'ennment Printer.

and LA W292 are service subjects offered by Department oj Law.

INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR IOcp

Course examines the distinct but related of Organisational Behaviour and

nalle"nellt at the IndiVidual, group and

/"::I~~:~~I~:I~e;vels. The course provides a criUcal tn perspective) of the majorcurrertts

Section Eight Guide to Subject Description.

of thoughts in the domains of organisatlona behav1ourandmanagement.Italsoexam1nesaspec~ of individual and group behaviour Including Communication & Interpersonal Skills. Motivation Attttudes. Perceptions. leadership. learning, Personality. Power & AuthOrity. Conflict and Stress. Group Dynamics.

Aspects of organisation and management theory/ pracUces wfll be Introduced. Including: Management/ Corporate Planning and Control, Decision Making, Organisational Effectiveness, Corporate Strategy and Corporate Culture. Types of Organisation Structures. Technology and Management. Human Resource Management Systems. and International Perspectives in Managemen t.

The practical relevance/applications of the theorles and models, exposed in the Course, are highHghted through tutorial case-studies, mini-project assignments and In-class experiential exercises which emphaSise linkages between the two diSCiplines.

Additional MW11lgement suJdects are described in the Faculty oj Economics and Commerce Handbook

Mathematics Subjects

MATHI02 MATHEMATICS 102 lOcp Calculus of functions of a Single variable. The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. Taylor's series. Complex numbers. Differential equations. An introduction to the calculus of functions of two Variables. Matrix algebra. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook for further in[onnatton.

Texts

1992. Mathematics 102 Thtorial Notes. University of Newcastle.

Waiters. R.F.C. and Wehrhahn. K .• Calculus 11989 2nd edn, Carslaw Publications. '

MATHI03 MATHEMATICS 103 IOcp

An Introduction to numerlcal mathematics and computing. Vector geomeby and linear algebra: vector spaces, linear maps. Analysis of the convergence of sequences and series. Power Serles. Elementary Theorems of Mathematical AnalysIs.

An introduction to statistics: exploratory data analysIs. uncertainty and random variation, probability. use of MINITAB.


See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor fwther InJormation.

Text

1992. Mathematics 103 Thtorlal Notes. University of Newcastle.

MATHlll MATHEMATICS III (Mathematlca for EDgIneers) lOcp

Elementary algebra, trigonometry. and geometry with applications. Calculus with applications of differentiation and integration. Newton's method. Trapezium and Simpson's Rules. Vector geome~ry and its applications.


Text

1992. ThiorlalNotesJorMathematlcs 111. University of Newcastle.

MATH112 MATHEMATICS 112 (Mathematics for Engineers) lOcp

Techniques of Integration with applications. Differential equations and applications. Calculus of several variables together with applications. Taylor Series expansions. Complex numbers and their appltcations. Matrix algebra. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor Jurther iriformation.

Text

1992. ThtorlalNotesJorMathematlcs 112. University of Newcastle.

MATH201 MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 5cp

Partial derivatives, Vector operators, Taylor's Theorem, Line integrals. Multiple and surface integrals. Gauss, Green, Stokes' Theorems.


Text

1992. Mathematics II Thtorial Notes. University of Newcastle.

MATH202 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 5cp

Orthogonality, Sturm-Liouville systems and generalisations. Series of Orthogonal functions. FOUrier Series. Separation of variables. The classical

SocUon Eight Qulde to Subtect Descriptions

partlal differential equations (heat/diffusion. wave, Laplace. Poisson).

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor .fwther InJormation.

Text

1992. Mathematics IllUtorial Notes. University of Newcastle.

MATH203 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 5cp

Linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Linear differential equations - general case. Series solutions - special functions, Laplace transfonns, Appltcations.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook for further infonnation.

Text

1992. Mathematics 11 Thtorial Notes. University of Newcastle.

MATH204 REAL ANALYSIS

Study in an axiomatic way of the properties real number system and functions defined on real numbers and on the Euclidean plane.

Properties of the real number system: th., S'uprernul Axiom, completeness and compactness.

Convergence of sequences and selrie,. If. ti1leE~uc,lid", plane.

Llmtts of functions and algebra of limits, COIOttJ1U11 and algebra of continuous functions.

Properties of continuous functions: conn<ecteclnel compactness and uniform continuity.

Properties of differentiable functions: Mean Theorems and Taylor polynomial apopr,oxiim,.tt"R functions on the real numbers and the plane.

The theory of Riemann integration for func'tioln, the real numbers. the study of class of functions.

The Fundamental Theorem of (calculus, fOlr fu.nCD on the real numbers relating differential and calculus.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Jor Jurther InJormation. Text

Giles. J.R Real Analysts: an Introduction Lecture Notes in Mathematics. Univ.Newcastle.

------------...... Faculty of Engineering Section Eight

Guide to Subtect Description.

MATH20S ANALYSIS OF METRIC SPACES IIcp

Study in an axiomatic way of the analYSis of more abstract spaces: metric and normed l1near spaces.

MATH211 GROUP THEORY IIcp

Groups, subgroups, Isomorphism. Permutattor groups, groups of linear transformations anc matrices, isometries. symmetry groups of regulal polygons and polyhedra. Cosets. Lagrange's theorem. normal subgroups, Isomorphism theorems.

Convergence of sequences and series in Rn with Euclidean and other nonns.

Convergence of sequences and series in function spaces With Uniform and Integral norms. the three fundamental theorems on unifonn convergence Involving continuity. integration and differentiation

. and application to power series.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor .fwther iriformatlon. Text

Completeness, closedness and denSity In metric Ledennann. W. 1976. Introduction to Group Theory, Longman.

;Bana(:h Fixed POint Theorem and Its application to

~;:~~;': on the real Jine and to the solution of :It equations.

MATH212 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS Scp

An Introduction to various aspects of discrete mathematics: Graphs. set theory, relations and functions,logic; counting. andrecurrenceequatfons. and global continuity of mappings on metric

and topological characterisations.

compactness and appIfcation tn IPpr<lxilmatton theory.

1989. Introduction to the Analysts oj retrlc 8J'='5. CUP.

RG. 1976. The Elements oj Real Analysts.

J.R. Real Analysts: An Introductory Course ;t'UU"elvores In Mathemattcs. Univ.Newcastle. No.6).

RR 1964. MethodsoJRealAnalysts. Ginn

G.F. 1963. Introduction to Topology and oernJUUlllI,s/s, MCGraW-Hill.

A.J. 1968. Real Analysts. Addison-Wesley.

COMPLEX ANALYSIS 1 5cp

numbers, Cartesian and polar forms, of the complex plane. solutions of equations. Complex funCtions, mapping

and continuity. Differentiation, the

C::~:~~7.·'7~ Theorem. Elementary functions, [)I logarithmic. trigonometric and

functions. Integration. the Cauchy-Theorem. Cauchy's Integral fonnulae.

IViIle·,. 'th"'".."m and the Fundamental Theorem

oj Science and Mathematics Handbook iriformation.

•

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor Jurther iriformation. Text

Ross. K.A. and Wright. C.RB. 1988. Discrete Mathematics, 2nd edn. Prentice Hall

MATH213 MATHEMATICAL MODELUNG Scp

This topic Is designed to introduce students to the idea of a mathematical model. Several realistic Situations will be treated begtnningwtth an analYSis of the non-mathematical origin of the problem, the formulation of the mathematical model. solUtion of the mathematical problem and interpretation of the theoretical results. The Use of computers is an Integral part of this subject.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor Jurther iriformation.

MATH214 MECHANICS 5cp Summary of vector algebra. Velocity and accelerations. Kinematics of a particle. Newton's Law of Motion. Damped and forced osctllatfons. Projectiles. Central forces. Inverse square law. The energy equation. Motion of a particle system. Conservation of linear momentum and of angular momentum. Motion with variable mass.


MATH215 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 5cp

Operations research involves the application of quantitative methods and tools to the analYSis of problems involving the operation of systems and its


aim Is to evaluate the consequences of certain decision choices and to Improve the effectiveness of the system as a whole. This subject wlll cover a number of areas of operations research which have proved successful In business, economics and defence. These Include such topics as network analysIs and linear programming.


MATH216 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS IIcp

Sources of error In computation. Solution of a single nonlinear equation. Interpolation and the Lagrange Interpolating polynomial. Finite differences and applications to Interpolation. Numerical differentiation and Integration Including the trapezoidal rule. Simpson's rule and Gaussian integration fonnulae. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations - Runge· Kutta and predlctorcorrector methods. Numerical solution of linear systems of algebraic equations. Applications of numerical methods to applied mathematics. engineering and the sciences will be made throughout the course.


Text

Burden. R.L. and Faires. J.D. 1989. Nwnertcal Analysis. 4th edn. Prindle. Weber and Schmidt.

MATH217 LINEAR ALGEBRA I 6cp

Matrix representations. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Diagonaltzation. Inner product spaces. Difference and differential equations.


MATH218 LINEARALGEBRA2 6cp

Vector spaces and subs paces. Linear Maps. Matrlx representations. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Dlagonalisatton. Dlfferenceequattons. Inner product spaces. Gram-Schmidtprocess. Orthogonal. unitary. hermitian and normal matrices.


Additional Mathematics subjects are described In the Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook.

Section Eight Guide to Subject Descrlptfons

Mechanical Engineering Subjects

IlECHIOI INTRODUCTION TO IlECHANICAL ENGINEERING 5cp

ManufactUring techniques and materials related to mechanical engineering processes and design. Seminars and plant visits intended to enhance understanding of the mechanical engineertng degree courseworkand the role ofthe professional engineer in induslIy and SOCiety.

IlECHI02 INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING COMPUTING 50p

An introduction to theuseof computers and computer programming in Engineering. The programming language Is FORTRAN 77 under a Unix operating system. Emphasis is placed on the development of a good programming style and on the logical development of a program. Lectureswill covervariable types and their uses, file and data handling. functions. subroutines, arrays. the computer operating system and text editors. Assessment Is based partly on programs written by students.

Text

Koffman. E.B. and Frtedman. F.L. 1987. Problem Solving and Structured Programming in FORTRAN 77. 5th edn. Addison Wesley.

MECHI03 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 50p

A introduction to the fundamentals of chemlstty

which are exemplified by engineering af'~~~~::,::;.~' Basics: quantities and units. atoms and the Periodic Table, states of Thennochemistry: FlrstandSecondLaws. enth.ilple:

of reaction. Kinetics and ReaCtlOn~;~~::al~:%:~~: expressions. rate controlling steps. equation. Aqueous solutions: solutes. solubiltty solids. liqUids and gases. ionic equilibrium. and bases. pH. OrganiC Chemistry: aliphatic aromatic compounds. Electrochemistry: chemical reactions. electrode potentials. kinetics. cells. Photochemistry and En:vironrnel,t

Chemistry. Engineering !~~If~i.~~t~~:~:~g:~~l:; stoichiometry. calorific e, carburizing of steel. plasma nitrldlng. temperature oxidation. combustion. catalysis. vehicle exhaust emiSSions. hydration of water hardness. waterpollutlon. purification. antifreeze. coal. ot!. p',tr(.letlm p~:"'t.~ lubricants. detergents. batteries.

FaCUlty of Englnearlng Section Eight

Guide to Subject Descrlptfons

sensors, metallic corrosion. passivation, electroplating. corrOsion protection methods. paints, smog. acid rain.

IiECH191 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE 5cp

IlECHIII2 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE 5cp Text

Lecture Notes. Murch. G.E .. 1994. Department oj MechanicalEngineerlng. The UntversityofNewcastle.

IiECHI93 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE 6cp

These subjects are designed to formalise pertods of Industrtal Expertence gained by part-time students only. Each year of Industrial Experience is worth 5 credit points. Students who Wish to study any or all of the Industrial Experience subjects Will be required to attend nominated lecture and tutorial periods which Will deal With working and profeSSional environments, essentials of communication and report writing. In addition. each student will be required to present a seminar relating to aspects of his experience and to report to his Industrial experience tutor twice per semester. Students will also be required to present a reportgtvtngaconnected account and crttical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience dUring the year. A weekly diary commencing on 1 November of the prevtou s year must be kept and handed to the ClassSupervfsor at the beginning of the first semester.

MEeHl II ENGINEERING DRAWING 5cp

A study of the basic fundamentals of technical graphics with an emphasis on communication and visualisation. The subject matter is reviewed using CAD. drafting and freehand techniques. The use and interpretation or orthographic projection In engineering Is emphasised In association with sectioning. auxiliary views. dimensioning. and

. Australian Standard ASIIOO. Development of freehand skHls for pictorial presentations is highlighted. An introdUction into the basics of Descriptive Geometry Including elementary

,lni:er<oecltiollS is given.

Ieohnt"cal Drawing Jor Students - SM HBl-19B8. ·St.mdar(is ASSOCiation of Australia.

1990. Concepis oj Technical Graphics.

MATERIALS I Scp Course provides a general introdUction to

lIltertals of engineering significance and to the

,.;~~~~;;:.~~~ which exist between structures. l'< and applications. The follOwing sections

approximately equal amoun ts of time and IIp:hlll'is. Atomic bonding; atomic arrangements in

glasses and polymers; the effects of stress teltnF""atllre on simple metals; the control of

suucru.·es by composition and thennaJ !eatments: common metals of engineering pP<lrllmc:e the structures and properties of ceramics

products. Polymers and rubbers; applications for polymers; the

~hanlcalteStilog .,f toal:erials; composite materials; electrical. magnetic. optical and thermal

~p'>ru<::s of saUd matertals.

Notes. Murch. G.E. and Browne. J.D. 1994. partn.'ntoJ~fec·hrunic:olE:ng;Ine.'rir1!J .. The University

•

1lECH204 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS I 5cp

A series of laboratory experiments designed to give the student famiUaritywtth mechanical. optical and electrical systems used to measure basic physical quantities such as length. strain. pressure. temperature. force, torque and flUid flow. Interpretation of experimental data and basic prinCiples of error analYSis. Proficiency In technical report Writing is emphasized.

MECH206 ENGINEERING COMPUTATIONS Sop

This course Is concerned With developing a student's abi1ttytowntecomputerprograms that use numerical analysis techniques to solve problems in the engineering field. Some discussion of the theories behind the numerical analysis techniques Is given but the main emphaSiS is on computing. The programming work of MECHI02 is extended to Include some advanced FORrRAN programming techniques. the use of graph·piottlng routines and the use of compu ter libraries such as the NAG library. Emphasis is placed on curve fitting to wellordered data and to experimental data and the differentiation and Integration of such data. Systems of equations. both linear and non·ltnear. are considered. Other material covered Includes solution


of ordinary differential equations and partial differential equations.

Text Gerald. C.F. and Wheatley. P.O. 1984. Applied Nwnerical Analysis. 3rd edn. Addison-Wesley.

HandbookJor V AX/VMS. The University of Newcastle Computing Centre.

MECH211 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN I IOcp

Students Intending to enrol In this sulyect who completed MECH111 prior to 1992 or who were granted credit In that subject should consult the Head of Department regarding bridging work to be undertaken In February and completed prtor to commencement of classes in MECH211.

Philosophy and fundamentals of mechanical engineering design. Conceptual design problems. Advanced mechanical engineering drawing using CAD including geometric tolerances, surface finish. symbols. Technology of destgn.

MECH212 DESIGN OF MACHINE COMPONENTS 5ep

Basic components of mechanisms and machinery. Load and stress calculations. allowable stresses and factors of safety. Design of standard machine components such as shafts, brackets, levers, springs and bolted connections.

Text

Shigley. J.E.1986. Mechanical engineering Design. 1st Metlic edn., McGraw~Ht1l.

MECH222 MATERIALS 2 5ep

The mechanical behavtour and properties of engineering materials and how they are affected by the environment and by use. An introduction to the factors governing the selection of materlals.

The topics treated will include equHtbrlum and non~ equtllbrlum effects, t.e. martensitic transfonnations, heat treatments, TIT diagrams and welding. Creep, fracture and fattgue. Frlction and wear.

Text

Ashby. M.F. and Jones. D.R.H. 1980. engineering Materials I, Pergamon.

MECH233 DYNAMICS 5ep

Basic concepts. Newton's and Euler's laws of motion for particles and systems of particles, centre of

SocHonElght Guide to Sublect Descriptions

mass. Laws of gravitation and friction. Straight-line and plane motion of parttdes: kinematics and kinetics. Energyand momentum prinCiples. Relative motion in translating reference frames. Plane motion of rtgld bodies: kinematics, equations of motton, energy and momentum and principles.

Text

Hubbeler. R.C. 1992. engineering Mechanics Dynamics. 6th edn.

MECH234 DESIGN OF ENGINEERING SYSTEMS 50p

Concept of dynamic system. Modeling of systems of mechanical and electro-mechanical components, and of simple fluid-flow and thermal systems. Analogies. Lumped-parameter and distrtbutec:h parameter systems. Linearity, linearisation of non~ ltnear relations. Analysts of 1 st and 2nd ordei' systems: forced and unforced. transient and steadyl_ state responses. Introduction to forced . and frequency response, application mechanical systems. Introduction to 'OUTler Laplace transfonns. to dlscrete~time systems.

Text

Close. C.M. and Frederick. O.K. 1993. Mcdellinlli. Analysis oJDynamics Systems. 2nd edn. !1OU"'. Mlffiln. Int. Student Ed.

MECH241 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 1

Untaxtalloadlng, states of stress and strain, and strain relationships; Internal forces. stresses. deflexlon of beams, torsion, bu,cklln./I,

Text

Beer. F.P. and Johnston. E.R. 1981. M"cro .. " Materials. McGraw-Hill.

MECH251 FLUID MECHANICS 1

Fluid properties and definitions. Fhlldsll3ltic:.:-~ on surfaces, buoyant forces. Types ot 1:10\'. (:on'u, equation. Euler and Bernoulli equations, equation, linear and angular applications. Introduction to dimensional Analysis of fluid machinery.

Text

Fox. R. W. and McDonald. A.T. 1985.1nb'O<ililC Fluid Mechanics. 3rd edn, Wiley.


1lECH271 THERMODYNAMICS I

Socllon Eight Guide to SUbfect Description.

Fundamental thennodynamtc concepts. first and second laws and corollaries. Reversible and irreversible processes. Properties of perfect gases, ltqutdsand vapaurs. Calculations of property changes and energy flows for non-flow. steady flow and

5cp Text

Shlgley. J.E. 1986. Mechanical Engineering Design. 1st Metric edn. MCGraW-Hill.

IlECH315 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN 5ep

Students Intending to enrol In this subject who completed MECH213 prior to 1989 and who were granted credit In that subject or In MECH211 should consult the Head oj Department regarding bridging work In CAD to be undertaken In February and completed prior to commencement oj classes in MECH315.

; unsteady flow processes using various working substances. Examination of various energy conversion systems as examples of the above

[calctllaIU0J1. - Carnot cycles. Rankine cycle. reheat regenerative feed heating. Otto cycle. Diesel

cycles, SUrling and Ericsson cycles, gas cycles, refrigeration cycles.

~~:;,,:~%;andShaPlro. H.N. 1993. FUndamentals If Thermodynamlcs. SI edition. Wiley.

EXPERIMENTAL METHODS 2 IOcp

engineering laboratory experiments es~:~~,,~to extend the concepts of experimental !'t andtocomplementfonnalsubjectmatter the course.

NUMERICAL METHODS 5ep

itrodwoti(ln to numerical techniques for solving encountered In engineering science.

numerical of

discussion of the governing .allon," .end numerical methods for solving them. glneerlng application •.

NOISE POLLllTION AND CONTROL 5ep

to problems of community nOise. noise and building acoustics. Behaviour

waves. Noise levels. Noise measurement. community, bUilding and vehicle noise

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN 2 IOcp

of friction drives, clutches and brakes. -oqyn.rrdc drives. torque converters and epicyclic

Lubrlcal:1on andjoumal bearings. Types ecl.arllc,il springs. Gear design and selectiop

to Australian Standards.

The CAD/CAE geometric environment. 2-Dimensional drawing, solids modeIllng, surface modelling and macro programming. Construction of basic geometric entities; points, lines, Circles. arcs, profiles, surfaces and solid pnmitlves. Manipulation of views, Windows and levels. Preparation of objects. templates and patterns. Edlttng. eSG using Boolean operations on solid primitives. Sectioning. Assemblfes. Pictorial presentations. PreparaUon of part macros. Interface to analysis packages.

MECH317 BULK MATERiALS HANDUNG 15cp

PrinCiples of granular mechanics. Flow patterns and characteristics. Strength and flow properties of bulk solids in relation to hopper design. Gravity reclaim stockpiles. AnalYSiS and design of hoppers for'massflow', 'funnel~flow' and 'expanded flow' conditions. Bin wa11 pressures. Flow rate analysis. Feeder loads. Text

Arnold. p.e .. McLean. A.G. et al 1982. Bulk Solids: Storage. flow and Handling. TUNRA. 2nd edn, ISBN 0725903031

Selected research papers

MECH31S CONVEYING OF BtlLK SOLIDS 5ep

Companson based on economic and technical conSiderations of different modes of conUnuous and discontinuoustransportattonofbulksolids. Overvtew of freight pipelines - pneumatic. hydraulic and capsule - and mechanical conveying - belt, screw and bucket elevators. Technical and economic considerations in the design of conveyors. Examples Will be selected from the continuous conveyor systems mentioned above. In the case of belt conveyors the dynamic characteristics and the influence of these characteristics on design will be studied in some detail. In the case of pneumatic conveyors, the


design of both lean and dense phase systems will be discussed.

Texts uJk Solids' Am Id PC McLean A.G. et al 1982. B . o nil' 'Hand!" ,~~ 2~d edn TIlNRA. ISBN 0 7259 Flow a "'Y, ,

03031

Roberts. AW. and Hayes. J.W. 1981. EconomIc Analysis IntheOpttmumDesfgnoJConveyors. TIlNRA. ISBN 0 7259 0340 6

Selected research papers

MECH3I9 INTRODUCTION TO FINITE ElEMENT ANALYSIS lIop

Th ryoftheftniteelementmethod. Implementation eo ka A plication of truss, of a finite element pac ge. p f t s

beam and plate elements to problems 0 s res analysts in destgn.

Text

Cook. RD. et al 1988. Concepts and APpltcattn t FIn1te Element Analysis. 3rd edn. John Wi ey Sons.

MECH323 MATERIALS 3 lIop

This subject deals with metals, polymers, ceramics, composites and btological materials in conjunctlo~ with the following topics; revlewoftraditlonal strengt

ts· fundamentals of fracture mechanics, rate, tes, t and temperature effect on toughness; environmen f t

k agatlon' scaling in static rac ure fatigue crac prop, f materials and fatigue fracture; classification 0

according to mechanical properties.

Text

Atkins.AG. and Mal. Y.W. 1988. Elastic and Plastic Fracture. Eilts Horwood.

MECH324 CERAMIC SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 50p

Discussion of the engineering properties of cerami~s and how these properties are dependent on atom c structure chemical composition, microstructure

• i g Structures of oxides, silicates and and process n . bo ndaries glasses. Potntdefectsanddoptng. Grain u h' Phase transformations. r FI ing . gratn growt .

d vi trification Microstructures. sintering an . Mechanical and electrical properties.

Texts

C k W E C Sainsbury. I.E.J. and Morell. R rey e. .... Is A lied 1982. Design with Non-ductUe Materia. pp Science.

Soctlon Eight Guido to Subjoet Deacrlptlona

W D Bowen H.K. et al 1976. Introduction KIngery. . .. • to Ceramics. 2nd edn. Wiley.

MECH3211 POLYMER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Sop

Study of the engineering properties of polymerstand rtI s are dependent on struc ure how these prope e th

Ing P Iymer structure and syn esis. and process . 0 f 1 Thermal. solubtlityandoptlcal propertleso po ymers. Additives. Visco-elasticity. Elastomers. Fibres. Coatings. An introduction to polymer processing and fabrlcatlon. Testing. Applications.

MECH326 FABRICATION OF METALS Sop

od tI to the common metal working An intr uc on h d th ffects these processes ave on techniques an e e T I

ti s of the finished product. op cs the proper e Fig Deep resented will be taken from: Rolltng. org n •

p ire dTube Drawing Casting. Extrusion Drawing. Wan. and Powder Metallurgy.

Text

M chantcal Metallurgy. McGraw Hill. Dieter, G.E., e ,

MECH333 DYNAMICS OF MACHINES 5op(

Kinematicsand dynamics of radial cams and tootheq earing. Balancing of machinery. Vibrations - RevI""!f

~f one degree-of-freedom systems. Multi degree.of,,); freedom systems. Vibrations of continuous system8t:~

Texts

Mabie. H.H. and Reinholtz. C.F. 1987. and Dynamics oj Machinery SI version, 4th Wiley.

Rao.S.S. Wesley.

1986. Mechanical Vibrations.

MECH334 ADVANCED DYNAMICS

Not available to students who have co'otpte~ MECH232.

Three-dimensional motion of particles in translating androtattng reference frames. Kl,ne,nal of plane mechanisms. and rigid bodies in three-dimensional motion.

Text

Hubbeler. RC. 1992. Engineering Me'ch'UU<! Dynamics. 6th edn.

MECH342 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 2

Theories of stress, strain and elasticlty. Formulll of problems in elasticity. Statically

FaCUlty of Engineering

beam problems. Shear centre. Torslon of prismatic bars - membrane analogy, torsion of thin-walled. sections. Strain energy methods of analysis. Plane stress and plane strain problems. Unsymmetric bending. curved beams. thick cylinders. instability problems.

MECH352 FLUID MECHANICS 2 IOcp KInematics of fluids. Dynamics of incompressible fluids. Slmilarlty and the application of dimensional analysIs. Exact solutions of the Navier-Stokes equations. HydrodynamiC lubrication. Laminar and turbulent flows. The course includes a number of laboratory experiments dealing With the above topiCS. Texts

Fox. R W. and MCDonald. AT. 1985. Introduction to ' fitutd Mechanics. 3rd edn. Wiley.

Antonia. R.A., Notes Jor Fluid Mechanics II, o.'pa.rtDner,t of Mechanical Engineering. UniverSity

Newcastle.

AUTOMATIC CONTROL IOcp

Introductory COurse in Hnear control systems. 'Revle'wofF"u,1e,·series. FourlerintegraIsandLaplace

!~~:~::"~;~~~:~:~;:~~~~~l~~f~;:: of dynamic rs: Mathematical models of dynamic systems components; differential equations and

functions. Frequency response of linear

~~:~~;::'~t::;~;~~er systems. Detailed analysis of (l1 order systems. Steady-state

~~:~:n;;~~~;!:~~~::~~::~s~~::::;: "Ihmslent .. by root-locus methods. Nyquist stability

SocUon EIght GUido to Subjoct Descriptions

Analogy between momentum and heat transfer. Radiation: development of radiation networks. Exchange between transmitting. reflecting and absorbing surfaces. Heat exchangers. Combined modes. The course includes a few laboratory experiments dealing with some of the above topics. Ten

lncropera, F.P. and De Witt. D.P. 1990. FIoulamentals oj Heat and Mass 'n"ansJer. 3rd edn. New York. Wiley.

MECH373 THERMODYNAMICS 2 lIop First and second law analysis of processes and cycles. Advanced analysis of steam power plants, gas turbine systems and refrigeration plants. Airvapour mixtures, psychometry, air-conditioning systems. Reactive mixtures: eqUilibrium equations. first law analYSiS, equJltbrium constants. Direct energy conVersion systems. Text

Moran. M.J. and Shapiro. H.N. 1993. Fundomentals oj Engineering Themodynamlcs. 51 Edition. Wiley.

MECH3S1 METHODS ENGINEERING 50p

The Integration of man, machines and materials to achieve maximum effiCiency of operation. The crftical questioning attitude. Charlingmethods. Work study. Ergonomics. Activity sampling. Case studies. Text

Stevenson. M.G .. Methods Engineering. UNSWPress.

MECH3S2 ENGINEERING ADMlNlSTRATION

"U'n<m. Frequency response methods. IntrodUction compensation techniques. 'funing of industrial

Cascade control; systems with time Intr(Killctlon to discrete time system models.

sy"teJIllS. Digital control. Introduction to :quenUal logic Con trol and Programmable Logic

60p

The nature and function of an Industrial enterprise. Theorles of organisation. Behavioural aspects of work. Production management. Management game. Case studies.

G.F .. Powell. J.D. and Emami-Naeini. A. Control oj Dynamic Systents,

HEAT TRANSFER 1 50p ~auc'Uon;' steady and unsteady, one and two

with and Without internal heat and including convection boundaries. solUtions. Convection: laminar and Analytical and empirical solutions.

MECH3S3 QUALITY ENGINEERING Sop

Concepts of quality. Sampling plans. Inspection by attributes. by measurement. OperatlngcharacterlsUc curves, control charts. Design of experiments. AnalYSiS of variance.

MECH386 COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING Sop

PrinCiples of Numerical Control. ProgrammingofNC machlens. CAD/CAM systems. Computer integrated manufacturfng systems.

Text

Foeulty of Engineering

Yoram, K. 1983, Computer Control ofMaruifacturlng Systems, McGraw-Hili.

MECH3S7 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 1 6cp

Concept of optimisation; Optimisation approaches; Formulation of Models; Linear Programming: Allocatlon and assignment; Simplex Method; Duality; Theory of Games, Parametric Programming; Decomposition principle. Network theory; Dynamic Programming. Geometric programming. Appllcatlons.

Texts

Hillier, F.S. and Lieberman, G.J .. Introduction io Operalions Research. Holden-Day or

Taha, H.A.. Operations Research. Macmtllan or

W H M ""'-"'-Ies of Operalions Research. agner. . "~ '""'If' Prentice-Hall.

MECH388 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 2 6ep

Statistical decision theory; Forecasting methods. moving average exponentially smoothed average. Inventory control theory. Ftxed order quantlty; fixed order cycle systems; Production -Inventory systems. Queutngtheory; simple queue, multt-serverqueues. Queues In series. Transients In queues; simulation of systems. Applications.

Text

As for MECH387

MECH406 COMPUTATION OF TURBULENT FLOWS 6ep

Integral methods for solving engineering turbulent flow problems. Introduction to turbulence modelling Ideas. Use of existing software packages such as PHOENICS to solve engineering problems.

MECH407 AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT 6ep

PhYSical and chemical Interaction of air pollutants on the local and global scale. Meteorology, atmospheric diffusion models and ambient measurements of air pollutants and the control of exhausts from mobile and stationary sources.

MECH408 MACHINE CONDITIONING MONITORING 6ep

PrInCiples and economics of machine condition monitoring. Vibration based machine monitoring. Fault detection sensors. Vibration monitoring


instrumentation. Data analySiS theory. Discrete frequency analysis. Advanced vibratlon analySiS. Comparison of monitoring techniques. Expert systems.

IlECH412 BULB: MATER1AL8 HANDUNG2

Furthertoplcs In bulksoltds handling. Wall pressure analysis for mass-flow and funnel-flow. Influenceof eccentrlc loading due to eccentric discharge and other factors. Wall roughness, friction and wear. Feeder design. Flow promotion. Blending. Flow of fine powders. Transfer chutes. Vibration of bulk solids.

MECH416 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN 3 lOcp

Advanced design topiCS including the analysIs of complete systems, prinCiples of materlals selection, the Interaction of design geometry, material properties and fabrication processes In mechanical design. Selected projects Including the development of computer packages as an aid to component, selectlon. data bases and knowledge bases tn.systematic approaches to materials selection.

MECH416 ADVANCED FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

Use of three-dimensional elements. Theory applicatlon of finite elements In dynamtc Introduction to non-linear analysis. M(ldelllD techniques. Application to problems In design.

MECH41S MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT

Maintenance decision making; the (replacement. repair, adjustment). timing the (fixed time. conditional monitoring. failure. designed out maintenance). Maintenance schedule - a six step ap.p"oac

Equipment Itfe cycle costs and ~;~t~;!~:~~; Documentation - (manual. computer). Staff Motivation. Case studies and examples local Industry.

MECH421 COMPOSITES IN ENGINEERING

Strengthening prinCiples of composites and reinforcements. Engineering properties and available of constituent materials (!llb,..,s "~(l!", material). Strength, fracture, fattgue and Introduction to manufactUring processes.

Text

Faculty of Engineering Section Eight

Guide to Subtect DeKrlptiona

Tsal, S.W and Hahn, H.T. 1908, Introductton io Compasite Materials, Technomlc.

alternatives. annual and present eqUivalent. rate of return. Depreclatlon and Income tax effects. Projects financed from publfc funds. Replacement and retlrement economlcs. Capital budgetlng. MECH431 ROBOTICS

Basic concepts. classification of robotic systems. control systems. kinematic analyslsandco-ordtnate transformations. trajectory interpolators, programming. applications, sensors and intelligent robots. computer fntegrated manufactunng systems. Text

IlECH484 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 2 Sep

Accounting concepts. use of accounting data tn decision making. UtllIty, rtskand uncertalnty. Capital expenditure programming. Effects of Inflation. Application of mathematical programming tocapttal budgettng problems.

Cralg, J.J. 1989, Introduction to Robotics, 2nd edn, Addison-Wesley.

MECH463 INTRODUCTION TO TURBULENCE 6ep

'The physics of turbulence. Statistical deSCriptlon of turbulence. Turbulent transport of momentum and heat. Self-preserving turbulent flows. Spectral

:liynaml[cs. Measurement technIques.

~~~~:::;e,H. and Lumley, J.L .. A FIrst Course in :- MIT Press.

THERMODYNAMICS 3

11,,'rnuJ<iyrlarnlc relations; the Maxwell relations; equations for enthalpy. internal energy and compressibility factor; equations of state;

fenerlill,.ed charts for enthalpy and entropy.

~~::~~~:~;~"mc~.o~;ncePts and appHcations.

6ep

~J of Irreversible processes. ,ppItC"ti()ns of statistical thermodynamics. Direct

conversion.

UI"",,,, ....... 1969, ThennodynamIcs, McGraW-Hill.

HEAT TRANSFER 2 6cp • eveloF'm'ontofthe general forms of the continuity,

~'~':~I::~(,;a~n:~d~e:nergy equations. Application of ef range of convection heat transfer ,u~." .... Advanced conduction and radiation heat

Heat transfer With change of phase.

.• -n-,~.V.andDesmond,RM.1977,Englneerlng Transfer, West Publtshlng Company.

ENGINEERING ECONOMICS I 6ep

accounting concepts. TIme value of Interest formulae. Comparison of

MECH4S6 PRODUCTION SCHEDUUNG 6ep

ProdUction Systems. Scheduling techniques for automated production facilities: scheduling theory for simple prodUction systems. Flow shops, Job shops. Project plannlnganrl management: CPM and PERT. Production planning and control: MRP and MRP II. Sychronous manufactUring.

MECH496 PROJECT/SEMINAR 26ep Major undergraduate project usually conSisting of l1terature survey and review. analytical and/or experimental InvesUgation Into a mecharucal or industrtal engineering topiC. Presentation of two seminars. Briefing seSSions and weekly guest seminars are mandatory. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required.

MECH497 PROJECT/DIRECTED READING Bep

Private work of laboratory, literature search or theoretical nature requiring preparation of a report. Work will be undertaken at the direction of a supervlsorwlth whom the topic should be negotiated. The work undertaken In this subject may fonn part of an extended MECH496 project or an Independent topte.

MECH498 PROJECT/DIRECTED READING lOcp

PrIvate work of laboratory. literature search or theoretical nature requiring preparation of a report. Work will be undertaken at the dIrection of a sUpeIV1sorwtth whom the topic should be negotiated The work undertaken In this subject may fonn part of an extended MECH496 Project or an Independent topiC.


MECH516 FINITE ElEMENT METHODS IN DESIGN IIcp

Basic concepts of the finite element technique. Introduction to a finite element computer package. Finite element as a tool for mechanical design. Application of a range of element types to the solution of Unear-elastlc stress problems. Introduction to vibration analysis.

MECH517 BULK MATERIALS HANDUNG SYSTEMS 5cp

Principles of granular mechanics. Flow patterns and characteristics. Strength and flow properties of bulk solids In relation to hopper design. Gravity reclaim stockpiles. Analysis and design of hoppers for'massflow', 'funnel-flow' and 'expanded flow' conditions. Bin wall pressures. Flow rate analysIs. Feeder loads

Text Arnold. P.C .. McLean. A.G. et al 1982. Bulk ScUds: Storage. Flow and Handling. 2nd edn. TUNRA.

MECH51S CONVEYING OF BULK SOLIDS 5cp

Comparison based on economic and technical considerations of different modes of continuous and discontinuous transportation ofhulk solids. Overview of freight pipelines - pneumatic. hydraulic and capsule - and mechanical conveytng - belt. screw and bucket elevators. Technical and economic considerations In the destgn of conveyors. Examples wUlbe selected from the continuous conveyor systems mentioned above. In the case ofbe1t conveyors the dynamic characteristics and the influence of these characteristics on design will be studied tn some detail. In the case of pneumatic conveyors. the design of both lean and dense phase systems will be discussed.

Texts

Arnold. P.C .. Mclean. A.G. et al 1982. Bulk Solids: Storage. flow and Handling. 2nd edn. TUNRA.

Roberts. A.W. and Hayes. J.W. 1981. Economic Ana/ysls In theOpttmwnDeslgnoJConveyor. TUNRA.

Chambers. A.J. 1981. Design and Operatton oj Pneumatic Conveying Systems. TUNRA.

MECH519 MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT 5cp

General Management and Maintenance Management. Matntenancefunction. principals and objectives. Maintenance principles. Reltablltty and malntalnabtltty. Maintenance plan for an item.

Section Eight Guide to Sublect Descrlpdons

Maintenance strategy for plant: a system approach. Maintenance and information support. Failure analysts. Maintenance organisation. Maintenance control and documentation. People. Total production maintenance. Auditing Industrial maintenance systems.

IlECH573 ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS 5cp

Review of the I st and 2nd Laws ofThennodynamlcs; entropy concepts. AvatlablUty (EXERGy]; irreversibility; AvatlabUtty Analysis of Closed and Open Systems. Second Law efficiency. Application to power generation and refrigeration cycles. Some advanced engineering cycles.

MECH584 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 50p

Review of basic principles of micro-economics -scarcity and choice, supply and demand, market system. Review of basic principles of accounting: flnanctal statements; working capital; capital expenditure; budgets; costing; overheads; margtnal cost. EconomiC Evaluation of projects: time value of ' money; present worth; annual eqUivalent; rate of

return; cost-benefit; Inflation; taxatton;~~:~;~~~;i capital budgeting. ReplacementAnalysls. life concepts. Risk analysis: sensitivity; value and valiance; sequential decision; trees. Economics of technical systems:

concepts; quality; inventory; lead tim,"e.~; ~;~:~: reltabtUty; maintenance; models and 0

techniques.

MECH594 INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS PROJECT/SEMINARA

The first section of the m,,'or n,rol,prt

Engineering Science - Power undertaken In the Department of Engineering. It Is expected that most of an applied research nature tn an area the candidates employment and co-stlpe,rvIse<ib professional engineer on

research skills, communication for applied research. Progress will seminars given by candidates and by th" sULbrru, of progress reports In July and Satisfactory completion of this subject will the award of a result of ungraded pass (UP).


MECH595 INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS PROJECT/SEMINARB 20cp

The final section of the major project in the Master ofEngtneering Science - Power Engineering program undertaken In the Department of Mechanical Engineering commenced In MECH594. Submission of the final Project Report will be required by 31 October followed by formal presentation of the results of the project at a later date. The result awarded for this subject will reflect the qualtty of the Project Report resulting from the work undertaken tn both MECH594 and MECH595.

'MECH599 INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS . PROJECT/SEMINAR 40cp

The major project In the Master of Engtneerlng Science - Industrial Systems program undertaken

the Department of Mechanical Engtneerlng for Intending to complete the course In a

isrr,gular academic year. It Is expected that most will be of an applied nature In an area

lrelev,mt to the candidates employment and co. by a profeSSional engineer on site.

~~~~~·::::·~nc.omponents will cover areas of problem fU research skills. communication skills

strategies for applied research. Progress will be seminars given by candidates and by the

,ul,mlsslon of a progress report fnJuly. SubmiSSion final project report will be required by the 31

followed by a formal presentation of the of the project at a later date.

INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 20cp

irstSe.mester. Book I of Hobbes' classic Leviathan be read; It will be explained and expounded In

to bring out the Hobbesian world view the world view of liberalism that

western democracies (1 hour perweekl. A on morality cUscusses the nature of justice

SOme views on free will and on the basis of (1 hour per week}.A segment on critical

lsclnlnd aims to develop skills In analysing Oiu.aUln" and advancing arguments, conslderabl~

being placed on arguments as they occur, and on reasoning as an everyday

(1 hour per week).

Semester: Some of Plato's dialogues wnI be and the ethical, political and metaphYSical

Section Eight Guide to Sublect Descriptions

questions raised by them will be t e ded ( sys ematically xpoun 1 hour per week). A segment

knowledge and ality on re eXamines some questions about beltef and knowledge. the mind/body relationship, and the existence of God (1 hour per week:). A segment on the histOrical development of sclenUllc explanauon and an IntrodUction to the theory of sctenUllc method (1 hours per week).

Preliminary Reading

Nagel. T .. What Does It AU Mean? Oxford U.P. Texts

Clendlnnen, F.J .• Perspectives if &planation 0 Scientific

Hobbes. T .. Leviathan. Penguin.

Hospers.J .• AnIntroductiontoPhJlosophlcaiAnal sis Routledge. y .

Plato. The Last Days oJSocrates. Penguin.

Sparkes. A.W .. Argwnent Diagrams and Logical Relations. Podargus.

Sparkes. A.W .• Talking PhQosophy. Routledge_

PHIL242 BASIC SYMBOLIC LOGIC 5cp

A basic Introduction to sentential and predicate calculi. including notations, interpretation saUsfiablltty. valldltyandproofconstructlon. Partor the course will deal with the reduction of logtcal fonnulae into clausal form to enable their expression In PROLOG.

Text

Newton-Smith, W.H .. Logic: An Introductory Course Routledge. •

PHIL391 TECHNOLOGY AND HUMAN VAUlES 1 lOcp

A course of lectures and discussions focussing on the ethical. spiritual, SOCial. political. economic and issues that arise In technological decisions. The course is presented in two parallel strands. Strand A is based on an examination of Australian energy policy. This example of decision making is used to develop an awareness of Ul how non-technical dimensions enter decisions and (II) a systematic approach to public poltcy making. Strand B focuses on the nature and control of technology. It complements Strand A by introducing a range of addtttonal topics which broaden the horizon of consideration and deepen the treatment of specfflc features of decision making.

Texts


Hooker, C.A., Wright, J.N .. Course Notes

Schumacher, E.F., Small Is Beautiful, Abacus.

Teich, A.H. (ed.), Technology and Man's Future, St Martin's Press.

PHIL392 TECHNOLOGY AND IIUMAN VALUES 2


IOcp

A team project on the role of technical and value factors in technological decision making. Students will fonn small teams under staff leadership for a year-long intensive study of a speciftc example of technological decision making. The aim Is to proVide a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the interaction between technical and value factors in the decision. Each team will produce a report of a qual1ty aimed at management/ministerial discussion. Evaluation will be by the Team Report plus staff leader's/team's assessment of IndiVidual contrlbutlons. Example projects are Nuclear Electric Power for Australia, A Study of Technology Assessment. A wider variety of projects can be undertaken, selection by teams will occur during the first two weeks of semester.

PHIL691 TECHNOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT IOcp

Energy. What Is Energy? International comparisons. Energy situation and policy. Australian energypoUcy alternatlves and Issues. Bases for energy policy: Liberal economics, Liberal democracy, Liberal policy making. Towards a Viable democratic future. Technology, society and values. World problems: Overview, Approaches. Theory of technology. The control oftechnology. Technology and public policy: Impact assessment, technology assessment, costrisk-benefit assessments, appropriate technology.

Addtttonal Phtlosophy subjects are described in the Faculty oj Arts Handbook.

Physics Subject.

PHYSIII PHYSICS III IOcp Not to countJor credit with PHYSI13.

Basic Mechanics - Motion in one and twodlmensions. Laws of motion. Objects In Equlltbrium. Work & Energy. Momentum and Collisions.

Electricity. Electric forces and fields. Electric energy and CapaCitance. Current& Resistance. DC Circuits.

SocUon Eight Qulde to Sublect Descriptions

Rotational Mechanics - Circular Motion & Gravity. Rotational Dynamics. Derivation ofMomentofinertla. Rotational KInetic Energy.

Simple Harmonic Motion & Waves - Vibration & Waves. Sound, Simple Hannonlc Oscillator. Energy and Simple Harmonic Motion. Simple Pendulum. Classical Wave Equation, Super Position PrinCiple, Waves on Strings, Standing Waves, Beats.

There will also be 3 hrs/week of laboratory and tutorial work.

Texts .

Serway & Faughn, 1989, College Physics, 2nd International edn ISBN 0-03-022952-9, Saunders College.

Reference

Gordon&Serway,1989,StudyGuldewIthComputer Exercises to Accompany College Physics, 2nd edn, ISBNO-03-023474-3, Saunders College.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor further iIifonnatIDn.

PHYSII2 PHYSICS 112 IOcp Not to countJorcredit with PHYS114.

Electromagnettcs - Magnetism. Ampere's and Faraday's Laws, Induced Voltages and Inductance, AC Circuits. Electromagnetic Waves.

Thermal PhYSiCS -Definitions of Internal Energy, Heat, Work and Temperature, Principles of Setting up Temperature Scale. Constant Volume Gas Thermometer. The Ideal Gas Scale. Thermal, Expansion of Solids. Heats of Transformation,

Convection, Conduction and Radiation. ~:;~~ii, Law of Cooling. Stefan's Law. Planck's R Law.

Optics - Reflection & Refraction of Light. Hlly~Ien PrinCiple. Snell's Law, Index of rel'ra,:tlo>o, Internal Reflection, Mirrors and Lenses, Objects, Magnification, Ray Diagrams. Instruments.

Atomic & Nuclear - Relativity. Quantum Atomic Physics. Molecules & Solids. Nuclear Nuclear Physics Applications. Elementary

Students who undertake Physics III and 112 achieve a Credit average or better, can at ' discretion of the Head of Department, be progress to second year Physics. Stludenlts achieve a Distinction or High Distinction In

Faculty 01 Engineering

111 can, at the discretion of the Head of Department, be allowed to undertake Physics 114.

Texts

To be advised. See PHYSI12 Notice Board. References

Study guide to accompany above text.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor Jurther inJonnatton.

PHYSII3 PHYSICS 113 IOcp Not to countJor credit with PHYSlll.

Mechanics - IntrodUction. What the subjectofPhystcs involves, Its alms and relationship to other diSCiplines. The framework of the physicist's method.

- The scientific method, Its advantages and limitations.

The concepts of space and time. Kinematics. The classical fixed. frame. Pure rotation and pure

The GaJtJean equations of motion ,(revlslorl). Rotational kinematics.

The concepts of Inertial mass force, and momentum. Free body diagrams in

IID,,,tlalanld non-Inertial reference frames. The laws pflrlctlon. The centre of mass. Principles of motton

centre. Conservation of momentum. ::Ornb:lned rotation and translation. Line integrals

work. Energy. Klnettc energy and potential The work-energy theorem. ConseIVatlve and

cons'en'atlve systems. Force as the gradient of

:IectrolSU.tI,:S and Current ElectriCity - Coulomb's form. The definition of electric field

.n:IOg'Clll' .. Gauss'slawandappltcations. Definition :el.ctri.,.~ J>otentlahm(1 p<,telotlal difference. Electric ~~:;;:~:g energy of a system of point charges. IIJ the electIic field from the electric potential

of capacitance. The capacitance object. Derivation of capacitance for

cylindrical geometry. CapaCitors and parallel. Energy storage In the electric

Current Electricity. Definitions of current resistance, resistivity, and electromotive

law. Instantaneous power transfer. IUlvalent circuit. Thevenln's theorem. Kirchhotrs

RC circuits.

Harmonic Motion & Waves - Definition of General solution of SHM equation. Simple

oscillator. Circle of reference. Energy in Simple pendulum. Spiral spring. TorSion

SocUon Eight

EqUivalent Simple pendulum. pendulum. PhYSical (com1p~0~u~n:d~)~~:~~:~ Damped harmonic OScillations. Combination of SHM's at right angles. ligures. ~''''''d'''

Mathematical Supplements. The complex Pha80r representation. SUperpoSition p'·rlnd~ill FOUrier analysis.

Types of waves - Mechanical Waves, Deftnltfoil1': Properties. Equation of simple harmonic progressIVe '; wave and its derivation. Frequency, wavelength": wave number velOCity. ClaSSical wave equation, Exponential fonn of propagatlngwave. Superposttlon Principle Linear systems. Beats. Standing waves. Waves on strings. Waves in pipes. Velocity of wave on stretched string. Doppler effect.

Thennal Physics -Definitions of internal energy. heat, work, thermal eqUilibrium, and temperature. The Zeroth law of thermodynamics. The First law of thermodynamics. The constant volume gas thermometer. The triple point cell. The Ideal Gas Scale. The International Practical TemperatureScale. Practical thermometers.

The thennal expansion of solids. Units of heat. Definition of heat capacity and specific heat. Molar heat capacities, at constant pressure and constant volume and the relationship between them for Ideal gases. Heats of transformation. Definitions of convection, conduction and radiation. Stefan's law. Planck's Radiation law. Newton's law of cooling. Calorimetry.

The equation of state of an Ideal gas. Isovolumic, Isobaric isothermal. and adiabatic processes and the equations relating P and V for each. Work done when a gas changes volume. Reversible and irreversible processes. The Carnot cycle. The PV diagram for the Carnot cycle using an ideal gas as the working substance. The conversion of heat Into work. The effiCiency of a heat engine.

See Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook Jor Jurther inJormntton.

PHYSII4 PHYSICS 114 IOcp Not to countJor credit with PHYSI12.

Optics - Huygen's Principle wavefronts. Law of reflection. Snell's Law, Index of refraction. Total Internal reflection. Fermat's PrinCiple. Spherical mirrors. Refraction at spherical surface. Virtual objects mirrors, surfaces, lenses. Thin lenses.

Foculty 01 Engineering

Interference ofltght; coherency. Young's double sl1t experiment. The Omega navlgatton system. Diffraction. Fraunhofer and Fresnel. Single sUt Fraunhoferdlffraction. Diffraction effects on Young's experiment. Raylelgh·scriterion. Dlffractlon gratlng. Polarlzatlon of Ught. Law of Malus. Polarlzatlon by Reflection. Brewster's Law.

Double refraction. 0 and E rays. Optic axis. Quarter wave plate. Circular polatization. Electromagnetic waves E & B field. Energy In EM Waves. Poyntlng vector.

Electromagnetism - The Lorentz Force. The 8totSavartLaw. The Magnetic Force between 1\\'0 parallel Conductors. Ampere's Law. The Magnetic Field of a Solenoid. The Magnetic Field along the AxIs of a Solenoid. Magnetic Flux. Gauss's law in Magnetism. Magnetic Field of the Earth.

Faraday's Law of Induction. Motional emf. Lenz's Law. Induced EMF's and Electric Fields. Generators and Motors. Eddy Currents.

Self-Inductance. RL Circuits. Energy tn a Magnetic Field. Mutual Inductance. A.C. circuits.

Rotation and Advanced Mechanics - Rotational dynamics. Torque and angular momentum around a point. In cross product form. Torque and angular momentum about an axis. The rotation of a rigid body about a fixed axis. Dertvatlon of L=I .

Principle of conservation of angular momentum. Work dW = td ; the parallel axis theorem. The perpendicular axis theorem. Radius of gyration. Dynamics of combined rotation and translation. Couple as a free vector. Theorem of the lateral displacement of force.

Selected topics from gravitation. physics of fluids and non-linear dynamics.

Atomic and Nuclear Physics - The necessity for quantum physIcs. Black body radiation. the UV catastrophy and Planck's resolution by quantifying oscillator energies. The Planck radiation formula. Photo- electric effect, and Einstein's resolution by introducing the photon as the quantum of radiation. Compton effect. as further evidence for photons. Old quantum theory of the atom. Atomic stabtltty. The Bohr atom and derivation of course spectra for stngle election atoms. Limitation of the Bohr model and method.

Quantum mechanics. Introduction to quantum and atomtc level phenomena and devices. The de Broglie

Soction Eight Guide to Sublect Descriptions

concept of matter waves and wave particle duaUty's at atomic scale. Super-conductivity as example. Electron diffraction as waves. Uncertainty prinCiple as ltm1tatton on measurement. Quantum electronic devlces. Ideas of mtertng of states (Stem-Gerlach) and pumping of states. Appllcatlon to atomic clocks, masers. lasers.

Natural Radioactlvlty. Historical perspective.

Earlyobservatlons, a -.J) -. -, rays. a - scattering and the Rutherford nuclear atom (qualitative only). Radioactivity. Energy scales of phenomena. Radioactive decay modes. Decay constants. halfllfe, activity. Natural decay series and existence of shortltved species. Survey of radiation detectors. Applications - radio-carbon dating.

Nuclear Physics. Mass defect. binding energy curve. Nuclear reactions. neutrons. Coulomb barrier. fission. fuston. and mass- energy balance calculations.

Thermal Physics - Introductory kinetic theory. The relationship between internal energy and temperature for ideal gases.

The second law of thermodynamics. Entropy. The thermodynamic temperature scale.

See Foculty oj &ience ond Mathematics Hondbook Jor Jurther InJormatlon.

PHYS201 QUANTUM MECHANICS AND ElECTROMAGNETISM 10qI

Basic prinCiples of modem quantum mechanlal, and electro-magnetic theory. Laborator1j computational and tutorial work in these areas. 1-·

See Foculty oj &ience and Mathematics Handl",-!~i Jor Jurther InJormatlon.

PHYS203 SOLID STATE AND ATOMIC PHYSICS

Solid state physics andappHcattons. atomic and spectroscopy. optics and laser phystcs.

See Foculty oj &tence ond Mathematics Handl~ Jor Jurther InJormatlon.

Additional Physics subjects are described In Foculty oj &ience ond Mathematics HandIX>oJc.~

Faculty of EngineerIng

Psychology Subjects

PSYCIOI PSYCHOLOGY INTRODUCTION I IOcp

Three written laboratory reports. Introductory Methodology and Statlstlcs for Psychology; Biological Foundations; Perception and Learning.

See Foculty oj &ience ond Mathematics Hondbook Jor Jurther iIiformntton.

Texts

, General-anyrecentcomprehenslve text on General Psychology or Introduction to Psychology. The follOwing alternatives are recommended (others may be added later).

A~~~~'::'i~R~.L~: .• Atkinson. R.C. etall990. Introduction 'tt. lOthedn. HarcourtBraceJovanovtch.

Statistics course

D.C. 1985 or 1989. Fundomental Statistics Istor2ndedn.Duxbury.

PSYCHOLOGY INTRODUCTION 2 IOcp

written laboratory reports. Cognition; SOCial ~ch'>lo.gy;· Developmental Psychology.

Faculty of SCience and Mathematics Handbook further Information.

- as for PSYC 10 I. For Social Psychology V .. Gallols. C. etal. 1986. SoctolPsychology.

laI'co,ort Brace Jovanovich.

ddltlo,w/ Psychology subjects are descrtbed In the oj &Ience and Mathematics Hondbook.

BASIC PROCESSES IOcp

~:~;!:~~ generally examines such psychological t~ as perception, human Information Dcesslng. memory. soclo-lingulstics, and learning.

animal and human models may be considered.

CognlUon topic wJl1 examine the experimental supporting various models for human

. Emphaslswillbe placed on appUedaspects 'ognlUlon and memory as wen as an Introduction

network concepts.

Perception section wUl deal primarily With The follOWing topics will be covered' of the auditory system. subjecttv~

'e[lslons of sound, sound localisation and ~entl'rv aspects of speech perception.

Soction Eight Guld. 10 Subject o.acrlptlons

The learning topic will explore Ideas abou t the nature and mechanism of associative learning. The conditions under which learning occurs and the nature of the representaUons underlying learning wtlI be described. The implications of these ideas for the application ofleam1ng theory to issues such as dnig tolerance and addiction Will be considered.

Tutorial and laboratory exercises deallng with the above topics will be used to demonstrate these basic psychological processes.

Text

Schwartz. B. & Relsberg, D. 1991. Learning ond memory, W. W. Norton & Co .. New York. References

Baddeley. A. 1983. Your memoIY: A user's guide Penguin Books. .

Baddeley. A. 1990. Human memoIY: !heoIY and practise. Lawrence Erlbaum ASSOCiates. Hove. UK.

Goldstein. E.B. 1989. Sensation & perception, 3rd edn. Wadsworth, Belmont. CA.

Martlndale. C., 1991. Cognitive psyclwlody:A neuralnetwork approach. BrookS/Cole. Pacific Grove. CA.

St. James. J. & Schneider, W. 1991. MEL LAB: Experiments in perception, cognition. social psychologyond humanJactors. Psychology Software Tools, Pittsburg. PA.

Schwartz, B. 1990. Psychology oj learning and behaviour. 3rd edn, W.W. Norton, New York.

PSYC301 ADVANCED FOUNDATIONS FOR PSYCHOLOGY IOcp

This course consists of the follOwing topics:

(a) Experimental design principles In psychology ranging from naturalistic observation to experimental and quasi-experlmental designs. including single-case studies.

(b) Practical computation techniques for the analysts of experimental destgns in psychological research. using MIMTAB. BMDP andSPSS/X

(cl Introduction to multivariate statistical techniques such as Multiple Linear Regression. DiSCriminant Analysis and Cluster AnalYSiS.

(d) The MEL laboratory programs will be used to collect data in the tutorial periods.

References


Christensen. L.B. 1988. Experimental methodology. Allyn & Bacon. Boston.

Keppel. G. & Zedeck. S. 1989. Data analysis for research designs. W.H. Freeman & Co .. New York.

Howell.D.C.I987.StatlsttcalmethodsJorpsyclw/Dgy. Duxburg Press. Boston.

Winer. B.J .. Brown. D.R et al 1991, Statistical principles in experimental design, McGraw-HtlI.lnc .. New York.

St. James. J. & Schneider. W. 1991, MEL LAB: Experlments in perception. cognition, social psydw/ogy and hwnanJactors. Psychology Software Tools. Pittsburgh.PA.

PSYC309 TOPICS IN NEURAL SCIENCE lOep


Statistics Subjecta

STATIOl INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS lOep

Study design. Including surveys and controlled experiments. Sampling and randomization. Scales of measurement. Descriptive and exploratory data analysis. Probability. Statistical Inference: sampling distributions. confidence intervals and hypothesis tests for means and proportions. Correlation and regression. Time series analysis. Quality control. Chi-square tests for frequency tables.

Text

Moore. D.S. & McCabe. G.P. 1989. Introduction to the Practice oj Statistics. Freeman.

References

Freedman. D .. Pisani. R. PuIVis. R & Adhikarl. A. 1991, Statistics. 2nd edn. Norton.

Staudte. R 1990. Seeing. ThroughStatlstlcs. PrenticeHall.

Ryan. B.F .. Joiner. B.L. & Ryan. T.A. 1985. MINITAB Handbook. 2nd edn. Duxbury.

MtlIer. RB. 1988. MINITAB HandbookJor Business and Economics. PWS-Kent.

Wonnacott. T.H. and Wonnacott. R.J. 1990. Introductory Statistics Jor Business and EconomJcs. 4th edn. Wiley.

SecUon EIght Guide to Subtect Descriptions

STAT201 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS lOep

Random variables. probabtltty denstty and distribution functions. expectation. Likelihood. point and interval estimation. Tests of significance.

Text

Hogg. R V. & Tants. E.A. 1988. ProbabUfty and Statistical Iriference. MacmUlan.

See Faculty oj EconomJcs and Commerce Handbook Jor Jurther Ulformatlon.

STAT202 REGRESSION ANALYSIS lOep

This course covers the practical and theoretical aspects of multiple regression analysIs. including the assumptions underlytng nonnal linear models. use of matrix notation. prediction and confidence intervals. stepwise methods and examination of the adequacy of models. The statistical computer packages MINITAB AND SAS are used.

Text

Neter. J .• Wassennan. W. & Kutner. M.H. 1990, Applied Unear Statistical Models. 3rd edn. Irwin.

STAT205 ENGINEERING STATISTICS 5ep

Basic probablltty theory and prinCiples of statistical inference. Distributions. Error propagation. Qua1tt~ control.

See Faculty oj EconomJcs and Commerce H~ Jor Jurther inJormatlon.

STAT206 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS AND SURVEYS

This course contrasts two methods for co]IIe<:tIJIt and analysing data: experimental studies experimental studies Including surveys. principles of expertmental design are studying completely randomised randomised block designs and fa(:tolnall dE,.i!!ns. surveys the topics include: shnp,le lrarld(.m stratified and cluster sampling. ratio· aIm """"'estimators. Class projects are used to practical problems and the statistical Minitab and SAS are used to carry out amily'''''

Texts

Montgomery. D.C. 1984. Design and Analll"~ Experimenls. 2nd edn. Wiley.

Barnett. V. 1986. Elements oj Sampling Hodder and Stoughton.


Cochran. W.G. 1977. Sampling Techniques. 3rdedn. Wiley.

Neter. I.. Wassennan. W. & Kttner. M.H. 1990. Applied Unear Statistical Models. 3rd edn. Irwin.

Cochran. W.G. & Cox. G.M. 1984. Experimental Designs. Wiley.

Box. G.E.P .. Hunter. W.G. and Hunter. J.S. 1978. StatlstlcsJor Experimenters: an introduction todeslgn. data analysis and model buading. Wiley.

See Faculty oj EconomJcs and Commerce Handbook Jor Jurther inJormatlon.

Surveying Subjects

SURVlll SURVEYING I lOep 'Elementary surveytng principles. Nature. causes and classes of errors; elementazy error propagation. LInear measurementwtth tapes. Ordinarydiiferential levelltng. Theodolite; angle measurement; magnetic

c~;;:~:I:':~~n:F;leld notes. traversing and traverse :c slmp1e plan drawing.

and Elftck. M.H. 1986. Elementary "wcve!~u'g, SI. Harper and Row.

SURVEYING 2 lOep Pianeta1,le; contour surveys by stadia; detail surveys.

surveys. areas and volumes. hortzontal cutves. ~lSition curves. vertical curves. A brief history of Un,eying and sUIveytng instruments. A three.day

of fieId-work exercises fonn a compUlsory [omlponelll of this subject.

J.G. and Elftck. M.H. 1986. Elementary lU"Veut11ll. SI. Harper and Row.


INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE Bcp

INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE Bep

1~~;:'~~1~(~~~.~ are deSigned to fonnaltse periods ~1 Experience gained by part ·time students

Students Will also be required to present a giVing a connected account and critical

i1uatl.on of their engineering activities and Ie~ien,ce during the year. Such subjects may be

by part-time students as eIectives.

SecUon Eight

SURV213 SURVEYING 3

Quldo to Subject Descriptions

lOep Precise levelling. barometric levelling. trIgonometrical leve11tng. reciprocal levelling. Plane triangulation wtth Single-second theodolites. This subJect Includes a five-day survey camp.

8URV214 OPTICS AND MINING SURVEYING 5cp

Reflection and refraction at plane and curved surfaces. Prisms. thin lenses and spherical mirrors. Lenscombinations. thick lenses. Aberrations, optical and surveytng Instruments. Mining tenntnology. transferrfng datums underground. Underground development and mapping surveys. Open cut mine surveytng. Mining methods and other surveys aSSOCiated with mining.

SURV21B ElECTRONIC DISTANCE MEASUREMENT 5cp

Principles and applications of electronic distance meters. Propagation of electromagnetic waves, refractive index and coefficien t of refraction. VelOCity and geometric corrections to EDM distances. Reflectors and batteries. Errors and calibration of electronic distance meters.

SURV216 INTRODUCTORY SURVEYING 5ep

Note: This suQject will not be offered unttll995.

This subject is not avaUable to students who have completed SURVll1 and/or SURVI 12.

Elementary sUIVey1ngprinctples. ordlnarydlfferentfal levelling, theodolite and angle measurement. field notes, reductions and map preparation.

SURV233 SURVEY COMPUTATIONS 2 5cp

Plane trigonometrlcal fonnulae - calculation of trtangles, areas. roadways, subdiVisions. Use of calculators. Traverse compu tations. Including offsets and missing data problems. Areas from co-ordinates. Transfonnatlons. resections and Intersections _ mathematical and semi-graphic. Spherical trigonometry - applications to survey problems.

SURV316 HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYING 5cp

Tidal theory and tide gauging. Sounding. Position fixing afloat. Ranging. angle methods, electromagnetic methods (hyperbolic and circular). acoustic beacons. satellite positioning. integrated systems. Side-scan sonar. multtbeam sounders. sub·bottom profiling. Bathymetric data processing.

Text


Ingham. A.E. 1992. HydrographyJor the Surveyor and Engineer. 3rd edn. Blackwell.

SURV334 ERROR THEORY 5cp

Revision and extension of error theory. Adjustment by least squares. Error ellipse calculations.

SURV35 1 GEODESY 1 lOcp

Historical development of geodesy. Ellipsoid and geoid. geodetic reference systems. Outltneof physical geodesy. Differential geometry. Geometry of the ellipsoid. normal sections and the geodesic. Spherical excess. Legendre's Theorem. Polars andJotns on the ellipsoid. Map proJection theory. Transverse Mercator projection. Australian Map Grtd. NSW Integrated SUIVeys Grid. Geodetic sUIVeys (horizontal and vertical control). Satellite position fixing. adjustment of figures and networks.

SURV361 PHOTOGRAMMETRY 1 lOcp

Stereoscopic Vision - geometry of single aerial photograph - stereoscopic pairs - fundamental mathematical relationships - radial triangulation. Inner. relative and absolute orientation with respect to direct optical projection. Cameras. physical properties of photographs.

Text

Wolf. P.R. 1974. Elements oj Photogrammetry. McGraw-Hill or

Moffit. F.H. and Mikhail. E.M. 1980. Photogrammetry. 3rd edn. Harper and Row.

SURV362 REMOTE SENSING 5cp

Introduction to sensing and sensors; sensor platforms; ground-based. aerial and satellite; applications.

Text

Curran. P.J. 1985. Principles oj Remote Sensing. Longman.

SURV393 LAND BOUNDARY DEFINITION lOcp

Cadastral sUIVeys in N.S.W. Surveying Law. Torrens and Common law titles sUIVeys and searches. Identification smveys. Field records and plans. A ten-day survey camp is a compulsory part of this subject.

Section Eight

Texts

Guide to Subtect Descriptions

Hallman. F. 1973. Legal Aspects oj Boundary Suroeyfng as Apply In NSW. Inst. of Surveyors NSW.

Willis. R.W .• Notes on Suroey Investigations. The Land Titles Office.

SURV417 lNDUSTRlALAND OTHER SURVEYING lOcp

Review of statistics. Mechanical principles of instrument design. optical tooling in industry, pointing accuracy theory. Management of a sUIVey practice including use of software systems.

Texts

1976. Manual oJ the N.S. W. Integrated Survey Grid, NSW Department of Lands.

SURV418 CONTROL NE1WORKS 50p

Analysis of field procedures and design of surveys. Survey control for construction projects. defonnation sUIVeys. integrated surveys.

Texts

Richardus, P .• Project Surveying. North Holland.

1976. Manual oj the N.S. W. Integrated Suroey Grid, NSW Department of Lands.

SURV44 1 ASTRONOMY AND SATELUTE POSITIONING lOcp

The celestial sphere and astronomic triangle: definitions. conventions and time. Latitude by circum-meridian methods. Longitude byex-meIidtan methods. Azimuth by circum-elongation. circumpolar and sun observations. Global Positioning System.

Texts

Bennett. G.G. and Freisllch. J.G. 1979. Field Astronomy Jor Suroeyors. UNSWP.

Wells. D. Guide to G.P.S. Positioning, Canadian GP5 ASSOCiates.

SURV452 GEODESY 2 5cp

Least squares adjustment of control surveys: variance/covariance matrix. variance factor and weight coefficient matrix. elementary statistical testing of observations and adjusted values. Relationship between geoid and ellipSOid. astro· geodetic levelling. ellipSOidal elevations. mean sea level and the geoid-gravity and its use In geodesy. methods for establishing a world geodetic systedL Precise levelling.

Texts


Torge. W .. Geodesy. de Gruyter.

Mikhail. E.M .. ObservatJons and Least Squares. IEP.

SURV462 PHOTOGRAMMETRY 2 5cp

Photogrammetrtc orientation. Design principles and practical application of exact and approximate restitution instruments. Flightand project planning. Aerial mapping. Aerial triangulation of stIips. Text

Wolf. P.R. 1974. Elements oj Photogrammetry. McGraw-Hill.

SURV463 ADVANCED CARTOGRAPHY 5cp

Cadastral systems. Land information systems. Evolution of the N.S.W. cadastre. Mapping _ methods of preparing and reproducing ilne maps and other map products. Principles of automatic cartographic procedures. review of equipment examples of automated mapping.

SURV472 LAND VALUATION lOcp

General prinCiples of urban and rural land valuation - unimproved and improved capital values _ valuation of leasehold and freehold land _ subdiv1slonal value ofland - valuation ofbutldings -relevant Acts and Regulatlons- N.S.W. Land and Valuation Court proceedings and deciSions. Texts

Hornby. D. 1976. Appraisal One, Jolyon.

Murray. J.F.N. 1974. Principles andPracttce oJLand Valuation, Commonwealth Inst. of Valuers.

SURV473 TOWN PLANNING lOcp Review of historical planning concepts. Modem approaches to town planning including legal aspects. Practical consideration In subdivision design. Environmental impact considerations.

PROJECT St/RV4S1 15cp

Either a minor research project involving a literature reView and/or analytical and/or experimen tal

a land studies project. involving ,.selection of a site suitable for a specified purpose, ""<e''''ganon of title. zoning. site survey,

MINOR PROJECT A 20cp

project approved by the Head of Department.

-----.1~

s.cllon Eight Guide 10 Subject Deoc'lpU .....

Thin e project may be a literature review an analyt1cal vesUgaUon an •

land st di' expenmental invesUgaUon or a

th u es project; or a suitable combination of

ese components.

SURV463 MlNORPR"~-B ---. 20cp

A minor project approved by the HeadofDepartrnent. The project may be a literature review. an analyt1cal Investigation. an expeIimenlal i Ii I d nves gation or a an studies project· or a suilabl b f h . e com ination 0

t ese components.

SURV484 MAJOR PROJECT 40cp A major project approved by the HeadofDepartrnent. This project includes a literature reView. ananalytlcal and/or experimenta1investtgatton or a major land studies project.

SURV49S SPECIAL TOPIC 50p A contemporary topic 1n surveying approved by the Head of Department.

SURV499 SPECIAL TOPIC 5cp A contemporary topic in surveying approved by the Head of Department

section nine

Schedule of Subjects

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS

About This Section This section contains the details oJthe subjects offered by the departments oj the Faculty oj engineering together with subjects offered by departments oj other Jacultles which are Included In the course progrwns set out In Sections 5 and 7. The content descriptions oj the listed subjects are set out In Section 8.

Guide to Subject Detail Scheduie

Subject Codes

Each subject has been given a unique code (eg ClVL Ill). This code Identifies the subject within the University's computer system and should be entered on fonn dealing wtth subjects. The alpha sectlon of the code indicates department responsible for offering the subject. The first number tn the Indicates the level at which the subject Is offered (Ie. 100.200.300.400 etc.) In the Faculty of Engineering. also Indicates !he WAM weighting of !he sUlbj'''~ The latter two numbers usually Indicate the sequence of a subject in a streaJjlli, of subjects or within a course.

The departmentaltndtcators included tn this Handbook are listed tn Section

Credit Point Value

The credit potnt value of a subject thus indicates the workload of a subject, a proportton of a normal annual full-time program. Similarly, the credit value of a subject indicates the proportion of the annual HECS Iiabilltywh arises from enrolment tn that subject. Further infonnatton on the meanllll credit potnts ts gtven in the General Course Rules and Infonnatton in

Semester Offered

Subjects may be offered in Semester 1. Semester 2. both Semester Semester 2 (Ie. the subject is repeated) or over a full year. The indicattons in the Schedule are accurate at the ttme of publicatton but students confirm final arrangements tn the University Timetable.

Foeully of Engineering

Prerequloltee ""d Corequlaltee

Many subjects have prerequisite and/or eorequlslte requirements. Themeanlngof!hese tennsaredefined In !he Award Rules. The prerequisite and corequlslte requirements of the subjecls descrtbed In !hIs Handbook are set out In !he follOwing pages.

The head of !he department olfertng a subject may waive the prerequisite or corequfslte requirements of a subject offered by !hat department. Students should obtain any such waiver 1n writing on the fonn avallable from !he Faculty Office and submit !he completed fonn a ttached to any request forvaI1ation of program.

_d Knowledge

. Many subjects also have assumed knowledge requirements. These are also set out In the follOwing pages. Students are strongly advised to have completed !he sub'ects presc~bed 1m ~ JJ as assumed

owledge before enrolltng or to otherwise discuss the extent of !heir disadvantage wI!h !he head of department or the lecturer concerned.

SoctIonNine Schedule of Sub/octo


SecUonNne Schedule of Subjects

Schedule of Subjects Offered by the Department of Chemical Euatneerlng

Code SWilect Name credit "'*" Semester _Isttes Corequfsites (eR:)

Assumed Knowtedge (A&)

CHEElll Industrial Process Principles 5 2 CHEEl12 Introduction to Chemical Engineering 10 2 CHEEl13 Chemical and Manufacturing Processes 10

CHEE191 Industrial Experience 5 FuUyear Part-Ume enrolment

CHEE192 Industrial Experience 5 VuUyear Part-time enrolment

CHEEl93 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-Ume enrolment

CHEE194 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time enrolment

CHEE241 Design PrInciples 10 1 AK: CHEEl13, MA1H102 or CHEE1l3, MATH1l2

CHEE242 Chemical Engineering Computations 10 Full year

CHEE265 Transfer Processes I 5 1 CHEE281 or CHEE292

CHEE266 Energy and Extractive Processes 5

CHEE261 Transfer Processes 2 5 2 CHEE265

CHEE268 Transfer Processes 3 5 CHEEl12

CHEE281 Laboratory 1 5 CR: CHEE265

CHEE282 Laboratory 2 10 2 CHEE281

CHEE292 • Transfer Processes Laboratory 5 CR: CHEE265

CHEE301· Selected Topic 5 Both I and 2 Penntsslon ofH.O.O.

CHEE321 Modelling of Processes 5 1 CHEE242, MA1lI20 I, MATIl202

CHEE332 Thennodynamlcs 10 CHEE265. CHEE267, CHEM241

CHEE34 1 Project Engineering 10 CHEE241 AK: CHEE267

CHEE342 Safety and Environment 10 2

CHEE351 • Electrochemistry and Corrosion 5 CHEM241

CHEE352 • Transport Phenomena 5 2 CHEE267, CHEE268

CHEE353 • Surface Chemistry 1 10 Not In 1994 CHEM241

CHEE354· Biotechnology 5 Not In 1994 CHEE356· Process Synthesis 5 1 CHEE242 CR: CHEE372

CHEE351· Fuel Technology 1 5 Not in 1994 CHEE266

CHEE358· Process Metallurgy 1 5 Not in 1994 CHEE261

CHEE365· Introduction to Minerai Processing 5 2 CHEE268

CHEE366· Waste Management 5 Not In 1994 CHEMIOI. CHEMI02

CHEE367· AnalYSiS of Pollution 5 Not In 1994 CHEMlO1. CHEM 102

CHEE372 Separation Processes 10 2 CHEE265. CHEE267

CHEE38 I Engineering Application Laboratory 5 2 AK: CHEE241

CHEE382 Laboratory 3 5 CHEE282 CR: 20cp at CHEE300 level

CHEE383 Laboratory 4 5 2 CHEE382 CHEE401 • Special Topic 5 Both 1 and 2 Pennlsslon of H.O.O.

CHEE421 Process Control and Instrumentation 10 CHEE321

CHEE432 Klnetles and Reaction Engineering 10 CHEE332 CHEE451 • Surface Chemistry 2 5 Not In 1994 CHEE353 CHEE452 • Minerai Processing 2 5 Not In 1994 CHEE365 CHEE453 • Process Optimization 5 2 CHEE372 CHEE454 • Fuel Technology 2 5 Not In 1994 CHEE357 CHEE455· Heat Transfer 5 Not in 1994 CHEE264 CHEE456· Process Metallurgy 2 5 Not In 1994 CHEE358 CHEE461· Environmental Process Technology 10 Not In 1994 CHEE372 CHEE462· Principles of Wastewater Treatment 10 Not In 1994 CHEE491 Seminar 5 Full year All Year III Subjects CR: CHEE497

SWilect Name

CHEE495 Design Project

Focultyof Engineering

CHEE496 Advanced Design Project CHEE497 Research Project CHEE498 Advanced Research Project CHEE511 • Coal Combustion CHEE512· Coal Technology CHEE513· Furnace Tec:hnology CHEE521 • Coal Combustion CHEE523· Furnace Technology CHEE542· Power Engineering Processes and the

Environment CHEE594 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar A CHEE595 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar B CHEE599 Project Seminar

credit "'*"

20 10

20 10

10 10 10 5 5

5

20 20 40

T.B.O. = To be detennined H.O.O. = Head of Department

SectIonN,.

_er

Fun year FuUyear FuU year FuU year

Not in 1994 Not In 1994

2 Not in 1994 Not In 1994

Full Year Full Year Full Year

j

_uleof SubJ_

~ ... Oln!quIsttes (CR:!

Ass"""" Knowtedge (AK:J

All Year DI Subjecta Penn1aslon of H.O.O. CR:CHEE495 All Year III Subjecta Pennia.ton of H.O.O. CR:CHEE497 GradUate enrolment Graduate enrobnent Graduate enrohnent Graduate enrolment Graduate enrolment

Graduate enrolment MEngSc enrolment MEngSc enrolment MEngSc enrolment and pennlsslon of H.O.D.

Elective subjects. Not all elective subjects will be available In anyone year. Elective subjects Indicated as potentially available may be cancelled If enrolments are Insumcient. Availability should be conflnned with the Department Omce.


Sec:Uon Nine Schaduleol Subjects

Schedule of Subjects Offered by the Department of ClvU Euilne"rlDa IUld Surveym, Code

ClVLlll Mechanics and Structures

ClVL131 Fluid Mechanics 1 ClVLI41

ClVLI91

CIVL192 ClVLI93 ClVL212

ClVL213

MAnI1l2 ClVL222 ClVL223 ClVL225 ClVL226 CIVL232

ClVL233

ClVL242 ClVL251 ClVL271 CIVL314 CIVL315 CIVL316

CIVL317 CIVL325

CIVL326 CIVL327

CM.334 CM.342

CM.343

CM.344 CIVL345

CIVL346 CIVL352

CJVL353 CM.381

Environmental Engineering 1

Industrial Experience

Induslrtal Experience Industrial Experience Mechanics or Solids

Theory or Structures 1

Materials 2 Materials 3 Geotechnlcallnvestlga.Uons 1 GeolechnicallnvestlgaUons 2 Fluid Mechanics 2

Fluid Mechanics 3

Environmental Engineering 2 Systems Transportation Engineering Theory or structures 2 Stress Analysis Reinforced Concrete Design

Steel Design Soli Mechanics 1

Soli Mechanics 2 Concrete and Metals Technology Open Channel Hydraulics Hydrology

Environmental Modelling 1

Environmental Modelling 2 Environmental Modelling 3

Environmental Modelling 4 Management

Environmental Regulations Statistical Methods

CM.382 Finite Element Methods

CIVIA 10 - Dynamics and Stability or Structures CMA18 Theory or Structures 3

CIVIA 19 - Masonry and T1mber Design CJVL317

CMA20 Geotechnical Engineer1ng

CIVlA29 - Rock Mechanics CIVlA35 - River and Coastal Engtneering CIVL443 Water Resources Engineering

CMA53 Civil Engineering Design I CMA54 Civil Engineering Design 2

5

5 5 5 5

5

5 5 5 10 5

5 10 10 5

5 5

5 5

5 5

5

5

10 5 5 5

15 15

Both 1 and 2 2 2

FuUyear

FuUycar fuJI year

I

2

2

2 2 2

Full year I

I 2

2

2

2

2 2

2 2

2

Iftrequ.IsUes

Part-Ume Enrolment

Part-time Enrolment

Part-tlme Enrolment

CIVLIll

ClVLlll

CIVLl31

CIVL131 CIVLl41 MAnI 102 or MATI-l112

CIVL213 ClVL212

ClVL212 ClVL212

ClVLl31

AU Year I

AK: MAnI 102 or

MATI-lIl2 AK: MATI-lI02 or

AK: MECH121 AK: CM..222

CR: ClVL225 AK: MATI-Il 02 or MATI-l112 AK: ClVL232

AK: CIVL212

AK: CIVL213 AK:CIVL213 AK: CIVL213 AK:CM..212,

ClVL224 AK:CJVL325

AK: CIVL223 AK: CIVL232 AK: CIVL232. CM.381 AK:CIVL334 AK: CIVL343 AK: CIVL343

AK: CIVL334

MATI-lI02 or MATI-l112 AK: MECH205 or SURV233

2 MECH205 Not in 1994

1

2

2

2

An Year III subjects An Year III subjects

AK: CIVL314 AK: CJVL314,

CIVL317 AK: C1VL314.

AK: CIVL326 AK: CIVL326 AK: CIVL334 AK: CIVL251. CM.342

Faculty 01 Engineering

Code Su1?Ject Name

CMA55 Project

CMA57 Environmental Engineering Design CIVlA58 - Engtneerlng Risk Assessment

CIVlA72 - Highway Engineering

CIVL491 - Special Topic CMA92-

SURVIIl SURVl12 SURVI91 SURV192

SURV193 SURV213 SURV214 SURV215 SURV216

SURV233 SURV316

SURV334 SURY351

SURV361 SURV362 SURV393

SURV417

Special Topic Surveying 1 Surveying 2

Industrial Expertence Industrtal Experience Industrial Experience Surveying 3

Optics and Mining Surveytng Electronic Distance Measurement Introductory Surveying--Survey Computations

Hydrographic SUrveying Error Theory Geodesy I Photogrammetry 1

Remote Sensing

Land Boundary Definition

Industrial and other Surveytng SURV418 Control Networks

SURV44I Astronomy and Satellite Positioning SURV452- Geodesy 2

SURV462- Photogrammetry 2

SURV463- Advanced Cartography

SURV472 Land Valuation SURV473 Town Planning SURV481 Project

SURV482 Minor Project A

SURY483 Minor Project B

SURV484 Major Project SURV498- Special Topic SURV499- Special Topic H.O.O. = Head or Department

fredlt_

15 15 5

5

5 5

10 10 5

5 5 10 5 5 5 5

5 5 10 10 5 10

10 5 10

5

5

5 10 10 15 20 20

40 5

5

Sec:Uon Nine

FuUycar Fun Year

2

2

2

2 FuU year Full year Full year

2

1 2

Not until 1995 2

1

2 2 2

2

2

2

2 Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year

1

2


Iftrequ.fsUes CorequfsUes (CR:) Ass"""" _ (Ill<}

AU Year III subjects

CM.381 or STAT205 AK: AU Year III subjects

PermIssion orH.O.D. Pennlsslon orH.O.D.

Part-time Enrolment Part-Hme Enrolment Part-Hme Enrolment SURVll1, SURVll2

SURVlll. SURVll2 SURYlll. SURV112

SURVlll. SURVll2 SURYlll, SURVll2 SURV213 MATI-l20I. MATI-l203 All Year I subjects All Year I subjects IAW291. I.AW292. SURV215

SURV215.SURV334 SURV215,SURV334 SURV213,SURV233x SURV351

SURV36I SURV361

All Year II subjects All Year II subjects An Year III subjects Graduate Enrolment SURV482 Graduate Enrolment Penntsston orH.O.O. Pennlsslon or H.O.D.

AK: ClVL271

AK: SURYlll

AK: MECH102 AK: SURV215

AK:SURV233

CR: SURV334, SURV351

Electlvesubjects. Notall elecUve subjects will be available In any one year. Electlvesubjectslndlcated as potentially available may be cancelled Ir enrolments are Insufficient. Availability should be oonHnned with the Department Office. .. This SUbject Is not available to students who have completed SURVlll and/or SURV 112


Section Nine Schedule of Subjects

Schedule of Subject. Offered by the Department of Computer Science

C>xIe SUl!l«t Name CredIt_ Semester A-erequCsUes OlreqUIsUes (eR:)

Assumed Knowledge~}

COMPIIO Introduction to Programming 5 Semi Non-enrolment tn BCompSc No Ex.

from COMPIIl,

VOMP1l2or COMP201 -

COMPlll Introduction to Computer Science I 10 Semi COMPl12 Discrete Structures \0 Sem2 COMPII1 & MATH 1 11 with CR:MATHl12 or

PR:MAm102 -

COMPl13 Introduction to Artlflctalintelilgence \0 Full Year CR:COMPlll

COMPl99 Project 5 1.2orFY Pennlsslon of H.O.D.

COMP221 Comparative Programming Languages \0 Semi COMPII} AK: either COMPl12

orCOMPl13

COMP222 Theory of Computation \0 Sem2 COMPl12 & COMP113

COMP223 Analysts of Algorithms \0 Semi COMPl12

COMP224 The Unix Operating System \0 Sem2 AK:COMPlll

COMP225 Artificial Intelligence 2 \0 Semi COMPl13 AK:COMPI12

COMP299 Project 5 1.2orFY Pennisslon ofH.O.D.

COMP321 Software Engineering & Project 20 Full Year COMPIIl AK:COMP221

COMP224

COMP322 Computer Vlston and Robotics \0 Sem2 COMP225 AK:MAllil12

COMP323 Computatlonal logic \0 Semi COMP222

COMP324 Parallel Processing \0 Sem2 COMP223 & ELEC 170

COMP325 Database Systems \0 Semi COMPl12

COMP326 Data Security \0 Sem2 COMP112 AK:COMP325

COMP327 Principles of Operating Systems \0 Semi ELEC170 AK:COMP223 &

COMP224

COMP328 Computer Networks \0 Sem2 COMPl12 & ELEC170 AK:COMP223 and COMP224

COMP329 Complier Design \0 Semi COMP221 AK:ElEC170

COMP330 Graphic User Interfaces \0 Sem2 COMPl12 AK:COMP221 &

COMP224

COMP331 Geometric Data Structures \0 Semi COMPl12 AK:COMP223

COMP332 Computer Graphics \0 Sem2 COMPl12 & MATH 1 12 AK:MAlli217

COMP411 Special Topic A \0 Semi Pennlsslon of H.O.D.

COMP412 Special TopiC B \0 Sem2 Penn1ssion ofH.O.D.

COMP413 Special Topic C \0 Semi Penntssion ofH.O.D.

COMP414 Special Toptc D \0 Sem2 Pennlssion of H.O.D.

COMP425 Honours Project 20 Full Year Penntsston of H.O.O.

COMP435 Special Topic E 20 Full Year Pennlssion ofH.O.D.

COMP441 Cryptographic Techniques \0 Semi Pennission ofH.O.D. AK:COMP326

COMP442 Natural Language Processing \0 Sem2 Penniss\on ofH.O.D. AK:COMP225

COMP443 Formal Reasoning In Artificial \0 Semi Pennlssion of H.O.O. AK:COMP225 Intelligence and COMP323

COMP444 Program Semantics \0 Sem2 Pennission of H.O.D. AK:COMP222 and

COMP323

COMP445 Computattonal Geometry \0 Semi Pennission of H.O.O. AK:COMP223 and

COMP331

COMP446 Advanced Computational Geometry \0 Sem2 Pennission of H.O.D. AK:COMP445

COMP447 Graph Algorithms \0 Semi Pennlsslon of H.O.D. AK:COMP223

COMP448 Advanced Complier Design \0 not In 1994 Pennlssion of H.O.O. AK:COMP329

C>xIe

COMP449

COMP450

COMP451

COMP452

SUl!l«t Name


Advanced Parallel Processing: 1beory DIstributed Operating Systems

Advanced Parallel Processing:

Theory of Databases

\0

10

\0

10

Section Nine

not In 1994

Sem2

nottnl994

Schedule of SubJocts

Penntsston of H.O.D. AK:COMP324 Permission ofH.O.D. AK:COMP327 and

COMP328 Permission of H.O.D. AK:COMP324

not In 1994 Pel1ll1lslon oCH.O.D. AppIlcattona

AK,COMP325 COMP501 Master of Computing Project Part A 30 Full Year Perm1ssion of H.O.D. COMP502 Master of Computing Project Part B 30 Full Year COMP50 1

COMP503 Master ofCompuUng Project 60 Full Year Permission ofH.O.O. _

400 level subjects are nonnally avaHabIe only to students tn the following programs offered by the Department of Computer Science: BCompSc(Hons). MCompSc. MCompuUng, PhD.


_nNlne Schedule of Subjects

Schedule of Subjects Offered by the Department of Electrical and Computer EnglneerinC Code SIJ1?/ect Name

ELECIOI Introduction to Electrtcal and Computer Engineering Electrical Engineering 1

Computer Engineering 1 ELEC}30

ELEC170

ELEC192 Industrial Experience

ELEC193

ELEC194

ELEC195

ELECI97 ELEC210

ELEC211

ELEC220

Industrial Experience Industrial Experience Industrial Experience IndustrtalExpertence Introduction to Energy Systems

Electrical Energy Conversion Electronics 1

ELEC23 1 Electrical Circuits

ELEe31!

ELEC312

ELEC321 ELEC322

ELEC34 1

Electrical Power Eleclrtcal Systems Linear Electronics Switching Electronics DIgital Signal Processing

ELEC351 Telecommunications ELEC352 Analogue and Dlgttal Communications

ELEe371

ELEC372

ELEC380

ELEC411· ELEC412·

Microprocessor Systems

Computer Architecture Project/Directed Reading

Electrical System Design Electrtcal System Dynamics and Control

ELEC413· Electrtcal Technology ELEC420· VLSI Design ELEC421· Electronics Design ELEC440· Advanced Control ELEC441· ELEC445· ELEC454· ELEC455 ELEC460·

Control System Design and Management Advanced Signal Processing Engineertng Electromagnetics Advanced Communications Computer Software

ELEC470· Advanced Computer Architectures ELEC480 Electrtcal Engineertng Project

ELEC485 Computer Engineering Project

ELEC511· Condition Monltortng

ELEC512· Power System Operation and Control

5 10

10

5 5 5 5

10 10

5 10

10

10 5

10

5

5

5

10

10

10

5

5

5 5 10

10

10

10

5

5 5

10

10

30

30

5 5

FuUYear

FuUYear Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year

2

2

Full Year 2

Full Year 2

2 Full Year

Full Year

Full Year

A-erequ.isites CorequisUes (eR:)

Assumed Knowledge W<I

Part-Hme enrolment Part-Hme enrolment

Part-Hme enrolment Part-Hme enrolment

SandWich enrolment ELEC130, MA1lf102

ELEC130 ELEe 130, MA'IH 102

ELEC130, MAWI02

ELEC210, El.EC231 ELEC210, ElEC231 ELEC220, ElEC231

ELEC220.ElEC231 ELEC220, ElEC231

MAW 102 or MAnJ 112

CR: MAW 103 or ELEC130, MA'IH112 CR: MAW217

CR: MATH 103 or ELECI30.MATHI12

CR: MATH217 CR: MATH 103 or

ELEC130. MATHI12

CR: MA1lJ217 AK: MATH206 AK: MATH206 AK: ELEC210

AK: MA'IH203 and MA1lJ206

ELEC220, ELEC231 AK: MA1H203 &

MAnJ206

ELECI70 ELEC170

1,2 or Full Year Pennission ofH.O.D.

ELEC312 2 ELEC312, MECH36}

Not in 1994 ELEC210 Full Year ELEC220, ELEC372

Full Year ELEC321 Not in 1994 MECH36 I

Full Year 1

2

Not in 1994

Full Year

Full Year Full Year

Full Year

1l!D 1l!D

MECH36 I ELEC341, ELEC352 PHYS201 AK: ELEC321 ELEC352 AK: ELEC321

ELEC371

ELEe372 Completion of Year III Electrtcal Engineertng

Completion of Year III Computer Engineering Graduate enrolment Graduate enrolment

SuQJect Name


ELEC541 • Control System Design and Management ELEC543· Optimization Techniques ELEC544· Linear Systems Theory

ELEC545· Nonlinear Systems Analysis ELEC546· TopiCS In System Design 1

ELEC54 7· Topics in System Oeslgn 2 ELEC552· Advanced DIgital Signal Processing ELEC571 Computer and Electronics Seminar 1

ELEC572 Computer and Electronics Seminar 2 ELEC573 Computer and Electronics Seminar 3 ELEC591 • Systems and Control Seminar 1 ELEC592·

ELEC593· ELEC594 ELEC595 ELEC599

Systems and Control Seminar 2 Systems and Control Seminar 3 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar A Industrial Systems PrOject/Seminar B Industrial Systems Project/Seminar

ELEC64 1 • Adaptive Control

ELEC642· Estimation and System Identification ELEC643· Nonlinear Control

ELEC645· Advanced Topics In Control ELEC646· Advanced Topics In System Theory I

ELEC647· Advanced TopiCS in System Theory 2 ELEC66 1 • Computer Networks

ELEC662· Advanced Topics in Computers T.B.O. = To be detennined H.O.O. = Head of Department

5 5 5 5 5

5 5

5 5 5 5 5

5 20 20 40

5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5

Section Nina

1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 11lD

1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 1l!D

Full Year Full Year FuJI Year

1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 1l!D 11lD

ftE!r'equtsites

Schedulaof Subjects

CorequiSites feR:) Assumed Knowledge (AIC)

Graduate enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment

ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment

ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment Enrolment In MEng5c Enrolment in MEng5c Enrolment In MEng5c and pennisslon of HOD ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment

ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment

Elective or graduate SUbJects. Not all such subjects will be available In anyone year. The subjects In this category Indicated as JXItentlally available may be cancelled Ir enrolments are Insuffictent. Availability should beconftrmed With the Department Office.


Section Nine Schedule of Subjects

Schedule of Subjects Offered by the Department of Mechanlc:al Engineering Code SUl?Iect Name

MECHIOI Introduction to Mechanical Engineering

MECH102 Introduction to Engineering Computing

MECH 103 Englneertng Chemistry

MECH III Engineering Drawing MECH121 Materials I

MECH191 Industrial Experience

MECH192 Industrial Experience

MEeH193 Industnal Experience

MEeH204 Experimental Methods 1

MECH205 Engineering Computations

MECH21 1 Mechanical Engineering Design 1

MECH212 Design of Machine Components

MECH222 Materials 2

MECH233 Dynamics

MECH234 Dynamics of Engineering Systems

MECH241 Mechanics of Solids 1

MECH251 Fluid Mechanics 1

MECH271 Thennodynamlcs 1

MECH304 Experimental Methods 2 MECH305 • Numerical Methods

MECH309 • Noise Pollution and Control

MEeH31 1 Mechanical Engtneer:lng Design 2

MECH315 • Computer Aided Design

MECH317 • Bulk Materials Handling 1

MECH31B • Conveying of Bulk Solids

MECH319 Introduction to Finite Element Analysis

MECH323 Matenals 3 MECH324 • Ceramic Science and Technology

MECH325 • Polymer Science and Technology

MECH326 • Fabrication of Metals

MECH333 Dynamics of Machines

MECH334· Advanced Dynamics

MECH342 Mechanics of Solids 2

MECH352 Fluid Mechanics 2

MECH361 Automatic Control

MECH372 Heat Transfer I

MF..cH373 Thennodynamlcs 2

MEeH381 Methods Engineering

MECH382 Engineering Administration

MECH383 Quality Engineering

MECH386 Computer Aided Manufacturing

MECH387 Operations Research 1

10

5 5

5

5

5

5 5 10

5

5

10

5 5

5 5

5 5 5

5 5

5 5 10

10

5

5

5

5 5 5 5

Semester

2

1 and 2 1

1 and 2 1 and 2

Full Year

Full Year

Fun Year

1 2

Fun Year t 2

2

2

2

Full Year

2

Full Year

Itt 1

2

2

2

Not In 1994

2

Not In 1994

2

Full Year

2

2

1

2

2

2

.R"ereqldsUes CorequCsUes (CR:)

Assumed K11ruJIedge (AK:)

Part Time Enrolment

Part Time Enrolment

Part Time Enrolment

MAnilll MAnll12&MECH102

or COMPI 10 CIVLlll. MECH1l1 CIVLlll. MECH1l1 AK.: MECH241

AK.: MECH121.

MECHI03

MAnl1020r MAnl11l AK.: MAnll12.

CIVLlll

ClVL1l1. PHYS1l2

AK.: MECH233.

MAnlI020r

MAnl112

AK.: MAni I 02 or

MATH1l2

MAnlI02 or MAnl112 AK: PHYS102

MATHI02orMATHI12 AK:PHYSI02

MECH204

MECH205

MECH232

MECH211

MECH241

MECH232

MECH211. MECH212.

MECH241

MECH24 I

MECHI21

MECH121

MECHI21

MECH232

MECH233. MECH234

AK:MAnl201.

MAnl203

AK: MECH333

AK: MECH211.

MECH212

MECH24 1 AK: MA1li20 1

MECH25 1 AK: MAnI203

MAnl203

MECH25 I

MECH271

SfAT205 AK.: MECH211

AK.: MA1li20 1

Code Sul?/ect Name


MECH388 Operations Research 2

MECH405 • Computation of Turbulent Flows

MECH407 • Air Pollution Management

MECH408 • Machine Condition Monitoring

MECH412 • Bulk Materials Handling 2

MECH415 Mechanical Engtneerlng DeSign 3

MECH416· Advanced Finite Element Analysis

MECH41B· Maintenance Management

MECH421 • Composites In Engineering

MECH431 Robotics

MECH453 • Introduction to Turbulence

MECH473 • Thennodynamics 3

MECH474 • Heat Transfer 2

MECH482 Engtneenng Economics I

MECH484 Engineering Economics 2

MECH485 Production Scheduling

MECH496 Project/Seminar

MECH497 • Project/Directed Reading

MECH498 • Project/Directed Reading

MECH516· Finite Element Methods In Design

MEeH517· Bulk Materials Handling Systems

MECH51B • Conveying of Bulk Solids

MECH519 • Maintenance Management

MECH573 Advanced Thennodynamlcs

MECH584 • Engineering Economics

MECH594 Industnal Systems Project/Seminar A

MECH595 Industrial Systems Project/Seminar B

MECH599 IndustnaJ Systems Project/Seminar

T.B.D. = To be determined

H.O.D. = Head ofOepartment

Credilfbtnt

5

5 5

5 5 10

5 5

5 5 5

5

5 5

5

5 25

5

10

5

5 5

5 5 5

20 20 40

Section Nine

Semes • .,.

2

2

2

Full Year

Not In 1994

2

2

2

2

2

Full Year

Full Year

Full Year

1'80 1'80 1'80

1'80 2

Not In 1994

Full Year

Full Year

Full Year


fterequfsUes CorequCsUes (CR:)

Assumed Knowledge (AK:J

MECH305

Completion of 220cp or

Perm18ston ofH.O.D

MECH232

MECH317

MECH314

MECH319. MECH342


Pennlsston of H.O.D

MECH323

MECH352

MECH373

MECH372

Completton of 160cp or

Pennission ofH.O.D

MECH482


Pennlsslon ofH.O.D

Permission ofH.O.D.

Permission ofH.O.D.

Graduate enrolment

Graduate enrolment

Graduate enrolment

Graduate enrolment

Graduate enrolment

Graduate enrolment

MEng5c enrolment

MEng5c enrolment

MEng5c enrolment and

pennisston of H.O.D.

AK: MA1li20 I.

SfAT205

CR: MECH361

Elective or graduate subjects. Not all such subjects will be avaUable In any one year. The subjects In this category Indicated

as potentially available may be cancelled If enrolments are Insufficient. Availability should be confirmed with the Department Office.

It

Students Intending to enrol In MECH211 who completed MECH III prior to 1992 orwhowere granted credit in that subject

should consult the Head of Department regarding a bridging course to be undertaken In February and completed prior to

commencement of dasses In MECH211.

Students Intending to enrol In MECH315 who completed MECH213 prior to 1989 or who were granted credit In that subject

or In MECH211 should consult the Head of Department regarding bridging work In CAD to be undertaken In February and

completed prior to commencement of classes In MECH315.


$ecUon NlM Sc:hedule of Subjects

Schedule of Selected Subjects Offered by Departments Outside the Faculty of Engineering COOe

BlOLIOI BlOLI02 BlOL201

BlOL202 BIOL204

BIOL205 BI0L206 BIOL20?

BI0L303 CHEMIO}

Sul?Ject Name

Plant and Animal Biology Cell Biology, Genetics and Evolution BIochemistry

Animal Physiology

Cell and Molecular Biology Molecular Genetics Plant PhYSiology Ecology

Environmental Plant Physiology Chemistry 10 1

CHEM 102 Chemistry 102 CHEM221 Inorganic Chemistry CHEM231 Organic Chemistry CHEM241 Physical Chemistry CHEM261 Environmental Chemistry CHEM321 Inorganic Chemistry CHEM331 Organic Chemistry CHEM361 Environmental Chemistry

COMM 101 Financial Accounting Fundamentals

COMMI02 Financial Management Fundamentals ECON II 0 Microeconomics I ECON III Macroeconomics I

ECON3?1 Principles of Economics

GEOG 1m Introduction to Physical Geography GEOGI02 Introduction to Human Geography GEOLIOI The Environment

GERIII Gennan Language Revision

GER1l3 Business Gennan

INFOIOI Introduction to Infonnatlon Systems INFO 102 Information Storage and Management INF0202 Analysis of Information Systems

INF0203 Information Systems Design

INF0204 CommerCial Programming

INF050 I Computing and Infonnation Systems

INF0503 Systems Analysis

INF0504 Systems Design

10 10

10

10 10 10 10

10 10

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

10 10 10 10 10 10

10

5

5

10 10 10

10

10

10

10

10

Semester

2

2 2 2

2

Not In 1994

1 2

1

2

2

2

2

2

lor 2 2

2

2

PrerequtsUes Corequtsftes (eR:)

Ass.....,j Knowledge fAK,)

BIOLlOl. BIOLI02

(CHEMIOI and

(CHEM 102 ·1995) BIOLlOl, BIOLI02

BIOLlOI, BIOLI02 BIOLIOl, BIOLl02 SIOLIO!. BIOLI02

BIOLlOI, BIOLI02 2 BlOL 200 sUbjects

CHEMI01, CHEMI02 CHEMIO!. CHEMI02 CHEMIOl, CHEMlO2 CHEMIOI. CHEMI02 CHEM221 CHEM231 CHEM261 Fulfilment of BCom

entry requirements COMMIOI

Satisfactory perfonn

ance In HSC Gennan

or Its equivalent

CR: CHEMIOI and

CHEM102· 1994

GERl20 or knowledge CR: GERlll or of German language demonstrated and approval ofH.O.D. competence In

INFOlOl INFOIOI(or COMPIOI prior to 1991)

INFOI02(or COMPIO I prior to 1991and INF0202)

Undergraduate:

Gennan Language

INFO 102 Graduate Diploma: COMP212-

Postgraduate enrolmentor permission of H.O.D -

Postgraduate enrolment -or permission ofH.O.D.

MNGT512

COOe Sul!Iect Name


INF0505

LAWIOI LAW291

LAW292 MA1li102

Management Information Systems FoundatlonsofLaw

Introduction to Legal Studies Property and Survey Law Mathematics 102

MA1li 103 Mathematics 103

MATIi III Mathematics III

MAnI1l2 Mathematics 112

MATIi20} Multivarlable Calculus

MA1li202 Partial Differential Equations 1 MATIi203 Ordinary Differential Equations I

MATIi204 Real Analysts

MATIi206 Complex Analysis 1

MAm211 GroupTheory

MATIi212 Discrete Mathematics

MATIi213 Mathematical Modelling

MATIi214 Mechanics

MATIi215 Operations Research

MATH216 Numerical AnalySiS

MArn21? Linear Algebra 1

MArn21B Linear Algebra 2

MNGT111 Introduction to Management and

Organisational Behaviour PHILlOl Introduction to Philosophy

10 10

5 5 10

10

10

10 5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

10

20

Section Nine

Semester

2

2

2

Both I and 2

Both 1 and 2

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Full Year

Sc:hedula of Subjects

Corequisites feR:) A .. .....,j Knowledge W<)

MNGT503 or MNGTSI2

IAW291

MATIilll AK.:Atleast 120/150 In3u HSC

Mathemaucs MATIfl02 or MA11-Ill MATIil12

MA11-I1Il

MAlli102, MATH 103 or MATIil I I,MA11-I1 12 or MArn102and pennlsslon of H.O.D. MATIi201

MArn 102. MAm 103 or MArnll I,MA1li1 12 or MATIi 102 and penntsslon of H.O.O. MATIilO2. MArnl030r MArn 111, MATIi 112 &

MArnl03

AK.:Atleast 120/150 In3uHSC Mathematic8 AK: At least 67/100

In 2uHSC Mathematics

CR: MArn203

MArnlO2,MATIiI03 or CR: MArn20 I MAnll I I,MAllil 12 or MA1li 102 and Pennlsslon of H.O.D.

MATIilO2,MATHI03 or MATH 1 1 I.MAllil 12

and MATIi 103 MAllil02orMArnl03 or MAllill I,MA1liII2 MATHI02.MATI-lI03 or MATH I 1l.MATIiI 12 MATIiI02.MATIiI03 or MATH I I l,MAllil 12 and MAllilO3

MA1HI02 or MATIil03

or MATI-lIII.MA1H 112 MATH 102, MATH 103

or MATIi 1ll,MATIil12 and MA1li103 or MATIllll, MAni1l2

and COMPIOI MATIil02 or MArnl I I. -MAnII12 MATH 102,MATH 103

or MAllilll,MATHll2 and MA1HI03 30 credit points at 100

Code

PHIL242 PHIL391 PHIL392· PHIL591· PHYSIII

PHYS1l2 PHYS1l3

PHYS1l4

PHYS201

PHYS203 PSYCIOI

PSYC102 SCEN202 SCEN302 STAT201

STAT202 STAT205 STAT206

Sul?Iect Name


Basic Symbolic logic Technology and Human Values I Technology and Human Values 2 Technology and the Environment Physics III

Physics 112 Physics 113

Physics 114

Quantum Mechanics and Electromagnetlcs

Solid State and Atomic Physics Psychology Introduction 1

Psychology Introduction 2

Creda_

5 10 10 10 10

10 10

10

10

10 10

10 Environmental Planning and Pollution Control Envtronmentallmpact Assessment Techniques Mathematical Statistics 10

Regression Analysis 10 Engineering Statistics 5 Design and Analysts of EXperiments 10 and Surveys

Section Nine

Semester

2

Fun Year Not in 1994

FuU Year 1

2

2

2

2

10 10

2

2

Schedule of Sub)..,ts

Prerequlsltes Cor-equCsltes feR:)

Assumed I<nauUdge _J

AK : Top 30% of 2u HSC Mathematics AK: PHYSlll AK: 3uHSC Mathematics with a mark of at least 110/150 (or MATH 111) and 2u

HSC Physics or 4u HSC Science with a performance in top 50% AK: PHYS113 or pennlsslon ofR.O.O.

MATH102. PHYSI13 and PHYSll4 or MATHlil and MA1lU 12 and PHYSlll and PHYS 112 with pennlsslon of H.O.O. PHYS201 Must satisfy entl)' to BSc(Psyc) or BA(Psyc) PSYCIOI 1 2 SCEN202 MA1H1030rSTAT101 and MATHI12 STAT201 MATI-lI02 or MA11-J1l2 STAT201

r:,r - University of Newcastle · Statistics Subjects (STA11 SUIVeying Subjects (SURV) Schedule of...

Documents

Transcript of r:,r - University of Newcastle · Statistics Subjects (STA11 SUIVeying Subjects (SURV) Schedule of...